#################################################### MUKTABODHA INDOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE Use of this material (e-texts) is covered by Creative Commons license BY-NC 4.0 Catalog number: M00002a Uniform title: ahirbudhnya saṃhita Volume 1 Main title: ahirbudhnya saṃhita of the pāñcarātrāgama Volume 1 Editor : Schrader, F. Otto Editor : Pandit M. D. Ramanujacarya Description: E-text transcribed from the ahirbudhnya saṃhita of the pāñcarātrāgama volume 1 edited by Pandit M. D. Ramanujacarya under the supervision of F. Otto Schrader Notes: This e-text was data-entered by the staff of Muktabodha under the supervision of Mark S. G. Dyczkowski. Revision 0: June 15, 2007 Publisher : The Adyar Library and Research Center Publication year : 1916 Publication city : Publication country : India #################################################### śrīpāñcarātre ahirbudhnyasaṃhitā śāstrāvatāro nāma prathamo'dhyāyaḥ śuklāmbaradharaṃ viṣṇuṃ śaśivarṇaṃ caturbhujam | prasannavadanaṃ dhyāyet sarvavighnopaśāntaye || maṅgalācaraṇam akṣaratritayāvyaktavikārākṣādirūpiṇe | paravyūhāditattvāya namaścakrāya cakriṇe || 1-1 || somasūryānalākalpāmakalpāminduśekharām | pañcabinduṃ hareḥ śaktiṃ pañcakṛtyakarīṃ numaḥ || 1-2 || bharadvājasya durvāsasaṃ prati sudarśanamāhātmyakāraṇapraśnaḥ āplutaṃ divyagaṅgāyāmupāsīnaṃ paraṃ padam | bharadvājo'tha papraccha durvāsasamakalmaṣam || 1-3 || bharadvājaḥ - anasūyāhṛdānanda bhagavaṃstapasāṃ nidhe | asti me saṃśayaḥ kaścit taṃ me vyākhyā tu marhasi || 1-4 || p. 2) agniṣomakriyāyoginyātharvaṇavinirṇaye | mahodaye'strasaṃghe ca pravartakanivartake || 1-5 || lokapālāstrasaṃghe ca tattatsāmarthyasaṃbhṛte | mahodayāsu śaktīṣu vahnisūryenduvartmanām || 1-6 || astrāśraye ca śastraughe brahmarudrādinirmite | trailokyatrāṇasaṃhārajanikarmavicakṣaṇe || 1-7 || maharṣigaṇasaṃdṛṣṭe mantragrāme mahodaye | vaiṣṇave ca gadāśārṅgaśaṅkhakhaḍgādipūrvake || 1-8 || lākṣme ca dalagaṇḍābjapūrve'straughe mahodaye | anyatroccāvace'pyevaṃ kīrtyamāne prabhāvataḥ || 1-9 || sudarśanāśrayatvaṃ tu tatra tatra nirūpitam | kiṃkṛtaṃ tasya māhātmyaṃ svataḥ saṃsargato'pi vā || 1-10 || kiṃ tat sudarśanaṃ nāma kaśca śabdārtha iṣyate | tena kiṃ kriyate karma jagad vyāpnoti tat katham || 1-11 || kiyantaḥ kīdṛśāḥ ke ca vyūhāstasyoditā mune | prayojanaṃ ca kiṃ teṣāṃ vyūhī teṣāṃ ca kīdṛśī || 1-12 || viṣṇunā tasya saṃbandhaḥ kaśca kīdṛk ca saṃmataḥ | kiṃ tena niyataṃ nityamutānyatrāpi dṛśyate || 1-13 || p. 3) eṣa me saṃśayo jāto nānāśāstranirīkṣaṇāt | chindhyenaṃ bhagavan samyagupasanno'smyadhīhi bhoḥ || 1-14 || durvāsasaḥ praśnapraśaṃsāpūrvakaṃ tatprativacanam durvāsāḥ - upapannamidaṃ vatsa yat tvayaivaṃ vimṛśyate | tāni tāni tapāṃsyadya vyuchanti tava suvrata || 1-15 || pakvakaṣāyasyaiva paratattvajijñāsodayaḥ āntaḥkaraṇike taistaiḥ kṣayaṃ nīte kaṣāyake | manīṣā jāyate puṃsāṃ paratattvavimarśinī || 1-16 || atra brahmādīnāmapi saṃśayaḥ na saṃśayī bhavāneva pūrvopanyastavastuni | brahmādyāśca yatante'tra saṃśayānā manīṣiṇaḥ || 1-17 || svasyāhirbudhnyāt tattvanirṇayaprāptiḥ nirṇayo'tra mayā prāpto nāradāya surarṣaye | sākṣāt kathayataḥ pṛṣṭācchaṃkarāllokaśaṃkarāt || 1-18 || nāradasyotkarṣaḥ prāpyāgryāṃ tapaso vyuṣṭiṃ nārado devasaṃmataḥ | p. 4) chindānaḥ saṃśayān sarvān brahmadevamaharṣiṣu || 1-19 || tasyāpi tattvaviṣayasaṃdehādahirbudhnyābhigamanam svayaṃ tu saṃśayaṃ prāpya gahanaṃ durvidaṃ suraiḥ | arāgarogakaluṣastapasvī saṃyatendriyaḥ || 1-20 || padavākyapramāṇānāṃ yāthātathyavidhānavit | brahmacārī damāvāsaḥ parāparavibhāgavit || 1-21 || śuśrūṣuranahaṃvādī yathārthajñānatatparaḥ | nārado muniśārdūlastrīn lokānanusaṃcaran || 1-22 || chettāraṃ saṃśayasyāsya durvidasya surarṣibhiḥ | devādanabhigamyānyaṃ sarvajñāccandraśekharāt || 1-23 || kailāsavarṇanam prabhābhiḥ svābhirakhilān prahasantamivācalān | unmeṣamiva sattvasya prakṛṣṭajñānakāriṇaḥ || 1-24 || siddhavidyādharākīrṇaṃ devagandharvasevitam | kailāsaṃ śaṃkarāvāsaṃ śaṃkaraṃ draṣṭumāyayau || 1-25 || ahirbudhnyavarṇanam rudrairvasubhirādityaiḥ siddhaiḥ sādhyairmarudgaṇaiḥ | ṛṣibhiryogibhirdivyairbhūtairnānāvidhairapi || 1-26 || p. 5) dadarśa sevitaṃ tatra samāsīnaṃ sahomayā | tryakṣaṃ varadamīśānaṃ śūlinaṃ candraśekharaṃ || 1-27 || patiṃ paśūnāmaniśaṃ bhavapāśāvibhedinam | sthitaṃ mūrtibhiraṣṭābhiravaṣṭabhya jagattrayam || 1-28 || taṃ dṛṣṭvā devamīśānaṃ nārado devadarśanaḥ | praṇipatyātha tuṣṭāva gīrbhiragryābhirādarāt || 1-29 || nāradakṛtāhirbudhnyastutiḥ nāradaḥ - namaste devadeveśa namaste vṛṣaketana | vṛṣapravaravāhāya vṛṣṇe kāmapravarṣiṇe || 1-30 || ojīyase parasmai te mīḍhuṣṭama namo'stu te | sarvajñāya svatantrāya nityatṛptāya te namaḥ || 1-31 || anādibodharūpāya namaste nityaśaktaye | kartre hartre ca jagatāṃ ṣaḍaṅgāya namo'stu te || 1-32 || daśāvyaya namastubhyaṃ namaste kṛttivāsase | aghorāyātha ghorāya ghoraghoratarāya ca || 1-33 || [sadyojātāya devāya vāmadevāya te namaḥ | p. 6) namo jyeṣṭhāya rudrāya bhavodbhava namo'stu te || 1-34 || namo balavikārāya balapramathanāya te | namaḥ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ya te namaḥ] || 1-35 || namaḥ kalavikārāya kālāya kalanātmane | namaste sarvabhūtānāṃ damanāya manonmana || 1-36 || namaḥ śarvāya śāntāya śaṃbhave śaṃbhave namaḥ | vidyeśvara namastubhyaṃ bhūteśvara namo'stu te || 1-37 || mahādeva namaste'stu namastatpuruṣāya te | jñānarūpa namastubhyaṃ namo vairāgyavāridhe || 1-38 || aiśvaryaguṇapūrṇāya namaste tapasāṃ nidhe | nityasatya namaste'stu kṣamāsāra namo'stu te || 1-39 || dhṛtisāra namastubhyaṃ sraṣṭre te jagatāṃ namaḥ | ātmasaṃbodhapūrṇāya trīn lokānadhitiṣṭhate || 1-40 || daśāvyayāya te nityamavyayāya namo namaḥ | kṣoṇyambvanalavāyvabhracandrādityātmane namaḥ || 1-41 || namaḥ sarvopakārāya trilokīmadhitasthuṣe | durvāsāḥ - iti stuvānamagryābhirvāgbhirdevarṣisattamam || 1-42 || prasādamadhuraṃ vākyamityuvāca vṛṣadhvajaḥ | p. 7) ahirbudhnyaḥ - stotreṇānena bhaktyā ca tuṣṭo'smi munipuṃgava || 1-43 || brūhi kiṃ karavāṇyadya yadyapi syāt sudurlabham | nāradaḥ - kimanyadiha vaktavyaṃ yadi tuṣṭo jagatpatiḥ || 1-44 || etadeva hi kāṅkṣanti yatamānā vipaścitaḥ | ahirbudhnyaḥ - prasanno'smi tavādyāstu darśanaṃ saphalaṃ mama || 1-45 || brūhi nārada tattvena yat te manasi vartate | kālanemisaṃgrāme nāradasya sudarśanamahimadarśanam nāradaḥ - tārakāmayasaṃkāśe saṃgrāme kālaneminaḥ || 1-46 || saṃpravṛtte jagaddhāturdevadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ | devadānavagandharvayakṣarakṣobhayāvahe || 1-47 || madhyāhnārkasahasrābhaśastrāstragaṇasaṃkule | surāsurendrasainyeṣu nikṛtteṣu mahāstrataḥ || 1-48 || bhītavismitasaṃbhūtahṛtasaṃgatasaṃplutaiḥ | piśācapretavetālabhūtasaṃghaiḥ samākule || 1-49 || p. 8) udyantīṣvatighorāsu hrādinīṣvaśanīṣu ca | devadānavadehebhyaḥ kṣaradbhiḥ kṣatajaistathā || 1-50 || syandamānāsu vegena syandinīṣu samantataḥ | vidrutaiḥ sarvato bhītairhataśeṣaiḥ surāsuraiḥ || 1-51 || garuḍasthe jagannāthe sudarśanakarāmbuje | prāduścakre kālanemirastragrāmānaśeṣataḥ || 1-52 || bhṛśāśvatanayā ye te ye te tvanmukhaniḥsṛtāḥ | ye te brahmamukhodbhūtā ye te saṃvartakālajāḥ || 1-53 || lokapālodbhavā ye te ye te pātālavāsinaḥ | mahābhūtamayā ye te ye te vaikārikodbhavāḥ || 1-54 || guṇatrayamayā ye te ye te gandharvayonayaḥ | rakṣoyakṣodbhavā ye te ye te vidyādharāhvayā || 1-55 || ye te dvandvaguṇodbhūtā ye te śaktisamudbhavāḥ | atharvāṅgirasā ye te ye te mantrāntarodbhavāḥ || 1-56 || sarvakāryakarā ye te pravartakanivartakāḥ | yaṣṭayaḥ śaktayo yāstā ye te daṇḍādirūpakāḥ || 1-57 || mahābalā mahāvīryāstrailokyakṣapaṇodyatāḥ | śailendrasaṃnibhāḥ kecit kecinnāgendrasaṃnibhāḥ || 1-58 || p. 9) pārāvāranibhāḥ kecit kecid gaganasaṃnibhāḥ | jvalajjvālāśatālīḍhā rodasīmadhyavartinaḥ || 1-59 || nṛtyantaśca hasantaśca kṣvelantaḥ patayālavaḥ | anirdeśyā anaupamyā gaurāḥ śvetāruṇāsitāḥ || 1-60 || nānāsaṃsthānavarṇāśca nānāvibhramarociṣaḥ | sarve saṃbhūya saṃyattāḥ kālanemipracoditāḥ || 1-61 || sarvāstrāṇāṃ sudarśanena parābhavaḥ saprayogopasaṃhāraiḥ sarahasyaiśca saṃgataiḥ | astragrāmairaśeṣaistairnārāyaṇakarodyate || 1-62 || sudarśanamahāvahnau saṃbhūya śalabhāyitam | pūrṇāhutirabhūt tasmin kālanemirmahāsuraḥ || 1-63 || atyadbhutamahimadarśanāt saṃśayodayaḥ taṃ dṛṣṭvā vismayāviṣṭaḥ saṃgrāmaṃ mahadadbhutam | antarhitaṃ kṣaṇāt kṛṣṇaṃ praṇipatya jagadgurum || 1-64 || imaṃ saṃdehasaṃdohaṃ hṛdayena vahan gurum | tavāntikamiha prāptaḥ saṃśayacchedanāya vai || 1-65 || na hi sarvajñamīśānaṃ vinā chettāsya vidyate | p. 10) ahirbudhnyaḥ - devarṣe saṃśayān brūhi ye vartante tavāntare || 1-66 || apyanirvacanīyāste sarvāṃśchettāsmi sāṃpratam | durvāsāḥ - atha praśnān krameṇoktān nāradena surarṣiṇā || 1-67 || vyācaṣṭa bhagavān śarvaḥ sarvataḥ prītamānasaḥ | saṃhitāvataraṇam saṃhitā seyamākhyātā nānāmantrārthagocarā || 1-68 || pañcarātramayī divyā nāmnāhirbudhnyapūrvikā | arthaiḥ parakṛtiprāyaiḥ purākalpaiśca saṃyutā || 1-69 || nānāsiddhāntasaṃbhedā nānāvidyopaśobhitā | śatadvayamihādhyāyāścatvāriṃśacca darśitāḥ || 1-70 || tato dvāparavelāyāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ hitāya vai | adhyāyānāṃ śatenātha viṃśatyā ca samanvitā || 1-71 || ativistaramutsṛjya guhyena pratisaṃskṛtā | tato'pi buddhisaṃkocānmanuṣyāṇāṃ hitāya vai || 1-72 || p. 11) yāti dvāparasandhyaṃśe vyāsasyānumatermayā | ṣaṣṭyadhyāyairiyaṃ bhūyaḥ saṃhitā pratisaṃskṛtā || 1-73 || upanyāsthadyathāpraśnaṃ nārado bhagavānṛṣiḥ | niruvāca yathā śarvastān sarvāṃstvaṃ nibodha me || 1-74 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śāstrāvatāro nāma prathamo'dhyāyaḥ || 1 || ślokāḥ 74 ṣāḍguṇyabrahmaviveko nāma dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ ahirbudhnyaṃ prati nāradapraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - mantragrāmānaśeṣāṃstān sūryavaiśvānaropamān | anāyāsena jagrāha hareścakraṃ sudarśanam || 2-1 || sāṃsiddhikaprabhāvo'yamasya sāṃsargiko'pi vā | kiṃ tat sudarśanaṃ nāma kaśca śabdārtha ucyate || 2-2 || ahirbudhnyena saṃkarṣaṇāt svasya jñānaprāptikathanam ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇu nārada tattvena yat tajjñānamanuttamam | varṣāyutagaṇān ghoraṃ tapastaptvā mayā purā || 2-3 || prāptaṃ saṃkarṣaṇāt sākṣād vijñānabalavāridheḥ | brahmādiṣu yadanyeṣu na maharṣiṣu vidyate || 2-4 || sudarśanasvarūpaṃ tat procyamānaṃ mayā śṛṇu | śrute yatrākhilādhāre saṃśayāste na santi vai || 2-5 || p. 13) parabrahmasvarūpasaṃkṣepaḥ anādyantaṃ paraṃ brahma yat tadakṣaramavyayam | anāmarūpasaṃbhedyamavāṅmanasagocaram || 2-6 || sarvaśakti samastākhyaṃ ṣāḍguṇyamajaraṃ dhruvam | sudarśanaśabdārthanirūpaṇam tasya syāmiti saṃkalpo bhāvato'bhāvato'pi vā || 2-7 || svātantryānanuyojyena rūpeṇa parivartate | yat tat prekṣaṇamityuktaṃ darśanaṃ tat pragīyate || 2-8 || vastutaḥ kālato deśāt tasya tvavyāhatirhi yā | pūjā sātra suśabdārthastat sudarśanamīryate || 2-9 || sarvasya sudarśanādhīnatvam kāraṇaṃ jagato yat tadādhāro jagataśca yaḥ | pramāṇaṃ jagato yat tat pramāṇārtho'khilaśca yaḥ || 2-10 || tatrādhikāriṇo ye ca vibhāgā ye ca tadgatāḥ | rakṣāvidhiśca yastasya sa ca yasya prakīrtitaḥ || 2-11 || sarvaṃ sudarśanāyattaṃ sudarśanamayaṃ ca yat | iti sāṃsiddhikaṃ rūpaṃ tasya sarvātiśāyi ca || 2-12 || p. 14) astragrāmeṣvaśeṣeṣu yat tat sāmarthyamaiśvaram | etadīyamaśeṣaṃ tadityāptaṃ svena tat svakam || 2-13 || punarnāradakṛtāḥ praśnāḥ nāradaḥ - devadeva jagannātha lokatritayaśaṃkara | vimuhyatīva cittaṃ me saṃśayo bahulīkṛtaḥ || 2-14 || ṣāḍguṇyaṃ kiṃ paraṃ brahma kiṃprakāraṃ ca tadbhavet | saṃkalpaḥ kīdṛśastasya kathaṃ darśanatāsya ca || 2-15 || kathaṃ cāvihatistasya sarvadeśātigocarā | kiṃ kāraṇaṃ ca jagataḥ kīdṛśaṃ kiṃvidhaṃ ca tat || 2-16 || ko vā jagata ādhāraḥ kīdṛk katividhaśca saḥ | kiṃ tat pramāṇamityuktaṃ kīdṛk katividhaṃ ca tat || 2-17 || pramāṇārthaśca ko nāma kīdṛk katividhaśca saḥ | ke te'dhikāriṇo nāma kīdṛśāḥ kiṃvidhāśca te || 2-18 || sarvasyāsya ca kā rakṣā tadvidhiḥ kaśca kiṃvidhaḥ | kaśca tatrādhikāryarthaḥ sa ca kiṃguṇa iṣyate || 2-19 || etanme bhagavan brūhi praśnajātamaśeṣataḥ | upasaṃgṛhya caraṇāvupasanno'smyadhīhi bhoḥ || 2-20 || p. 15) durvāsāḥ - tato darśanapūtāya praṇipatyābhiyācate | upasannāya munaye sarvaṃ vyācaṣṭa śaṃkaraḥ || 2-21 || vistareṇa parabrahmasvarūpanirūpaṇam ahirbudhnyaḥ - ekaṃ nirduḥkhaniḥsīmasukhānubhavalakṣaṇam | anādyantaṃ paraṃ brahma nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 2-22 || sarvabhūtakṛtāvāsaṃ sarvaṃ vyāpya vyavasthitam | niravadyamavikṣiptamataraṅgārṇavopamam || 2-23 || parabrahmaṇaḥ heyapratibhaṭatvaṃ kalyāṇaguṇākāratvaṃ ca aprākṛtaguṇasparśamaprākṛtaguṇāspadam | bhavodadheḥ paraṃ pāraṃ niṣkalaṅkaṃ nirañjanam || 2-24 || ākārād deśataḥ kālādanavacchedayogataḥ | pūrṇaṃ nityoditaṃ vyāpi heyopādeyatojjhitam || 2-25 || idamīdṛgiyattābhiraparicchedyamañjasā | parabrahmaṇaḥ paramātmādisakalaśabdavācyatvam uparyupari tattvānāṃ pūrvapūrvātmabhāvinām || 2-26 || pāramyeṇātmabhāvitvāt paramātmā prakīrtitaḥ | omityāpannayogena sarvatattvapraveśataḥ || 2-27 || p. 16) ṣāḍguṇyaguṇayogena bhagavān parikīrtitaḥ | samastabhūtavāsitvād vāsudevaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 2-28 || āpnoti jagadityevamātmatvena nirūpitaḥ | rūpāt prakārato'vyakteravyaktaḥ parigīyate || 2-29 || sarvaprakṛtiśaktitvāt sarvaprakṛtirīritaḥ | pradhīyamānakāryatvāt pradhānaḥ parigīyate || 2-30 || netṛtvādanitṛtvācca nitya ityapi paṭhyate | ananādadanāccāpi hyanantaḥ paripaṭhyate || 2-31 || parito mityabhāvācca prokto'parimito vudhaiḥ | akṣayādakṣaraḥ prokto hyariṣṭo riṣṭavarjanāt || 2-32 || avikāryasvabhāvatvādavyāpyatvāt tathācyutaḥ | rāgādidoṣanirmukteḥ samadhīgocaratvataḥ || 2-33 || sarvopādānatāsāmyāt samaḥ saṃparikīrtitaḥ | dhyānavartmabahirbhāvāt svabhāvānanuyogataḥ || 2-34 || iyattayāpyacintyatvādacintyaḥ parikīrtitaḥ | jaganti prabhavantyasmāt sarvatra prabhavatyapi || 2-35 || prakṛṣṭaśca bhavo yasmāt prabhavaḥ parikīrtitaḥ | sarvapralayabhūmitvādavyayo vyayanāśanāt || 2-36 || bṛhattvād bṛṃhaṇatvācca brahmeti śrutigahvare | kapilaḥ śreṣṭhavidyatvāt tejiṣṭhatvācca kāpilaḥ || 2-37 || p. 17) hitaśca ramaṇīyaśca garbho hṛdayanāmavān | hiraṇyagarbha ityevaṃ yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ || 2-38 || apanāśatapoyogādapāntaratapāḥ śrutaḥ | śivaṃkaratayā proktaḥ śivaḥ pāśupate sthitaiḥ || 2-39 || adūraviprakarṣasthairvastuto'navagāhibhiḥ | ityevamādibhiḥ śabdaistattvaṃ tadupalakṣyate || 2-40 || pratibandhavigame brahmānubhavasaṃbhavaḥ anekajanmasaṃsidhapuṇyapāpaparikṣaye | nikṛtte vāsanājāle samyagvijñānaśastrataḥ || 2-41 || traiguṇyoparame tattu svenānubhavituṃ kṣamam | sākṣādidamiti vyaktaṃ vācā vaktuṃ na śaknumaḥ || 2-42 || brahmaṇaḥ prayatnalabhyatvavirahaḥ saṃvatsarasahasrāṇi pakṣirāḍiva saṃpatan | naivāntaṃ kāraṇasyaiti yadyapi syānmanojavaḥ || 2-43 || uparyupari gacchanto viśikṣantastathā tathā | jñānodyamadaśāyāste na vyaktimadhikāṃ gatāḥ || 2-44 || tatra sarvāṇi tattvāni niṣīdanti parātmani | p. 18) bhāvābhāvāvubhau protau jñānasūtramayātmanā || 2-45 || brahmaṇaḥ trividhaparicchedaśūnyatvam sarvapratyakṣadarśitvāt sarvātmā tat paraṃ padam | atītānāgate kāle madhyataḥ pratisaṃhṛte || 2-46 || vartamānaṃ na tad brahma nātītaṃ naiva bhāvi tat | agrataḥ pṛṣṭhato naiva nordhvataḥ pārśvayordvayoḥ || 2-47 || na kalmāṣaṃ na vikalaṃ na kṛṣṇaṃ na ca piṅgalam | na sāraṅgaṃ piśaṅgaṃ na kapilaṃ nāruṇaṃ na ca || 2-48 || na babhru nakulaṃ naiva na śyāmaṃ na ca rohitam | na dīrghaṃ naiva ca hrasvaṃ na sthūlaṃ naiva cāpyaṇu || 2-49 || na vṛttaṃ nāpyapāvṛttaṃ nāśritaṃ tadanāśritam | naiva bhāvo na cābhāvastadbhāvārcitaye na ca || 2-50 || na śītaṃ nāpi caivoṣṇaṃ nānuṣṇāśītamapyuta | na duḥkhaṃ na sukhaṃ naiva nirduḥkhaṃ sukhamavraṇam || 2-51 || na mūlaṃ nāpi tanmadhyaṃ naivāntaṃ kasyācinmune | na śete tanna caivāste na tiṣṭhati na gacchati || 2-52 || sarvadvandvavinirmuktaṃ sarvopādhivivarjitam | ṣāḍguṇyaṃ tat paraṃ brahma sarvakāraṇakāraṇam || 2-53 || p. 19) nāradaḥ - kiṃ tat ṣāḍguṇyamityuktaṃ devadeva jagatpate | kathaṃ ca guṇahīnaṃ tat ṣāḍguṇyaṃ parigīyate || 2-54 || brahmaṇaḥ ṣāḍguṇyaprapañcanam ahirbudhnyaḥ - aprākṛtaguṇasparśaṃ nirguṇaṃ parigīyate | śṛṇu nārada ṣāḍguṇyaṃ kathyamānaṃ mayānagha || 2-55 || jñānasvarūpanirūpaṇam ajaḍaṃ svātmasaṃbodhi nityaṃ sarvāvagāhanam | jñānaṃ nāma guṇaṃ prāhuḥ prathamaṃ guṇacintakāḥ || 2-56 || brahmaṇo jñānasvarūpatvaṃ jñānaguṇakatvaṃ ca svarūpaṃ brahmaṇastacca guṇaśca parigīyate | śaktisvarūpanirūpaṇam jagatprakṛtibhāvo yaḥ sā śaktiḥ parikīrtitā || 2-57 || aiśvaryasvarūpanirūpaṇam kartṛtvaṃ nāma yat tasya svātantryaparibṛṃhitam | aiśvaryaṃ nāma tat proktaṃ guṇatattvārthacintakaiḥ || 2-58 || balasvarūpanirūpaṇam śramahānistu yā tasya satataṃ kurvato jagat | p. 20) balaṃ nāma guṇastasya kathito guṇacintakaiḥ || 2-59 || vīryasvarūpanirūpaṇam tasyopādānabhāve'pi vikāraviraho hi yaḥ | vīryaṃ nāma guṇaḥ so'yamacyutatvāparāhvayam || 2-60 || tejaḥsvarūpanirūpaṇam sahakāryanapekṣā yā tat tejaḥ samudāhṛtam | śaktyādiguṇapañcakasya jñānaguṇaprakāratvam ete śaktyādayaḥ pañca guṇā jñānasya kīrtitāḥ || 2-61 || jñānameva paraṃ rūpaṃ brahmaṇaḥ paramātmanaḥ | ṣāḍguṇyaṃ tat paraṃ brahma svaśaktiparibṛṃhitam | bahu syāmiti saṃkalpaṃ bhajate tat sudarśanam || 2-62 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ ṣāḍguṇyabrahmaviveko nāma dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ || 2 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 136 vaiśvarūpyasaṃkṣepo nāma tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ nāradaḥ - ṣāḍguṇyaṃ tat kathaṃ brahma svaśaktiparibṛṃhitam | tasya śaktiśca kā nāma yayā bṛṃhitamucyate || 3-1 || sarvavastūnāṃ śaktirapṛthaksiddhaviśeṣaṇam ahirbudhnyaḥ - śaktayaḥ sarvabhāvānāmacintyā apṛthaksthitāḥ | svarūpe naiva dṛśyante dṛśyante kāryatastu tāḥ || 3-2 || sūkṣmāvasthā hi sā teṣāṃ sarvabhāvānugāminī | idaṃtayā vidhātuṃ sā na niṣeddhuṃ ca śakyate || 3-3 || śaktīnāmaparyanuyojyatvam sarvairananuyojyā hi śaktayo bhāvagocarāḥ | parabrahmaṇo'pi śaktirapṛthaksiddhaviśeṣaṇam evaṃ bhagavatastasya parasya brahmaṇo mune || 3-4 || sarvabhāvānugā śaktirjyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ | p. 22) bhāvābhāvānugā tasya sarvakāryakarī vibhoḥ || 3-5 || svātantryarūpā sā viṣṇoḥ prasphurattā jaganmayī | uditānuditākārā nimeṣonmeṣarūpiṇī || 3-6 || bhagavacchakterānandādiśabdābhidheyatvam nirapekṣatayānandā svatantrā nityapūraṇāt | svātmabhittisamunmīlatparāvarajagatsthitiḥ || 3-7 || nityā kālāparicchedāt pūrṇākārāviyogataḥ | vyāpinī deśavibhraṃśādriktā pūrṇā ca sarvadā || 3-8 || jagattayā lakṣyamāṇā sā lakṣmīriti gīyate | śrayantī vaiṣṇavaṃ bhāvaṃ sā śrīriti nigadyate || 3-9 || avyaktakālapuṃbhāvāt sā padmā padmamālinī | kāmadānācca kamalā paryāptasukhayogataḥ || 3-10 || viṣṇoḥ sāmarthyarūpatvād viṣṇuśaktiḥ pragīyate | pālayantī harerbhāvaṃ viṣṇupatnī prakīrtitā || 3-11 || jagadākārasaṃkocāt smṛtā kuṇḍalinī budhaiḥ | anāhatā budhaiḥ proktā manovāgādyanāhateḥ || 3-12 || paramānandasaṃbodhā mantrasūkṣmatayāpi ca | p. 23) śuddhasattvāśrayād gaurī hyaditiścāviśeṣaṇāt || 3-13 || sarvapuṇyakarībhāvānmahīyasyapi sā mahī | tathānāhataśīrṣṇī cānāhato'bhyudayo yataḥ || 3-14 || prāṇayantī svasaṃvittyā jagatprāṇā itīryate | parāhatāsurūpatvānmantramātā prakīrtitā || 3-15 || trāyantī gāyataḥ sarvān gāyattrītyabhidhīyate | prakurvatī jagat svena prakṛtiḥ parigīyate || 3-16 || mimīte ca tatā ceti sā mātā parikīrtitā | sarveṣāmaviparyāsācchivaṃkaratayā śivā || 3-17 || taruṇī kāmyamānatvāt tārā saṃsāratāraṇāt | aviparyāsarūpatvāt satyā satyadvayānvayāt || 3-18 || śāntāśeṣavikāratvācchāntā sā cintyate budhaiḥ | mohānapanayantī sā mohinī mohanādapi || 3-19 || iḍā haviradhiṣṭhānādiṣyamāṇatayāpi ca | ramayantīti sā rantī ratiśca parikīrtitā || 3-20 || viśrutirviśrutā sadbhiḥ smārayantī sarasvatī | anavacchinnabhāsatvānmahābhāsābhidhīyate || 3-21 || nāmadheyairiyaṃ taistairnānāśāstrasamāśrayaiḥ | p. 24) anvarthairdarśitāśeṣavibhavā vaiṣṇavī parā || 3-22 || udadheriva ca sthairyaṃ mahatteva vihāyasaḥ | prabheva divaseśasya jyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ || 3-23 || viṣṇoḥ sarvāṅgasaṃpūrṇā bhāvābhāvānugāminī | śaktirnārāyaṇī divyā sarvasiddhāntasaṃmatā || 3-24 || śaktimataḥ śaktirbhinnā devācchaktimato bhinnā brahmaṇaḥ parameṣṭhinaḥ | eṣa caiṣā ca śāstreṣu dharmadharmisvabhāvataḥ || 3-25 || bhavadbhāvasvarūpeṇa tattvamekamivoditau | svātantryeṇa svarūpeṇa viṣṇupatnīyamadbhutā || 3-26 || yato jagadbhaviṣyantī kvacidunmeṣamṛcchati | śakteḥ dvaividhyam bhūtiśakteḥ traividhyam sahasrāyutakoṭyoghakoṭikoṭyarbudāṃśakaḥ || 3-27 || lakṣmīmayaḥ samunmeṣaḥ sa dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate | kriyābhūtivibhedena bhūtiḥ sā ca tridhā matā || 3-28 || avyaktakālapuṃbhāvāt teṣāṃ rūpaṃ pravakṣyate | p. 25) kriyāśakteḥ bhūtiśaktipravartakatvam kriyākhyo yo'yamunmeṣaḥ sa bhūtiparivartakaḥ || 3-29 || lakṣmīmayaḥ prāṇarūpo viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpa ucyate | svātantryamūla icchātmā prekṣārūpaḥ kriyāphalaḥ || 3-30 || unmeṣo yaḥ susaṃkalpaḥ sarvatrāvyāhataḥ kṛtau | avyaktakālapuṃrūpāṃ cetanācetanātmikām || 3-31 || bhūtiṃ lakṣmīmayīṃ viṣṇoḥ śaktiṃ saṃbhāvayatyasau | avyaktaṃ pariṇāmena kālaṃ kalanakarmaṇā || 3-32 || puruṣaṃ bhojanodyogaiḥ sarge saṃyojayatyayam | sāmarthyatritayādānād viyojayati saṃcare || 3-33 || viṣame pariṇāme yat sāmarthyaṃ triguṇātmanaḥ | sṛṣṭau dadhāti tat tasmin viparyāsaṃ ca saṃhṛtau || 3-34 || avyaktapuruṣodyogasaṃyojanavidhikramam | kāle dadhāti sargādau viparyāsaṃ ca saṃhṛtau || 3-35 || puṃsaśca vuddhisāmarthyamasāmarthyaṃ ca bhojane | saṃkalpaḥ kurute viṣṇoḥ sargaprativisargayoḥ || 3-36 || trīnetān saṃhatān sṛṣṭau vihatān pratisaṃcare | dadhāti svena rūpeṇa guṇo maṇigaṇāniva || 3-37 || sthitau ca kurute rakṣāṃ teṣāṃ kāryasamīkṣaṇāt | p. 26) sarvatrāvyāhatatvaṃ yat tat sudarśanalakṣaṇam || 3-38 || kriyāśakteḥ vaividhyena sarvabhāvānuyāyitvam so'yaṃ sudarśanaṃ nāma saṃkalpaḥ spandanātmakaḥ | vibhajya bahudhā rūpaṃ bhāve bhāve'vatiṣṭhate || 3-39 || vaividhyaprapañcanam vyāptiṃ sudarśanasyemāṃ procyamānāṃ mayā śṛṇu | yajjñātvā puruṣo loke kṛtakṛtyatvamaśnute || 3-40 || ṣāḍguṇyaṃ yat paraṃ brahma yā gatiryogināṃ parā | nārāyaṇaḥ sa viśvātmā bhāvābhāvamidaṃ jagat || 3-41 || niṣkalena svarūpeṇa yadā prāpya niyacchati | sadā sattā hi yā tasya jagannirmāṇaśaktikā || 3-42 || sarvabhāvātmikā lakṣmīrahaṃtā paramātmanaḥ | taddharmadharmiṇī devī bhūtvā sarvamidaṃ jagat || 3-43 || niṣkalena svarūpeṇa sāpi tadvanniyacchati | tadīyaikā kalā bhūtirjagadbhavanasaṃjñitā || 3-44 || vyāpāro vāstavastatra jaganniyamanātmakaḥ | niṣkalā yā kriyāśaktirlakṣmyāḥ saudarśanī kalā || 3-45 || p. 27) bhajete tau yadā rūpaṃ manonayananandanam | rakṣāyai jagatāmīśau cakrapadme tadā kriyā || 3-46 || rakṣopakaraṇaṃ devau tau yāvadyāvadicchataḥ | śaṅkhaśārṅgādirūpeṇa tāvat tāvat sudarśanam || 3-47 || prakāśāhlādapātairyadviśvasyopacikīrṣataḥ | sūryenduvahnirūpeṇa tadā cakraṃ sudarśanam || 3-48 || devadaityādikān bhāvān yadā tau bhajataḥ svayam | tattadastramayī devī tadā saudarśanī kriyā || 3-49 || yadā viśvopakārāya śāstraṃ nānāphalāśrayam | kurutaḥ sā kriyā tatra śāsanaṃ hṛdayasthitam || 3-50 || yadā tau bhavataḥ śāstraṃ viśvopakṛtaye vibhū | tadā sā śāstratātparyaṃ kriyā saudarśanī kalā || 3-51 || śāstrādhikāriṇo nāma yadā tau pitarau dhruvau | adhikārastadā teṣāṃ kriyāśaktiḥ sudarśanam || 3-52 || yadā śāstrārthabhūtau tau phalasādhanasaṃśrayāt | phalaprasavasāmarthyaṃ kriyā tatra sudarśanam || 3-53 || puruṣārthāstu catvāro yadā tau bhavataḥ svayam | ātmatarpaṇasāmarthyaṃ tadā cakraṃ sudarśanam || 3-54 || p. 28) yadā mantramayīṃ rakṣāṃ bhajato jagatāṃ hite | mantrayantramayī devī kriyāśaktistadā tviyam || 3-55 || vaiśvarūpyasya saṃkṣepaḥ kriyāśakteḥ pradarśitaḥ | sudarśanātmikāyāste kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 3-56 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ kriyāśaktervaiśvarūpyapradarśanaṃ nāma tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ || 3 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 192 pratisaṃcaravarṇanaṃ nāma caturtho'dhyāyaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan devadeveśa sarvajña vṛṣaketana | kiṃ tat kāraṇamityuktaṃ sṛṣṭaye yat pravartate || 4-1 || sudarśanena yad vyāptaṃ rūpataḥ kāryato'rthataḥ | vistareṇa mamācakṣva jagataḥ kāraṇaṃ param || 4-2 || prākṛtapralayavarṇanam ahirbudhnyaḥ - procyamānaṃ mayā tattvaṃ kāraṇasyāvadhāraya | tatra tāvannibodhemaṃ prākṛtaṃ pratisaṃcaram || 4-3 || yena kālena sā vidyā prakṛtirmūlasaṃjñitā | sasyādisṛṣṭaye dhenurabhavanmegharūpiṇī || 4-4 || kālena tāvatā sā tu cikīrṣye pratisaṃcare | adhenurnīrasā śuṣkā bhavatyavyaktasaṃjñitā || 4-5 || nāradaḥ - kālena kiyatā sargaḥ sā dhenuḥ kāmarūpinī | p. 30) adhenuḥ sā bhaved devī yāvatā pratisaṃcare || 4-6 || pratisaṃcarakālaparimāṇam ahirbudhnyaḥ - aṣṭādaśa nimeṣāstu kāṣṭhā triṃśattu tāḥ kalā | tāstu triṃśat kṣaṇaste tu muhūrto dvādaśa smṛtaḥ || 4-7 || te tu pañcadaśāhaḥ syāt tāvatī rātririṣyate | te pañcadaśa pakṣaḥ syāt pakṣau dvau māsa iṣyate || 4-8 || saṃvatsaro mānuṣastu tairdvādaśabhiriṣyate | kāmyaḥ ṣoḍaśabhistaistu kāmyābdānāṃ tathā mune || 4-9 || vidyā dhenuradhenuśca bhavet kālena tāvatā | adhenvāṃ tu tatastasyāṃ cikīrṣye pratisaṃcare || 4-10 || sarvasya pṛthivyāṃ layaḥ nīrasaṃ śuṣkamevāsījjagadetaccarācaram | mahāvātena saṃśuṣkaṃ saṃdagdhaṃ ca mahāgninā || 4-11 || ā śailādā tṛṇāccaiva yadā bhūmau samunnatam | mānaveṣu layaṃ yānti tadā mānavamānavāḥ || 4-12 || p. 31) manuṣveva layaṃ yānti mānavāste catuḥśatam | evaṃ cetanavarge tu manuṣveva layaṃ gate || 4-13 || mithunānyeva catvāri manūnāṃ kevalāni tu | kūrmapṛṣṭhasamānāyāṃ bhuvi tiṣṭhanti vai mune || 4-14 || pṛthivyā apsu layaḥ nārāyaṇasya saṃkalpādavyāhatasudarśanāt | bhūmergandhātmakaṃ sāraṃ grasantyāpastadā mune || 4-15 || āttagandhā yadā bhūmirambhasā kāraṇātmanā | atibhūya tadā pṛthvīṃ manavo'psu vyavasthitāḥ || 4-16 || bhūmistvāttarasā śaśvajjahāti vyaktināmanī | prabhavantyāpa etarhi jagadetaccarācaram || 4-17 || apāṃ tejasi layaḥ saṃkalpādeva pūrvasmāt sudarśanamayāddhareḥ | apāmapi rasaṃ sāraṃ jyotirgrasati kāraṇam || 4-18 || atibhūya tadāpastu manavo jyotiṣi sthitāḥ | āpaścāttarasāḥ śaśvajjahati vyaktināmanī || 4-19 || dedīpyamānametarhi jyotireva jaganmune | p. 32) tejaso vāyau layaḥ saṃkalpacodito viṣṇorvāyuḥ kāraṇasaṃjñitaḥ || 4-20 || jyotiṣo'pyāntaraṃ rūpaṃ sāraṃ grasati tad dhruvam | saṃkalpacoditā viṣṇormanavo'pi tadā mune || 4-21 || atibhūyākhilaṃ jyotirvāyumeva śrayanti te | āttarūpaṃ tadā jyotirjahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-22 || vāyurdodhūyamānastu jagadetaccarācaram | vāyorākāśe layaḥ tataḥ kāraṇamākāśaṃ viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpacoditam || 4-23 || sāraṃ grasati saṃsparśaṃ kāraṇaṃ vai nabhasvataḥ | sudarśaneritā viṣṇormanavo'pi mahāmune || 4-24 || na bhasyevāvatiṣṭhante vyatibhūya samīraṇam | āttasparśastadā vāyurjahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-25 || bhṛśaṃ śabdāyamānaṃ tadviyadviśvaṃ carācaram | ākāśasyāhaṃkāre layaḥ kriyāśaktīrito viṣṇorahaṃkāro'bhimānavān || 4-26 || sāraṃ grasati śabdākhyaṃ kāraṇaṃ nabhaso mune | tayaiva preritā viṣṇoratibhūya viyatpadam || 4-27 || p. 33) ahaṃkāre'vatiṣṭhante manavo bhagavanmayāḥ | āttaśabdaṃ viyat tacca jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-28 || ahamityeva tadviśvamahaṃkārātmakaṃ mune | ahaṃkārasya buddhau layaḥ abhimānātmakaṃ sāramahaṃkārasya kāraṇam || 4-29 || sudarśaneritā viṣṇorbuddhirgrasati vai mune | sudarśaneritā viṣṇoratibhūya tvahaṃkṛtim || 4-30 || buddhāvevāvatiṣṭhante manavo'ṣṭau mahāmune | āttābhimāno'haṃkāro jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-31 || buddhirevedamakhilaṃ vyavasāyavatī mune | buddhestamasi layaḥ sāramadhyavasāyākhyaṃ buddheḥ kāraṇamavyayam || 4-32 || sudarśaneritaṃ viṣṇostamo grasati kāraṇam | sudarśaneritā viṣṇormanavo'pi mahāmune || 4-33 || atibhūya tadā buddhiṃ tamasyeva śritāḥ sthitim | āsīdidaṃ tamobhūtamaprajñātamalakṣaṇam || 4-34 || apratarkyamavijñeyaṃ saṃstabdhaṃ guru mohanam | indriyāṇāṃ bhūtaiḥ saha tattatkāraṇeṣu layaḥ ghrāṇaṃ jihvā ca cakṣuśca tvak ca śrotraṃ ca pañcamam || 4-35 || p. 34) pāyūpasthaṃ tathā pādau hastau vāk caiva pañcamī | dvayoḥ pañcakayordvandvaṃ ghrāṇapāyvādikaṃ kramāt || 4-36 || mahījalādibhirhetau līyamānaiḥ svake svake | samaṃ vilayamāyāti saha ghrāṇādivṛttibhiḥ || 4-37 || mano'haṃkāra ityetat savṛtti karaṇadvayam | ahaṃkāre layaṃ yāti buddhau bodhanamindriyam || 4-38 || tama evedamakhilamidānīmavatiṣṭhate | tamaso rajasi layaḥ sthitiśaktirhi yā cāsya tamaso gurutāmayī || 4-39 || rajo grasati tāṃ śaśvadīśvarecchāpracoditam | icchayā preritā viṣṇormanavo'pi mahāmune || 4-40 || rajasyevāvatiṣṭhante vyatibhūya tamogatim | āttasāraṃ tamastattu jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-41 || calakiryātmakaṃ duḥkhaṃ raja eva jagat tadā | rajasaḥ sattve layaḥ yā sā spandamayī śaktiścalattātmā rajomayī || 4-42 || tāṃ vai sudarśanādiṣṭaṃ sattvaṃ grasati kāraṇam | rajaḥsthā manavaścaiva viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ || 4-43 || p. 35) atibhūya rajaḥ sattvaṃ viśanti vimalaṃ mune | āttasāraṃ rajastattu jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-44 || laghu prakāśakaṃ sattvamidamāsīccarācaram | sattvasya kāle layaḥ kālo nāma guṇo viṣṇoḥ sudarśanasamīritaḥ || 4-45 || sāraṃ prajñāmayaṃ sattvādādatte jñānakāraṇam | atibhūya tadā sattvaṃ manavaḥ kālasaṃśritāḥ || 4-46 || kāla eva jagat kṛtsnamidamāsīt tadā mune | āttasāraṃ ca tat sattvaṃ jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-47 || kālasya niyatau layaḥ kālī kālagatā śaktiryā sāśeṣaprakālinī | niyatirnāma tāṃ tattvaṃ grasatīśvaracoditā || 4-48 || sudarśaneritāste ca manavo'ṣṭau mahāmune | atītya kālatattvaṃ tāṃ niyatiṃ pratipedire || 4-49 || āttasārastadā kālo jahāti vyaktināmanī | niyatirnāma sā viśvamidamāsīccarācaram || 4-50 || niyateḥ śaktau layaḥ mahāvidyāmayī śaktirniyateryā mahāmune | śaktirnāma tadā tāṃ tu grasatīśvaracoditā || 4-51 || p. 36) manavo'pīśvarādiṣṭā niyatiṃ tāmatītya vai | śaktiṃ māyāmayīṃ viṣṇorviśanti vipulātmikām || 4-52 || niyatiścāttasārā sā jahāti vyaktināmanī | atha śaktiridaṃ viśvaṃ jagadāsīccarācaram || 4-53 || śakteḥ kūṭasthapuruṣe layaḥ ā caitanyonmiṣattāyāḥ śakteḥ śaktiḥ sanātanī | sudarśaneritastāṃ tu puruṣo grasati svayam || 4-54 || atītya manavaḥ śaktiṃ taṃ viśantīśvareritāḥ | āttasārā tadā śaktirjahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-55 || sarvātmā sarvataḥśaktiḥ puruṣaḥ sarvatomukhaḥ | sarvajñaḥ sarvagaḥ sarvaḥ sarvamāvṛtya tiṣṭhati || 4-56 || manūnāmeṣa kūṭasthaḥ puruṣo dvicaturmayaḥ | kṛtsnakarmādhikāro vai devadevasya vai hareḥ || 4-57 || trayodaśānāṃ bhūmyādiśaktyantānāṃ mahāmune | vilīnasvasvakāryāṇāṃ kāmyavarṣaśatasthitiḥ || 4-58 || kūṭasthapuruṣasyāniruddhe layaḥ puṃsastrīṇi śatāni syustato manumayaḥ pumān | caturdhā svaṃ vibhajyātha brahmakṣatrādibhāvataḥ || 4-59 || p. 37) sve sve sthāne'niruddhasya mukhabāhvādike mune | pralīyate kṣaṇenaiva taptāyaḥ piṇḍavārivat || 4-60 || tato'sau bhagavānekaḥ pralīnacidacinmayaḥ | śatāni daśa ṣaṭ cātha varṣāṇāmavatiṣṭhate || 4-61 || aniruddhasya pradyumne'pyayaḥ avasthāya tato'pyeti pradyumnamajaraṃ vibhum | nirudhya sarvaceṣṭāḥ svāstāvatkālaṃ sa tiṣṭhati || 4-62 || pradyumnasya saṃkarṣaṇe'pyayaḥ tataḥ pradyumnasaṃjño'sau bhagavān puṣkarekṣaṇaḥ | apyeti bhagavantaṃ taṃ saṃkarṣaṇamanāmayam || 4-63 || kālaṃ tiṣṭhati tāvantaṃ sarvadevamayo'cyutaḥ | cidacitkhacitaṃ viśvaṃ śuddhāśuddhamaśeṣataḥ || 4-64 || tilakālakavat svasya dehe jñānamaye dadhat | udayāstācalāveṣa devaḥ saṃkarṣaṇo balaḥ || 4-65 || cidindoracidaṅkasya kalāstā anudhāvataḥ | ahīnamaharetaddhi saṃkarṣaṇamayaṃ param || 4-66 || yatra nānāvidhā bhāvā vyajyante svasvayākhyayā | saṃkarṣaṇasya vāsudeve'pyayaḥ śatāni ṣoḍaśa sthitvā varṣāṇāmayamacyutaḥ || 4-67 || p. 38) apyeti bhagavantaṃ taṃ vāsudevaṃ sanātanam | nāsadāsīt tadānīṃ hi no sadāsīt tadā mune || 4-68 || bhāvābhāvau vilopyāntarvicitravibhavodayau | anirdeśyaṃ paraṃ brahma vāsudevo'vatiṣṭhate || 4-69 || sā rātristat paraṃ brahma tadavyaktamudāhṛtam | ṣaṇṇāṃ yugāni vijñānabalādīnāmaśeṣataḥ || 4-70 || trīṇi yasmin pralīyante yat tat sā rātrirucyate | saṃkarṣaṇādibhūmyantamañjanaṃ vigataṃ yataḥ || 4-71 || tadavyaktamiti jñeyaṃ samatvāt sama ucyate | yā sā bhagavataḥ śaktirahaṃtā sarvabhāvagā || 4-72 || apṛthakcāriṇī sattā mahānandamayī parā | saṃkarṣaṇādibhūmyantastasyāḥ koṭyaṃśa īritaḥ || 4-73 || sadasaccidacidrūpairyatra viśvaṃ prakāśate | tasminnuparate śaśvadviśvakolāhalodgame || 4-74 || alakṣyā kāryataḥ śaktirdevādvijahatī bhidām | pratisaṃcarikāṃ śaktiṃ kriyāṃ saudarśanīṃ svakām || 4-75 || saṃhṛtya bibhratī tāṃ tu sthitiṃ saṃkalparūpiṇīm | indhanābhāvato jvālā vahnibhāvaṃ yathā gatā || 4-76 || p. 39) brahmabhāvaṃ vrajatyevaṃ sā śaktirvaiṣṇavī parā | nārāyaṇaḥ paraṃ brahma śaktirnārāyaṇī ca sā || 4-77 || vyāpakāvatisaṃśleṣādekaṃ tattvamiva sthitau | saṃkarṣaṇodayo yāvadahaḥ pauruṣamiṣyate | tāvatī pauruṣī rātriḥ saṃhṛtākhilavastukā || 4-78 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ pratisaṃcaravarṇanaṃ nāma caturtho'dhyāyaḥ || 4 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 270 śuddhasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - kāryakāraṇavargasya pralayo'yaṃ pradarśitaḥ | sudarśanamayīṃ sṛṣṭiṃ tasya vakṣyāmi te mune || 5-1 || pralayāvasthabrahmasvarūpam prasuptākhilakāryaṃ sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatam | nārāyaṇaḥ paraṃ brahma sarvāvāsamanāhatam || 5-2 || pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyamasamīrāmbaropamam | śaktirūpāyā lakṣmyāḥ kvacidunmeṣaḥ tasya staimityarūpā yā śaktiḥ śūnyatvarūpiṇī || 5-3 || svātantryādeva kasmāccit kvacit sonmeṣamṛcchati | ātmabhūtā hi yā śaktiḥ parasya brahmaṇo hareḥ || 5-4 || devī vidyudiva vyomni kvaciduddyotate tu sā | śaktirvidyotamānā sā śaktirityucyate'mbare || 5-5 || śaktervividhabhāvavyañjakatvam vyanakti vividhān bhāvān śuddhāśuddhān samūrtikān | p. 41) tasyā unmeṣamṛcchantyāḥ svātantryaṃ yat svanirmitam || 5-6 || prekṣaṇātmā sa saṃkalpastat sudarśanamucyate | sā kriyā taddharervīryaṃ tat tejaśca balaṃ ca tat || 5-7 || vyajyante ye ca te bhāvāḥ svabhittiparivartitāḥ | sā bhūtirviṣṇuśaktiḥ sā śakteḥ koṭyaṃśakalpitā || 5-8 || bahubhirdvandvabhāvaiḥ sā śaktirbhūtamayī sthitā | śuddhāśuddhavibhāgena cetyacetanarūpataḥ || 5-9 || kālyakālavibhedena vyaktāvyaktavibhāgataḥ | vyaṅgyavyañjanarūpeṇa vācyavācakabhedataḥ || 5-10 || bhogyabhoktṛvibhedena dehadehivibhedataḥ | anyaiścaivaṃprakāraiḥ sā dvandvabhedairvibhajyate || 5-11 || evaṃ prakārabhedena yā śaktirhetutāṃ gatā | tāṃ vijānīhi devarṣe divyāṃ saudarśanīṃ kalām || 5-12 || samīryate yathā vahnirmegho vāpi samīraṇāt | tathā sudarśanenaiva vibhūtiḥ preryate kalā || 5-13 || ānulomyena sarge tu prātilomyena saṃhṛtau | yathā saṃpreryamāṇā sā sudarśananabhavasvatā || 5-14 || p. 42) dadhāti vividhān bhāvāṃstathā me gadataḥ śṛṇu | śuddhasṛṣṭiprapañcanam tatra śuddhamayaṃ sargaṃ vibhūteḥ prathamaṃ śṛṇu || 5-15 || yat tat ṣāḍguṇyamityuktaṃ jñānaiśvaryabalādikam | yugaistasya tribhiḥ śuddhā sṛṣṭirbhūteḥ pravartate || 5-16 || guṇayugmatrayāt vyūhatrayāvirbhāvaḥ tatra jñānabaladvandvādrūpaṃ sāṃkarṣaṇaṃ hareḥ | aiśvaryavīryasaṃbhedādrūpaṃ prādyumnamucyate || 5-17 || śaktitejaḥsamutkarṣādāniruddhī tanurhareḥ | ete śaktimayā vyūhā guṇonmeṣasvalakṣaṇāḥ || 5-18 || vyūhatraye'pi ṣāḍguṇyānuvṛttiḥ ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā devāḥ puruṣāḥ puṣkarekṣaṇāḥ | tatra tatrāvaśiṣṭaṃ yad guṇānāṃ dviyugaṃ mune || 5-19 || anuvṛttiṃ bhajatyeva tatra tatra yathāyatham | tridhā cāturātmyasthitiḥ vyāptimātraṃ guṇonmeṣo mūrtīkāra iti tridhā || 5-20 || cāturātmyasthitirviṣṇorguṇavyatikarodbhavā | p. 43) tatra jñānamayatvena devaḥ saṃkarṣaṇo balī || 5-21 || vyanaktyaikāntikaṃ mārgaṃ bhagavatprāptisādhanam | pradyumnasya kṛtyam vīryaiśvaryamayo devaḥ pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ || 5-22 || sthitaḥ śāstrārthabhāvena bhagavatprāptivartmanā | aniruddhasya kṛtyam śāstrārthasya phalaṃ yat tad bhagavatprāptilakṣaṇam || 5-23 || prāpayatyaniruddhaḥ san sādhakān puruṣottamaḥ | śāstraśāstrārthatatsādhyaphalanirvāhakā ime || 5-24 || puruṣāḥ puṇḍarīkākṣā vyūhāḥ śaktimayā hareḥ | paravāsudevena saha vyūhasya cāturātmyam bhagavān vāsudevaśca vyūhāścaite trayo mune || 5-25 || cāturātmyamidaṃ viddhi vyaktāvyaktasvalakṣaṇam | guṇonmeṣasvarūpapradarśanam guṇāḥ śaktimayā ye te jñānaiśvaryabalādayaḥ || 5-26 || teṣāṃ yugapadunmeṣaḥ staimityavirahātmakaḥ | saṃkalpakalpito viṣṇoryaḥ sa tadvyaktilakṣaṇaḥ || 5-27 || p. 44) bhagavān vāsudevaḥ sa paramā prakṛtiśca sā | śaktiryā vyāpino viṣṇoḥ sā jagatprakṛtiḥ parā || 5-28 || śakteḥ śaktimato bhedād vāsudeva itīryate | sisṛkṣorvāsudevāt saṃkarṣaṇāvirbhāvaḥ sarvaśaktimayo devo vāsudevaḥ sisṛkṣayā || 5-29 || vibhajatyātmanātmānaṃ yaḥ sa saṃkarṣaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ | tatra dṛṣṭāntaḥ bhānāvudayaśailasthe prabhā yadvadvijṛmbhate || 5-30 || udayasthe tathā deve prabhā saṃkarṣaṇātmikā | tasya ṣoḍaśaśatavarṣapratīkṣaṇam avyāpṛtā śatānyeṣā śaktistiṣṭhati ṣoḍaśa || 5-31 || saṃkarṣaṇātmikā sākṣād vijñānabalavāribhiḥ | ananto bhagavān viṣṇuḥ śaktimān puruṣottamaḥ || 5-32 || pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyo nistaraṅgārṇavopamaḥ | ṣaṇṇāṃ yugapadunmeṣād guṇānāṃ svapracoditāt || 5-33 || ananta eva bhagavān vāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ | tatra jñānabalonmeṣāt svasaṃkalpapracoditāt || 5-34 || ananta eva bhagavān devaḥ saṃkarṣaṇo'cyutaḥ | p. 45) pradyumnāvirbhāvaḥ sthitvā ṣoḍaśa varṣāṇi devaḥ śaktimayo'cyutaḥ || 5-35 || ananta eva bhagavān pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ | aṃśāṃśenoditā śaktiḥ prādyumnī bhagavatprabhā || 5-36 || avyāpṛtā śatānyeṣā tūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhati ṣoḍaśa | aniruddhāvirbhāvaḥ tataḥ śaktimayo devaḥ pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ || 5-37 || śatāni ṣoḍaśa sthitvā svasaṃkalpapracoditaḥ | ananta eva bhagavānaniruddho bhavatyuta || 5-38 || aṃśāṃśenoditā śaktirāniruddhī hareḥ prabhā | avyāpṛtā śatānyeṣā tūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhati ṣoḍaśa || 5-39 || vyūhasya ṣoḍaśaśatavarṣānantaraṃ sṛṣṭau vyāpṛtiḥ śatāni ṣoḍaśa sthitvāniruddhaḥ śaktimānasau | tadā vyāpriyate sṛṣṭau pūrvābhyāṃ saha nārada || 5-40 || vyūhā ete viśālākṣāścatvāraḥ puruṣottamāḥ | vyūhānāṃ heyapratibhaṭatvamanāditvaṃ ca nirdoṣā niraniṣṭāśca niravadyāḥ sanātanāḥ || 5-41 || anantamakṣaraṃ caitaccāturātmyaṃ mahāmune | p. 46) nistaraṅgadaśāyāṃ te niḥsattāḥ saktacinmayāḥ || 5-42 || śaktyātmakā guṇonmeṣadaśāyāṃ te vyavasthitāḥ | tatra sthūladaśāyāṃ te vyaktibhāvamupāgatāḥ || 5-43 || jagatāmupakārāya saccidānandalakṣaṇāḥ | cāturātmyasya mana -ālambanārthatvam mana -ālambanāyaiṣā cāturātmyavyavasthitiḥ || 5-44 || vyūhāt vyūhāntarāvirbhāvaḥ āmnāsiṣuramuṣyāśca rahasyāmnāyavedinaḥ | vyūhāntaravibhāvādīn bhedān saṃkalpakalpitān || 5-45 || dvādaśa vyūhāntarāṇi vyūhāntaraṃ daśa dve ca keśavādyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ | vāsudevāt keśavāditrayam keśavāditrayaṃ tatra vāsudevād vibhāvyate || 5-46 || saṃkarṣaṇāt govindāditrayāvirbhāvaḥ saṃkarṣaṇācca govindapūrvaṃ tritayamadbhutam | pradyumnāt trivikramāditrayāvirbhāvaḥ trivikramādyaṃ tritayaṃ pradyumnāduditaṃ mune || 5-47 || aniruddhāt hṛṣīkeśāditrayāvirbhāvaḥ hṛṣīkeśādikaṃ tattvamaniruddhānmahāmune | p. 47) vyūhāntarasya traividhyam parāḥ svakāraṇāntaḥsthāḥ sūkṣmāste dvibhujāḥ smṛtāḥ || 5-48 || caturbhujāste vijñeyāḥ sthūlāstribhuvaneśvarāḥ | cakrādyāyudhavinyāso yantratantre'bhidhāsyate || 5-49 || vibhavā ekonacatvāriṃśat vibhavāḥ padmanābhādyāstriṃśacca nava caiva hi | padmanābho dhruvo'nantaḥ śaktyātmā madhusūdanaḥ || 5-50 || vidyādhidevaḥ kapilo viśvarūpo vihaṃgamaḥ | kroḍātmā baḍabāvaktro dharmo vāgīśvarastathā || 5-51 || ekāmbhonidhiśāyī ca bhagavān kamaṭheśvaraḥ | varāho nārasiṃhaśca pīyūṣaharaṇastathā || 5-52 || śrīpatirbhagavān devaḥ kāntātmāmṛtadhārakaḥ | rāhujit kālanemighnaḥ pārijātaharastathā || 5-53 || lokanāthastu śāntātmā dattātreyo mahāprabhuḥ | nyagrodhaśāyī bhagavānekaśṛṅgatanustathā || 5-54 || devo vāmanadehastu sarvavyāpī trivikramaḥ | naro nārāyaṇaścaiva hariḥ kṛṣṇastathaiva ca || 5-55 || jvalatparaśudhṛgrāmo rāmaścānyo dhanurdharaḥ | vedavidbhagavān kalkī pātālaśayanaḥ smṛtaḥ || 5-56 || p. 48) triṃśacca nava caivete padmanābhādayo matāḥ | teṣāmutpattyādikaṃ sāttvatādau jñeyam yataścaiṣāṃ samutpattiryo vyāpāro yadāyudham || 5-57 || yā mūrtiryādṛśī caiva yatra caite vyavasthitāḥ | bhūṣaṇāni vicitrāṇi vāsāṃsi vividhāni ca || 5-58 || bāhyāntaḥkaraṇānāṃ ca trayo vargāḥ savṛttayaḥ | saṃkalpanirmitā śaktiryā tattatkāryagocarā | sāttvate śāsane sarvaṃ tattaduktaṃ mahāmune || 5-59 || adhyāyārthopasaṃhāraḥ itīyaṃ śuddhasṛṣṭiste viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpakalpitā | bhūtyaṃśo leśataḥ proktaḥ śṛṇu sṛṣṭimathetarām || 5-60 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śuddhasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ || 5 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 330 śuddhetarasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ śaktitadvatorbhedavadabhedasyāpyupapattiḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - yo'sau nārāyaṇo devaḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ | ahaṃbhāvātmikā śaktistasya taddharmiṇī || 6-1 || tāvimāvekadhaivoktau bhedyabhedakabhāvataḥ | pṛthaktvena ca śāstreṣu jagaddhetutayoditau || 6-2 || śaktitadvatorapṛthaksthitiḥ naiva śaktyā vinā kaścicchaktimānasti kāraṇam | na ca śaktimatā śaktirvinaikā vyavatiṣṭhate || 6-3 || bhagavato lakṣmyāśca pratyekaṃ jagatkāraṇatvavyavahārakathanam tattadgauravamāśritya tantravedāntapāragaiḥ | jagaddhetutayā devāvekaikāviva darśitau || 6-4 || śuddhetarasṛṣṭikathanapratijñā iti vyavasthite sṛṣṭimuktaśiṣṭāmimāṃ śṛṇu | bhūtiśakteḥ svasaṃkalparūpakriyāśaktipravartyatvam yeyaṃ bhūtimayī sphūrtirviṣṇuśakteḥ puroditā || 6-5 || p. 50) tasyāḥ saṃkalpamayyaiva sphūrtyā sā bahu nartyate | yogālambanabhūtavyūhavibhavādeḥ śuddhimayasphūrtirūpatvam bhūteḥ śuddhimayī sphūrtiḥ sā vyūhavibhavātmikā || 6-6 || yāmālambya tarantīmaṃ yogino bhavasāgaram | śuddhetarasṛṣṭeḥ vyūhavibhavamūlakatvam atha śuddhetarā sṛṣṭistanmūlaiva pravartate || 6-7 || tasyāstraividhyam puruṣaścaiva kālaśca guṇaśceti tridhocyate | bhūtiḥ śuddhetarā viṣṇoḥ puruṣo dvicaturmayaḥ || 6-8 || sa manūnāṃ samāhāro brahmakṣatrādibhedinām | pradyumnāt mithunacatuṣṭayotpattiḥ brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇī caiva mithunaṃ tanmanudvayam || 6-9 || pradyumnasya musvājjātaṃ svasaṃkalpena coditam | urasaḥ kṣatriyadvandvamūrutaśca viśo dvayam || 6-10 || padbhyāṃ śūdradvayaṃ caiva pradyumnasya samudgatam | samaṣṭiryā manūnāṃ sā puruṣo dvicaturmayaḥ || 6-11 || p. 51) kālaprakṛtisṛṣṭiḥ sūkṣmakālaguṇāvasthā sudarśanasamīritā | pradyumnasya lalāṭācca bhruvoḥ karṇādudīritā || 6-12 || aniruddhāya pālanājñādānam puruṣaḥ śaktirityetaccetanācetanātmakam | vardhayetyaniruddhāya pradyumnenopapādyate || 6-13 || tena tadvardhanam antaḥsthapuruṣāṃ śaktiṃ tāmādāya svamūrtigām | saṃvardhayati yogena hyaniruddhaḥ svatejasā || 6-14 || niyatikālayorudayaḥ niyatiḥ kāla ityevaṃ śaktiḥ saṃkalpacoditā | dvidhodetyaniruddhāt sā yat tat kālamayaṃ vapuḥ || 6-15 || guṇamayyāḥ prakṛtestraividhyam yattadguṇamayaṃ rūpaṃ śaktestasyāḥ prakīrtitam | sattvaṃ rajastama iti tridhodeti krameṇa tat || 6-16 || sattvādibhyo raja -ādyutpattiḥ sattvādrajastamastamastasmāt tamaso buddhirudgatā | p. 52) buddherahaṃkṛtistasyā bhūtatanmātrapañcakam || 6-17 || ekādaśakamakṣāṇāṃ mātrebhyo bhūtapañcakam | bhūtebhyo bhautikaṃ sarvamityayaṃ sṛṣṭisaṃgrahaḥ || 6-18 || punarvistareṇa sṛṣṭiprapañcanapraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan bhaganetraghna tattvavijñānavāridhe | ākhyāhi vistareṇādya bhūterunmeṣamadbhutam || 6-19 || tatprapañcanam ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇu nārada tattvena viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpakāritām | bhūteḥ pariṇatiṃ citrāṃ cidacidvargasaṃkulām || 6-20 || paravāsudevasya nityavibhūtimattāpratipādanam śuddhā pūrvoditā sṛṣṭiryā sā vyūhādibhedinī | sudarśanākhyāt saṃkalpāt tasyā eva prabhojjvalā || 6-21 || jñānānandamayī styānā deśabhāvaṃ vrajatyuta | sa deśaḥ paramaṃ vyoma nirmalaṃ puruṣāt param || 6-22 || niḥsīmasukhasaṃtānamanavadyamanākulam | tatrānandamayā bhogā lokāścānandalakṣaṇāḥ || 6-23 || p. 53) jñānānandamayā dehā muktānāṃ bhāvitātmanām | śriyaḥ patyurbhagavato nityamuktānubhāvyatvam sadā paśyanti te devāḥ puruṣaṃ puṣkarekṣaṇam || 6-24 || ṣāḍguṇyavigrahaṃ devaṃ tādṛśyā ca śriyā yutam | saṃkalpasādhitāśeṣadehadaihikavistaram || 6-25 || īśānamasya sarvasya jagatastasthuṣaspatim | sarvāvāsamanāvāsaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 6-26 || muktānāṃ svarūpam tat padaṃ prāpya tattvajñā mucyante vītakalmaṣāḥ | trasareṇupramāṇāste raśmikoṭivibhūṣitāḥ || 6-27 || āvirbhāvatirobhāvadharmabhedavivarjitāḥ | teṣāmapunarāvṛttiḥ paramaṃ te'dhvanaḥ pāraṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ padamāśritāḥ || 6-28 || viśanti nemamadhvānaṃ kālakallolasaṃkulam | teṣā yathopāsanaṃ phalaprāptiḥ bhaktāste yādṛśe rūpe saṃsārapadamāśritāḥ || 6-29 || tādṛśaṃ te samīkṣante paramavyomavāsinaḥ | vihṛtya suciraṃ kālaṃ koṭyoghapratisaṃcaram || 6-30 || p. 54) tato viśanti te divyaṃ ṣāḍguṇyaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ yaśaḥ | paramavyomno'śakyavarṇanatvam tadetat paramavyoma leśataste pradarśitam || 6-31 || naiva varṣāyutenāpi vaktuṃ śakyo'sya vistaraḥ | jīvasamaṣṭipuruṣasyārvācīnasthānavartitvam uktaḥ karmādhikāro yaḥ puruṣaste caturyugaḥ || 6-32 || asmāt sa paramavyomnastiṣṭhatyarvāci vai pade | sarvātmanāṃ samaṣṭiryā kośomadhukṛtāmiva || 6-33 || śuddhyaśuddhimayo bhāvo bhūteḥ sa puruṣaḥ smṛtaḥ | anādivāsanāreṇukuṇṭhitairātmabhiścitaḥ || 6-34 || svataḥ śuddhānāmapyātmanāṃ bhagavacchaktyā svarūpatirodhānam ātmano bhūtibhedāste sarvajñāḥ sarvatomukhāḥ | bhagavacchaktimayyaivaṃ mandatīvrādibhāvayā || 6-35 || tattatsudarśanonmeṣanimeṣānukṛtātmanā | sarvato'vidyayā viddhāḥ kleśamayyā vaśīkṛtāḥ || 6-36 || tirohitasvarūpāṇāṃ cātūrūpyam brahmakṣatrādibhāvena cātūrūpyaṃ vrajanti te | brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrā iti vibhedataḥ || 6-37 || p. 55) ātmāno jīvasaṃjñāste bandhamokṣau vrajanti te | teṣāṃ karmapāravaśyāt pṛthivyāmavataraṇam manavo nāma kūṭasthāsteṣāmuktāḥ samaṣṭayaḥ || 6-38 || kleśāśayāparāmṛṣṭāḥ sarvajñāḥ sarvatomukhāḥ | nityasiddhā hi bhūtyaṃśāste proktā bhagavanmayāḥ || 6-39 || āvirbhāvatirobhāvaiḥ svasminnātmani nārada | ātmano vartayantaste vaiṣṇavā ādhikārikāḥ || 6-40 || viṣṇoḥ saṃkalparūpeṇa sthitvāsmin pauruṣe pade | yogenāvatarantyaṃśaiḥ sthānāt sthānaṃ dharāvadhi || 6-41 || avatīrṇānāṃ prajāsraṣṭṛtvam sṛṣṭāyāṃ karmabhūmau te mithunībhūya mānavān | catuḥśataṃ sṛjantyete bhūyo mānavamānavān || 6-42 || te cāparimitāḥ sarve vistārastatra vakṣyate | aniruddhāt śaktyutpattiḥ arvācīne pade tasmāt puruṣāddhi caturyugāt || 6-43 || sṛṣṭānirudhataḥ śaktistatsudarśanacoditāt | śaktau kūṭasthamanūnāmavataraṇam sṛṣṭāyāmatha śaktau tu manavo'ṣṭau mahāmune || 6-44 || p. 56) avatīrya svakāt sthānādviṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ | tiṣṭhanti kalalībhūtāstasmiñśaktimaye pade || 6-45 || kālo nāma guṇo nāma tasyā garbhasthitaṃ dvayam | śaktito niyaterutpattiḥ kālasya niyatirnāma sūkṣmaḥ sarvaniyāmakaḥ || 6-46 || udeti prathamaṃ śakterviṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaḥ | tatra manūnāṃ sthitiḥ manavo'vatarantyatra te sudarśanacoditāḥ || 6-47 || yasya syādyādṛśaṃ rūpaṃ yatkaraṃ yatsvabhāvakam | sudarśanaprabhāvasthaṃ tattanniyamabhāvitam || 6-48 || niyatitaḥ kālasyotpattiḥ kālasya pāvanaṃ rūpaṃ yattu tatkalanātmakam | udeti niyateḥ so'tha kālaḥ saṃkalpacoditaḥ || 6-49 || tatra manūnāṃ sthitiḥ niyatermanavo'pyatra kāle hyavataranti te | kālaḥ sa kalayatyeko viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaḥ || 6-50 || kalayatyakhilaṃ kālyaṃ nadīkūlaṃ yathā rayaḥ | p. 57) kālāt krameṇa guṇamayarūpotpattiḥ yattadguṇamayaṃ rūpaṃ śakteḥ pūrvaṃ samīritam || 6-51 || sopānakramataḥ kālāt tadgauṇaṃ vyajyate vapuḥ | tatra prathamaṃ sattvotpattiḥ sattvaṃ tatra laghu svacchaṃ guṇarūpamanāmayam || 6-52 || prathamaṃ vyajyate kālānmanavo'vatarantyataḥ | āniruddhyā vaiṣṇavamūrtyā tasyādhiṣṭhānam āniruddhī tato mūrtiḥ svasaṃkalpapracoditā || 6-53 || adhitiṣṭhati tat sattvaṃ viṣṇunāmnaiva nāmabhāk | tata eva tasya sukharūpatvaṃ svacchatvaṃ ca | sattvādraja-utpattiḥ tadetat sakalaṃ svacchaṃ sukhamāsīdanākulam || 6-54 || antaḥsthamanukaṃ sattvamantaḥsthācidguṇaṃ mune | viṣṇunādhiṣṭhitaṃ tasmādviṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāt || 6-55 || rajo nāma guṇaḥ sattvāt tasmādāvirbhavatyalam | tatra manūnāṃ sthitiḥ manavo'vatarantyatra sattvāt saṃkalpacoditāḥ || 6-56 || tasyāniruddhādhiṣṭhitabrahmarūpatvam brāhmī mūrtirguṇaṃ taṃ cāpyāniruddhyadhitiṣṭhati | p. 58) atastasya duḥkharūpatvam tadetat pracalaṃ duḥkhaṃ rajaḥ śaśvatpravṛttimat || 6-57 || lolībhūtamidaṃ tacca viśvamantaḥsthitaṃ tadā | rajasastama utpattiḥ brahmaṇādhiṣṭhitāt tasmādantaḥsthamanukānmune || 6-58 || saṃkalpacoditaṃ viṣṇostamo nāma guṇo'bhavat | tatra manūnāṃ sthitiḥ manavo'vatarantyatra te sudarśanacoditāḥ || 6-59 || tasyāniruddhādhiṣṭhitarudrarūpatvam rudro nāma guṇastaṃ cāpyāniruddhyadhitiṣṭhati | atastasya mohanādirūpatvam guru viṣṭambhanaṃ śaśvanmohanaṃ cāpravṛttimat || 6-60 || tat tamo nāma bhaṇitaṃ guṇasāgarapāragaiḥ | aṃśato guṇatrayasāmyāpattiḥ sudarśanamayenaiva saṃkalpenātra vai hareḥ || 6-61 || codyamāne'pi sṛṣṭyarthaṃ pūrṇaṃ guṇayugaṃ tadā | aṃśataḥ sāmyamāyāti viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditam || 6-62 || p. 59) tasyaiva prakṛtitvam traiguṇyaṃ nāma tattvajñaistat tamaḥ parigīyate | prakṛtiparyāyaśabdāḥ guṇasāmyamavidyā ca svabhāvo yonirakṣaram | ayonirguṇayoniścetyādyāstraiguṇyavācakāḥ || 6-63 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śuddhetarasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ || 6 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 393 śuddhetarasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma saptamo'dhyāyaḥ prakṛtipuruṣakālānāṃ samaṣṭiḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - anyūnānatiriktaṃ yad guṇasāmyaṃ tamomayam | tat sāṃkhyairjagato mūlaṃ prakṛtiśceti kathyate || 7-1 || kramāvatīrṇo yastatra caturmanuyugaḥ pumān | samaṣṭiḥ puruṣo yoniḥ sa kūṭastha itīryate || 7-2 || yat tat kālamayaṃ tattvaṃ jagataḥ saṃprakālanam | sa tayoḥ kāryamāsthāya saṃyojakavibhājakaḥ || 7-3 || bhagavatsaṃkalpacoditāt tritayādasmāt mahadādyutpattiḥ mṛtpiṇḍībhūtametattu kālāditritayaṃ mune | viṣṇoḥ sudarśanenaiva svasvakāryapracoditam || 7-4 || mahadādipṛthivyantatattvavargopapādakam | prakṛtiḥ svarūpataḥ svabhāvataśca pariṇāminī payomṛdādivat tatra prakṛtiḥ pariṇāminī || 7-5 || p. 61) puruṣaḥ svarūpato'pariṇāmī pumānapariṇāmī san saṃnidhānena kāraṇam | kālasya prakṛtipuruṣapācakatvam kālaḥ pacati tattve dve prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ ca ha || 7-6 || prakṛtermahattattvotpattiḥ puruṣādhiṣṭhitāt tasmādviṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāt | kālena kalitāccaiva guṇasāmyānmahāmune || 7-7 || mahān nāma mahattattvamavyaktāduditaṃ mune | mahattattvaparyāyāḥ vidyā gauryavanī brāhmī vadhūrvṛddhirmatirmadhuḥ || 7-8 || akhyātirīśvaraḥ prājñetyete tadvācakā mune | mahatastraividhyam kālo buddhistathā prāṇa iti tredhā sa gīyate || 7-9 || tamaḥsattvarajobhedāt tattadunmeṣasaṃjñayā | kālastruṭilavādyātmā buddhiraghyavasāyinī || 7-10 || prāṇaḥ prayatanākāra ityetā mahato bhidāḥ | tatra sāttvikasya cāturvidhyam dharmo jñānaṃ virāgaścāpyaiśvaryamiti saṃjñayā || 7-11 || mahataḥ sāttvikaṃ rūpaṃ caturdhā pravibhajyate | p. 62) tāmasasyāpi cāturvidhyam adharmājñānāvairāgyamanaiśvaryaṃ ca tāmasam || 7-12 || mahattattve manūnāmavasthitiḥ vidyāyā udare'ṣṭau te sudarśanasamīritāḥ | manavo garbhatāṃ yānti sarvajñāḥ sarvadarśinaḥ || 7-13 || tatra buddhyutpattiḥ bodhanaṃ nāma vaidyaṃ tadindriyaṃ teṣu jāyate | yenārthānadhyavasyeyuḥ sadasatpravibhāginaḥ || 7-14 || mahato'haṃkārotpattiḥ vidyāyā udare tatrāhaṃkṛtirnāma jāyate | saṃkalpāccoditā viṣṇoścoditāyāḥ sudarśanāt || 7-15 || ahaṃkāraparyāyāḥ ahaṃkāro'bhimānaśca prajāpatirahaṃkṛtiḥ | abhimantā ca boddhā cetyasyāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ || 7-16 || ahaṃkārasya traividhyam tasya vaikārikaṃ nāma rūpaṃ sāttvikamucyate | taijasaṃ rājasaṃ rūpaṃ bhūtādirnāma tāmasam || 7-17 || p. 63) ahaṃkārasya rūpabhedāḥ kāmaḥ krodhaśca lobhaśca mānaścāvamatistṛṣā | ityahaṃkṛtirūpāṇi darśitāni mune tava || 7-18 || ahaṃkāre manūnāmavasthitiḥ nānāvibhavayuktāyāmutpannāyāmahaṃkṛtau | tadantargarbhamāyāti manūnāṃ taccaturyugam || 7-19 || ahaṃkārāt mana -utpattiḥ sudarśaneritaṃ viṣṇorāhaṃkārikamindriyam | mano nāma manūnāṃ tajjāyate cintanātmakam || 7-20 || manasvī buddhimāṃścāpi garbho manumayastathā | bhūtādeḥ śabdatanmātrotpattiḥ bhūtādeḥ śabdatanmātraṃ tāmasādatha jāyate || 7-21 || tasmādākāśotpattiḥ viyacca śabdatanmātrājjāyate śabdalakṣaṇam | ākāśasya guṇakarmaṇī śabdaikaguṇamākāśamavakāśaprāyi ca || 7-22 || ākāśe manūnāṃ sthitiḥ tadantargarbhatāṃ yānti viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ | p. 64) manavo'ṣṭau mahābuddhe tadā vaikārikāt punaḥ || 7-23 || śrotravācorutpattiḥ śrotraṃ vāgiti vijñānakarmendriyayugaṃ mune | samīkṣayaiva devasya manuṣu pratijāyate || 7-24 || manūnāṃ tadvaiśiṣṭyam śrotravānatha vāgmī ca garbho manumayastathā | atha sparśatanmātrotpattiḥ sudarśaneritādviṣṇorbhūtādeḥ sparśamātrakam || 7-25 || tasmādvāyūtpattiḥ jāyate sparśavān vāyustasmādapi ca jāyate | vāyoḥ kriyābhedāḥ śoṣaṇaṃ preraṇaṃ ceṣṭā vyūhanaṃ ca samūhanam || 7-26 || kriyābhedā ime tasmājjāyante vāyuto mune | tvakpāṇyorutpattiḥ vaikārikādahaṃkārāt tvakpāṇidvitayaṃ mune || 7-27 || jñānakarmendriyadvandvaṃ saṃkalpāt tasya jāyate | vāyau manūnāṃ sthitiḥ tadantargarbhatāṃ yāti tadā manumayaḥ pumān || 7-28 || p. 65) teṣāṃ tvakpāṇivaiśiṣṭyam ceṣṭamānastadā garbho viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaḥ | tvakpāṇidvayavānāsīt sparśādānādisiddhaye || 7-29 || rūpatanmātratejasorutpattiḥ tāmasādatha bhūtādeḥ sudarśanasamīritāt | jāyate rūpamātraṃ tu jyotistasmācca rūpavat || 7-30 || tejasaḥ kriyābhedāḥ rūpaṃ vyaktistathā pākaḥ kāntirdīptiritīdṛśāḥ | jāyante taijasā bhedā bhedādvaikārikāt tathā || 7-31 || cakṣuḥpādayorutpattiḥ sudarśaneritājjātaṃ cakṣuḥpādayugaṃ mune | tejasi manūnāṃ sthitiḥ tadantargarbhatāṃ yānti te sudarśanacoditāḥ || 7-32 || teṣāṃ cakṣuḥpādavaiśiṣṭyam manavo rūpavantaste kāntidīptyādiśālinaḥ | cakṣuṣmantaḥ pādavanto vīkṣaṇāṭanayoginaḥ || 7-33 || rasatanmātrāmbhasorutpattiḥ tāmasādatha bhūtāderviṣṇorīkṣāniyojitāt | p. 66) jāyate rasamātraṃ tu jāyante'mbhāṃsi vai tataḥ || 7-34 || tatkriyābhedāḥ jāyante'tha guṇāsteṣāṃ rasasnehadravādayaḥ | rasanopasthendriyotpattiḥ atha vaikārikāt tasmād viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāt || 7-35 || rasanopasthamityetajjāyate dṛkkriyātmakam | apsu manūnāṃ sthitiḥ tadantargarbhatāṃ yānti viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ || 7-36 || manavaste mahābuddhe viṣṇukarmādhikāriṇaḥ | teṣāṃrasanopasthavaiśiṣṭyam sarasāḥ snehavantaśca rudhirādidravānvitāḥ || 7-37 || jāyante rasanāvantaḥ puṃstrīvyañjanabheditāḥ | gandhatanmātramahyorutpattiḥ sudarśaneritāt tasmādbhūtādestadanantaram || 7-38 || jāyate gandhatanmātraṃ tasmādgandhavatī mahī | pārthivaguṇabhedāḥ kāṭhinyaṃ gauravaṃ sthairyamityādyāḥ pārthivā guṇāḥ || 7-39 || p. 67) ghrāṇapāyvorutpattiḥ vaikārikādahaṃkārāt sudarśanasamīritāt | ghrāṇaṃ pāyuriti dvandvaṃ jñānakarmātmakaṃ mune || 7-40 || pṛthivyāṃ manūnāṃ sthitiḥ bhuvaste garbhatāṃ yānti viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ | teṣāṃ ghrāṇapāyuvaiśiṣṭyam guravaḥ sthirasaṃghātā asthidantādisaṃyutāḥ || 7-41 || ghrāṇavantaḥ pāyumantaḥ saṃpūrṇāvayavā mune | saṃkalpādyutpattiḥ saṃkalpaścaiva saṃrambhaḥ prāṇāḥ pañcavidhāstathā || 7-42 || manaso'haṃkṛterbuddherjāyante pūrvameva tu | evaṃ manūnāṃ sarvāvayavapūrṇatā evaṃ saṃpūrṇasarvāṅgāḥ prāṇāpānādisaṃyutāḥ || 7-43 || sarvendriyayutāstatra dehino manavo mune | sṛṣṭipralayakālayostulyaparimāṇatvam yo yādṛgvarṇitaḥ pūrvaṃ kālastatpratisaṃcare || 7-44 || p. 68) sarge sa eva vijñeyo vaiṣṇavaistattvacintakaiḥ | vidyāvipariṇāmo'yaṃ saptadhā vīkṣayā hareḥ || 7-45 || mahābhūtāni tānyāhurvibhāgān saptadhā mune | manuvibhāgaḥ manavo'pi vibhajyante sudarśanasamīritāḥ || 7-46 || yugaśo yugaśaḥ pūrvaṃ paścāt puṃstrīvibhedataḥ | svayamāgatavijñānāḥ sarvajñāḥ sarvadarśinaḥ || 7-47 || ātmanyadhyakṣamīśānamaniruddhaṃ dadhatyatha | manubhirgarbhotpādanam tato hyadhyakṣavantaste tatsaṃkalpena coditāḥ || 7-48 || garbhānādadhate strīṣu manavaste śataṃ śatam | teṣāṃ brāhmaṇādisaṃjñā brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrāśceti vaturvidhāḥ || 7-49 || mānavā manuyoṣidbhyo jāyante dvandvalakṣaṇāḥ | tadutpannānāṃ mānavamānavādisaṃjñā manubhiḥ saṃskṛtāste tu svāsu patnīṣu mānavāḥ || 7-50 || janayanti bahūn putrāṃste syurmānavamānavāḥ | p. 69) teṣāṃ bhagavatkaiṃkaryakāritvam teṣāṃ gotrāṇyanekāni yairidaṃ sakalaṃ tatam || 7-51 || cāturvarṇyamayā ete bhagavatkarmakāriṇaḥ | bhāgavatakaiṃkaryakāriṇāṃ mokṣasaṃpattiḥ teṣāṃ ye karma kurvanti sādhavaḥ śatavārṣikam || 7-52 || vivekajñānamāsādya te viśanti hariṃ param | anyeṣāṃ saṃsāraprāptiḥ yugādiyuganirhrāsādye karmāntarakāriṇaḥ || 7-53 || phalābhidhyāyino yānti tatprasūtāṃ gatiṃ tu te | karmahetukadevādisṛṣṭiḥ yā sā vidyā purā proktā manugarbhavatī mune || 7-54 || garbhavatyeva sā devān nānāguṇavibheditān | daityadānavarakṣāṃsi gandharvoragakiṃnarān || 7-55 || iti nānāvidhā yonīrviṣṇoḥ saṃkalpacoditā | svasaṃkalpena sṛjati te cānyāṃste'pi cāparān || 7-56 || manugarbhadaśāyāṃ tu pitṛdevarṣimānavāḥ | iti sṛṣṭāstayā śaśvadvidyayā brahmaṇā svayam || 7-57 || p. 70) manūnāṃ devādīnāṃ ca kūṭasthapuruṣavyaṣṭirūpatvam kūṭastho yaḥ purā proktaḥ pumān vyomnaḥ parādadhaḥ | manavo devatādyāśca tadvyaṣṭaya itīritāḥ || 7-58 || jīvānāṃ bhagavadvibhūtitvam jīvabhedā mune sarve viṣṇubhūtyaṃśakalpitāḥ | mahato meghātmanā pariṇāmaḥ atha vyakteṣu manuṣu prajāteṣu punaḥ punaḥ || 7-59 || vidyaivāṃśena kenāpi dhenurbhavati śāśvatī | dhenurityucyate vidyā meghabhāvamupāgatā || 7-60 || payaḥ kṣarati varṣākhyamannādipariṇāmavat | jīvānāṃ jñānabhraṃśahetukathanam tattu vaidyaṃ payaḥ prāśya sarve mānavamānavāḥ || 7-61 || jñānabhraṃśaṃ prapadyante sarvajñāḥ svata eva te | tataḥ śāstrapravṛttiḥ tataḥ pravartyate śāstraṃ manubhiḥ pūrvajaistadā || 7-62 || tadādiṣṭena mārgeṇa te yānti paramāṃ gatim | leśataḥ sṛṣṭirukteyaṃ bhūteḥ śuddhetarā mune || 7-63 || p. 71) sudarśanena yā viṣṇorevaṃbhāvena bhāvyate | adhyāyadvayārthasaṃkṣepaḥ bhūyaśca śṛṇu saṃkṣepamimaṃ nārada tattvataḥ || 7-64 || ekā śaktirharerviṣṇoḥ sarvabhāvānugāminī | devī ṣāḍguṇyapūrṇā sā jñānānandakriyāmayī || 7-65 || bhāvyabhāvakabhedena sā dvidhābhāvamṛcchati | bhāvakastatra saṃkalpaḥ sudarśanamayo hareḥ || 7-66 || avyāghātastu yastasya sā sudarśanatā mune | jñānamūlakriyātmāsau svacchaḥ svacchandacinmayaḥ || 7-67 || bhāvyo nāma parāṃśo yaḥ sā bhūtiriti gīyate | saṃkarṣaṇādibhūmyantā śuddhetaravibhāginī || 7-68 || saṃkarṣaṇādivyūhāntā śuddhasargamayī sthitā | śaktyādirbhūmiparyantā śuddhetaramayī mune || 7-69 || aṃśayoḥ puruṣo madhye yaḥ sthitaḥ sa caturyugaḥ | śuddhetaramayaṃ viddhi kūṭasthaṃ taṃ mahāmune || 7-70 || itīyaṃ vividhā bhūtirnānātattvamayī mune | sudarśanena marutā jvāleva bahudheryate || 7-71 || ānulomyena sarge tu prātilomyena cāpyaye | madhye ca sthāpyate tena kāryate ca tathā tathā || 7-72 || p. 72) sudarśanānadhīnasya vastunastucchatā bhūteraṃśaḥ sa naivāsti svalpālpo'pi mahāmune | yo na yāti svajanmādau sudarśanavidheyatām || 7-73 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śuddhetarasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma saptamo'dhyāyaḥ || 7 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 466 jagadādhāranirūpaṇaṃ nāma aṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ sṛṣṭau vādināṃ bahudhā vipratipattiḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan devadevaśa bhaganetravināśana | śrutaṃ mayaitadakhilaṃ tava vaktrāmbujasrutam || 8-1 || vyākulastvantarātmā me nānājñānavimohitaḥ | kecit traibhūtikīṃ sṛṣṭiṃ bruvate tattvavādinaḥ || 8-2 || caturbhūtamayīmanye ke'pyanye pāñcabhautikīm | tāṃ ṣaḍdhātumayīmeke saptadhātumayīṃ pare || 8-3 || aṣṭaprakṛtikāṃ kecinnavaprakṛtikāṃ pare | daśatattvamayīmeke kecidekādaśātmikām || 8-4 || evamuccāvacāṃ saṃkhyāṃ tattvaprakṛtigocarām | vadanti munayaḥ siddhā devā vedāstathaiva ca || 8-5 || aṇḍajāmapare sṛṣṭiṃ padmajāmapi cāpare | pāvakīmapare sṛṣṭiṃ kecit kāyāntarodbhavām || 8-6 || p. 74) vidyāgarbhamayīmeke śūnyarūpāmathāpare | tatra tattvajijñāsayā praśnaḥ itthamuccāvacārthāste nānāśāstramahodadhau || 8-7 || nānādarśanakallolajātakolāhalodbhaṭe | vimuhyatyavamagneyamaplavā vuddhiradya me || 8-8 || nirṇayaplavadānena tāmuttāraya śaṃkara | taduttarakathanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - ucitaṃ tava devarṣe yadayaṃ praśna īritaḥ || 8-9 || muhyantyatra mahānto'pi śṛṇu me tattvanirṇayam | paramātmā paro deva ekaḥ ṣāḍguṇyamujjvalam || 8-10 || vedavāco'pi kārtsnyena tattvāvagāhanāsāmarthyam vāganādiranantāpi tattvaṃ tannāvagāhate | guṇaistaṭasthitaistaistairajānāneva sā sthitā || 8-11 || vipratipattau hetukathanam yadguṇe nāmni ye śrāntāstatra tattvavido mune | manubhistadguṇaistaistaiste te tattvavidāṃ varāḥ || 8-12 || p. 75) nirdiśanti jagaddhetuṇ svanirūḍhairmahāmune | nānāguṇanimittaistairnānāvaktṛsamīritaiḥ || 8-13 || bhedaṃ vyavasthitāḥ śabdairaparyāyavido janāḥ | ekasyā api lakṣmyā nānāśabdagocaratvam evaṃ viṣṇoḥ priyā bhāḥ sā śaktiḥ ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā || 8-14 || nānānāmabhirekāpi tattvavidbhirupāsyate | tattvavidāṃ svasvadṛṣṭārthavāditvam tasyāṃ pravartamānāyāṃ svasaṃkalpena sarjane || 8-15 || tathā nivartamānāyāṃ svasaṃkalpena saṃhṛtau | vijñānabalavaiṣamyādye ye tattvavido mune || 8-16 || nyūnādhikavibhedena yāvatīrdadṛśurbhidāḥ | tāvatīstāvatīste te procuḥ śiṣyābhicoditāḥ || 8-17 || ataścāsarvadṛgbuddhiḥ saṃkhyāsu pravimuhyati | pitāmahādayo ye ca jagatkāryādhikāriṇaḥ || 8-18 || teṣāṃ nyūnādhibhāvo'pi vaktṛbhedāt prakalpitaḥ | svātantryamaniyojyaṃ tu viṣṇoḥ ṣāḍguṇyarūpiṇaḥ || 8-19 || tadbuddhirucivaicitryādaṇḍapadmādisaṃbhavaḥ | nānuyojanamarhanti paramātmapravṛttayaḥ || 8-20 || p. 76) bhagavatprakārānantyam sa yathā ceṣṭate sṛṣṭau sthitau saṃharaṇe'pi vā | tathā tathā prakārāste hyanantāḥ kālavaibhavāt || 8-21 || vādināmekaikaprakāravāditvam evaṃ prakāranānātve devasya harimedhasaḥ | kaścidekaṃ paro'nyaṃ tu prakāramaparo'param || 8-22 || dhiyā viditvā provāca śiṣyāya hitakāmyayā | ataḥ śāstravaividhyam citrā siṣṭyādiśāstrāṇāṃ pravṛttirata īdṛśī || 8-23 || yathādyatve manuṣyāṇāṃ karmavaiṣamyasaṃbhavā | ahorātrādibhedeṣu sukhaduḥkhavyavasthitiḥ || 8-24 || tathā brāhmeṣvahaḥsviṣṭā sukhaduḥkhavyavasthitiḥ | brāhmakalpānāṃ nānārūpatvam kecidvātākulā ghasrā brahmaṇo munisattama || 8-25 || tathā varṣākulāḥ kecit kecidātapasaṃkulāḥ | prabhūtaśatravaḥ kecit kecit susvamanoharāḥ || 8-26 || anena niścayenaiva dhiyamāsthāya śāśvatīm | saṃstambhayāntarātmānaṃ vyāmohaste vinaśyatu || 8-27 || p. 77) iti nānāvidhākāraṃ kriyābhūtivibheditam | nimittotpādakākāraṃ kāraṇaṃ kathitaṃ mune || 8-28 || śrutārthānuvādaḥ nāradaḥ - kāraṇaṃ kathitaṃ deva sarvajña vṛṣaketana | yā sā śaktirjagaddhātuḥ kathitā samavāyinī || 8-29 || lakṣmīrnāma dvidhā sā tu kriyābhūtivibhedinī | yā kriyā nāma saṃkalpaḥ sa sudarśananāmavān || 8-30 || bhūtirnāma jagadrūpā kālāvyaktapumātmikā | aśuddhā śuddharūpā tu sā vyūhavibhavātmikā || 8-31 || kriyā pravartikā bhūteḥ sā sudarśanarūpiṇī | ityetaddarśitaṃ tattvaṃ devadevena me śrutam || 8-32 || dvitīyapraśnasmāraṇam adhunā śrotumicchāmi dvitīyaṃ praśnamīśvara | ādhāro nāma yaḥ prokto jagatāṃ vṛṣabhadhbaja || 8-33 || sudarśanasya jagadādhāratvam ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇu nārada tattvena ya ādhāra udīryate | yenedaṃ dhriyate viśvaṃ tantunā maṇayo yathā || 8-34 || p. 78) yā sā śaktirharerādyā lakṣmīrnāma mahāmune | yā sā sarvātmano viṣṇorbhāvābhāvānuyāyinī || 8-35 || tasyā alpāyutāṃśāṃśaḥ svasvātantryavijṛmbhitaḥ | kriyābhūtivibhedena samudetīti varṇitam || 8-36 || sudarśanena kriyayā śaṅkuneva chado mune | bhūtiḥ sā dhriyate śaśvadvistaraṃ tatra me śṛṇu || 8-37 || tatra mahārātridharacakraṃ prathanam saṃhṛtākhilabhūtasya staimityaṃ brahmaṇo hi yat | apyayaḥ sā mahārātristatsaṃkalpena dhāryate || 8-38 || mahārātridharo nāma tadaraṃ vai sudarśanam | tadekāraṃ mahaccakramadyatve cintyate suraiḥ || 8-39 || uṣaścakraṃ dvitīyam yat sisṛkṣāmayaṃ rūpaṃ brahmaṇaḥ śaktisaṃbhavam | jvāleva vāyunā vahneḥ saṃkalpena tadīryate || 8-40 || uṣaścakraṃ taduddiṣṭamaradvitayabhūṣitam | bhūtikāmairajasraṃ tadbrahmaṇā caiva dhāryate || 8-41 || p. 79) udayacakraṃ tṛtīyam yaḥ sa saṃkarṣeṇonmeṣo yo dhārayati taṃ sadā | sākṣādudayacakraṃ tadvijñānatritayātmakam || 8-42 || sa saṃkarṣaṇasaṃkalpo jñānakāmairniṣevyate | aiśvaryacakraṃ caturtham yaḥ sa prādyumna unmeṣa aiśvaryamaya ūrjitaḥ || 8-43 || vaiṣṇavenaiva lākṣmeṇa sa saṃkalpena dhāryate | tadvai pradyumnasaṃkalpamaiśvaryamayamūrjitam || 8-44 || samyak caturaraṃ cakramaiśvaryasthā upāsate | śaktimahācakraṃ pañcamam āniruddho ya unmeṣaḥ śaktitejovidīpitaḥ || 8-45 || saṃkalpo brahmaśaktyutthastaṃ dhārayati sarvadā | tadvaiśaktimahācakraṃ pañcāraṃ parikalpitam || 8-46 || śaktitejaḥsamṛddhayarthaṃ viśve devā upāsate | ṣaḍaracakraṃ ṣaṣṭham vyūhāntarasamākhyātaṃ keśavādidviṣaṭkakam || 8-47 || sudarśanena dhriyate yena saṃkalparūpiṇā | ṣaḍaraṃ tanmahācarkaṃ vyūhāntaravibhāvakam || 8-48 || p. 80) ṛtvaraṃ tat samākhyātaṃ vratakāmā upāsate | mahāsudarśanacakraṃ saptamam vibhavo yaḥ purā proktaḥ padmanābhādirūrjitaḥ || 8-49 || sa yena dhriyate viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpena mahāmune | mahāsudarśanaṃ nāma dvādaśāraṃ taducyate || 8-50 || vibhavāntarasaṃjñaṃ tadyacchaktyāveśasaṃbhavam | dhṛtaṃ tad dvādaśāreṇa tatsaṃkalpena cakriṇā || 8-51 || sahasrāracakramaṣṭamam yattu tat paramaṃ vyoma yad viṣṇoḥ padamūrjitam | sahasrāreṇa cakreṇa tatsaṃkalpena dhāryate || 8-52 || ete saudarśanā vyūhāḥ samāsena prakīrtitāḥ | ādhārādheyabhāvena vartante te svayaṃ mune || 8-53 || saṃkalpaḥ koṭikoṭyaṃśaḥ śakterbhūtistathā dvidhā | śaktiḥ sā vaiṣṇavī sattā bahudhaivaṃ prabhāsate || 8-54 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jagadādhāravarṇanaṃ nāma aṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ || 8 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 520 aśuddhajagadādhāranirūpaṇaṃ nāma navamo'dhyāyaḥ prathamaṃ pauruṣacakram ahirbudhnyaḥ - ādhāraḥ kathitaḥ śuddhaḥ śuddhā sā yena dhāryate | bhūtirvyūhādirūpeṇa yā sā devī pravartate || 9-1 || pumādyavaniparyantā yathā śuddhetarātmikā | sā yena dhāryate cakraṃ tatsaṃkalpamayaṃ śṛṇu || 9-2 || tryaraṃ tat pauruṣaṃ cakraṃ puruṣo yena dhāryate | śaktyādicakrāṇi cakraṃ triṃśadaraṃ proktaṃ śaktiḥ sā yena dhāryate || 9-3 || tādṛśaṃ naiyataṃ cakraṃ niyatiryena dhāryate | ṣaḍaraṃ kālacakraṃ tat sa kālo yena dhāryate || 9-4 || sattvaṃ rajastamaścaiva dhāryante yairmahāmune | tāni tvādhāracakrāṇi tryarāṇīti vidurbudhāḥ || 9-5 || cakramekādaśāraṃ tu buddhiḥ sā yena dhāryate | p. 82) aṣṭāraṃ tanmahācakramahaṃkārasya dhārakam || 9-6 || ekāraṃ vaiyataṃ cakraṃ dvyaraṃ tadvāyudhārakam | tryaraṃ taijasamākhyātamāpyaṃ caturaraṃ mune || 9-7 || pañcāraṃ pārthivaṃ cakraṃ pṛthivī yena dhāryate | guṇacakrāṇyaraiḥ sarvāṇyaṅkitāni tribhistribhiḥ || 9-8 || ekādaśavidhaṃ cakramaindriyaṃ dviyugārakam | iyamādhāraśaktiste proktā pratisvikī mune || 9-9 || mahāvibhūticakram ekadhāraṃ mahaccakraṃ mahābhūtikaraṃ śṛṇu | mahāketupaṭī yadvadvitatā vyomni dhāryate || 9-10 || aniśaṃ pāvamānena pavamānena vai mune | saṃkarṣaṇādibhūmyantā viṣṇuśaktimayī tathā || 9-11 || nirālambe paṭe bhūtiḥ saṃkalpenaiva dhāryate | tatsaṃkalpamayaṃ cakramanantāraṃ mahāmune || 9-12 || divyaṃ mahāvibhūtyākhyamavāṅmanasalaṅghitam | aprameyamanādyantaṃ bhāvābhāvasvalakṣaṇam || 9-13 || anantāramaparyantaṃ paryantakulasaṃkulam | brahmāṇḍakoṭikoṭyoghakoṭyarbudavibhāvitam || 9-14 || p. 83) mahābhūtasahasraughasahasraughavibhāvanam | jyotiriṅgaṇasacchāyairindriyaiḥ koṭikoṭiśaḥ || 9-15 || aṅkitaṃ kṣudrameghābhairbrahmāṇḍairanucitritam | mahābhūtamayībhistu kvacidadbhirivātatam || 9-16 || vipruṅbhiriva varṣāṇāṃ vitataṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ padam | mahābhūtaiḥ kvaciddīptaṃ jyotirbhirayutāyutaiḥ || 9-17 || vījitaṃ bhūtapavanairvyajanotthairiva kvacit | kṣudrāvakāśasaṃkāśairākāśaiḥ koṭikoṭiśaḥ || 9-18 || chidritaṃ vividhākārairahaṃkārairahaṃkṛtam | amahadbhirmahadbhiśca koṭikoṭivibhāgibhiḥ || 9-19 || aṅkitaṃ vividhākāraistamobhirbahulaṃ kṛtam | kvacidvividhasaṃtāpacalanairayutāyutaiḥ || 9-20 || rajobhī rañjitaṃ kṣudrairviśadairlaghubhiḥ kvacit | aṅkitaṃ bahubhiḥ sattvairvimalaiḥ koṭikoṭiśaḥ || 9-21 || trividhaiḥ ṣaṭprakāraiśca dviṣaṭkapravibhāgibhiḥ | caturviṃśatisaṃbhedaistriṃśadardhadvayojjvalaiḥ || 9-22 || ṣaṣṭiṣaṭkasamākīrṇaiḥ koṭikoṭivibhāgibhiḥ | kālairanekasāhasrairayutāyutasaṃkulaiḥ || 9-23 || p. 84) kīrṇaṃ niyatirūpeṇa nānāniyamanātmanā | koṭikoṭisahasraughakoṭikoṭiguṇena ca || 9-24 || śaktyā nānāvidhākāramadhukośanibhātmanā | niṣyandamānatattvaughasvarūpamadhuvipruṣā || 9-25 || koṭikoṭisahasraughaniyutāyutarūpayā | snigdhaṃ kvacidivātyarthaṃ puṃsā kvacidivāsthitam || 9-26 || śuklaraktāsitākārakarmakalpitarūpiṇā | anekamaśakākīrṇodumbarapratimātmanā || 9-27 || nānājīvavibhedena nānāphalavidhājuṣā | śubhāśubhobhayākāravāsanājaṭilātmanā || 9-28 || anekakleśakośena puruṣeṇāsthitaṃ kvacit | nirmalānandasaṃbodhamahāsattāmayena ca || 9-29 || nityairmuktairnirābādhairnirmalānandalakṣaṇaiḥ | sākṣāt paśyadbhirīśānaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 9-30 || devyā lakṣmyā samāsīnaṃ pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyadehayā | nityoditairnityatṛptairatikrāntaistamo mahat || 9-31 || ātmabhiḥ śobhitenaivaṃ vareṇa niyatāṅkitam | ṣāḍguṇyavigrahairvyūhaiḥ puruṣaiḥ puṣkarekṣaṇaiḥ || 9-32 || p. 85) āsthitaṃ jagadutpattisthitisaṃhṛtikāribhiḥ | iti vyāptavatīmetāṃ vibhūtiṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ parām || 9-33 || citrāmbaradharāṃ samyagdadhadātmānamātmanā | saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavo yo'yaṃ maṇīn sūtramivāsthitaḥ || 9-34 || tadanantāramavyaktaṃ mahaccakraṃ sudarśanam | bhāvitaṃ smṛtimātreṇa bhāvayatyakhilā gatīḥ || 9-35 || saṃhṛticakram yo jihīrṣāmayo nityaḥ saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavaḥ paraḥ | anantāramaparyantaṃ tatsaṃhṛtisudarśanam || 9-36 || eka eva tu saṃkalpo rūpairnānopagīyate | anantamaparicchedyamaprameyamanūpamam || 9-37 || ataraṅgārṇavākāramanabhrāmbarasaṃnibham | ekaṃ tat paramaṃ brahma ṣāḍguṇyastimitaṃ mahat || 9-38 || bhāvābhāvamayī tasya śaktirekānapāyinī | taddharmadharmiṇī divyā jyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ || 9-39 || tasya saṃkalpasaṃkalpo rūpavyāpriyamāṇatā | staimityasthitisaṃkalpastimitaṃ tat sudarśanam || 9-40 || p. 86) calanacakram prabhave cāpyaye vāpi sthitau vāpi mahāmune | calattāpūrvarūpaṃ yaḥ saṃkalpastatra vartate || 9-41 || calanaṃ nāma taccakraṃ sudarśanamayaṃ mahat | tasya traividhyam bhedāstrayo'sya vijñeyāstantravijñānapāragaiḥ || 9-42 || mahāsṛṣṭimayaṃ tatra samāsavyāsalakṣaṇam | nānāśaktisamākīrṇaṃ tacca te kathitaṃ purā || 9-43 || mahāsaṃhāracakraṃ ca samāsavyāsalakṣaṇam | tādṛgevātra vijñeyaṃ tacca te darśitaṃ purā || 9-44 || sthiticakraṃ tu yanmadhye samāsavyāsalakṣaṇam | tasya vakṣyāmi vistāraṃ yatpramāṇatayā sthitam || 9-45 || yathā hyeko naṭo bhāvairnānārūpairvibhajyate | tathā saṃkalpa evaikastaistairbhedairvibhajyate || 9-46 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ aśuddhajagadādhāranirūpaṇaṃ nāma navamo'dhyāyaḥ || 9 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 566 arthātmakapramāṇanirūpaṇaṃ nāma daśamo'dhyāyaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan devadeveśa bhavānījīviteśvara | lokanātha jagannātha devānāmabhayaprada || 10-1 || namaste tripuraghnāya tattvavijñānasindhave | daśāvyayāya te nityaṃ ṣaḍaṅgāya namo namaḥ || 10-2 || yadetaduditaṃ nityaṃ jagatkāraṇamavyayam | yaccādhāratayā proktaṃ saṃkalpākhyaṃ sudarśanam || 10-3 || tadetadakhilaṃ deva viṣṇusaṃkalpajṛmbhitam | samāsavyāsarūpeṇa tattvato me'vadhāritam || 10-4 || idānīṃ śrotumicchāmi vistareṇāntakāntaka | kiṃ tat pramāṇamityuktaṃ kīdṛśaṃ kiṃvidhaṃ ca tat || 10-5 || kimarthaṃ kiṃmayaṃ deva tanme vistaraśo vada | vaktā sarvasya guhyasya tvadanyo naiva vidyate || 10-6 || p. 88) pramāṇanirūpaṇapratijñā ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇu nārada tattvena pramāṇasthitimavyayām | viśvaṃ yatraiva viśrāntaṃ sadevāsuramānuṣam || 10-7 || pramāṇasvarūpanirūpaṇam madhyamo yaḥ sa saṃkalpo viṣṇoḥ sṛṣṭavato jagat | śāśvate tiṣṭhati vyaktaṃ jaganmārga itīdṛśaḥ || 10-8 || tat pramāṇamiti proktaṃ sthiticakraṃ mahāmune | pramāṇavibhāgaḥ samaṣṭivyaṣṭibhāvena tad dvirūpaṃ vibhāvyate || 10-9 || samaṣṭipramāṇasvarūpam aikarūpyeṇa saṃkalpo yaḥ sarvaviṣaye sthitaḥ | mahāsthitimayaṃ cakraṃ tadetat kīrtitaṃ mune || 10-10 || vyaṣṭipramāṇasvarūpam tattveyattā samastātman yasminnāyatate'khilā | prātisvikī vyavasthā yā yasya sattvasya yādṛśī || 10-11 || p. 89) pariṇāmakriyāsādhyasthānarūpādigocarā | tadvadvyaṣṭimaye cakre pramāṇe sā vyavasthitā || 10-12 || ekaceṣṭādiko yortho yaśca sṛṣṭyādilakṣaṇaḥ | śāstraśāstrārthatatsādhyavyavasthātmā ca yo mune || 10-13 || vāsudevādike vyūhe svasvasaṃkalpasaṃbhavaḥ || 10-14 || pramāṇaṃ yena tat sarvamiyattāṃ pratipadyate | tasyaiva vistareṇa pratipādanam yacca tat paramaṃ vyoma divyasaṃbhogalakṣaṇam || 10-15 || sthitipramāṇarūpeṇa tatsaṃkalpena vai hareḥ | aniyattamasaṃkocamanantaṃ vyavatiṣṭhate || 10-16 || acetanānāṃ tattvānāṃ yā sā yoniḥ parā mune | kālakālyamayī śaktiriyattā tattridhā parā || 10-17 || svarūpakāryabhāvādau sā pramāṇanibandhanā | niyatiḥ kāla ityete dve kālasya bhide mate || 10-18 || śuddhāśuddhamaye madhye yaḥ pumān kūṭavat sthitaḥ | nānājīvamahāyonistasya yā sthitiravyayā || 10-19 || p. 90) iyattā yā ca sā cakre pramāṇe vyavatiṣṭhate | iyattāyā bhidā yā ca kalākāṣṭhādigocarā || 10-20 || sā pramāṇamaye cakre sarvāpyāyatate mune | sattvādīnāṃ svarūpaṃ yadyā pravṛttiḥ phalaṃ ca yat || 10-21 || iyattā tatra sarvatra sā pramāṇasudarśanāt | yadrūpatritayaṃ buddherdharmādyā yā ca vikriyā || 10-22 || vyāpāraspandanirṇītirnimeṣātmā ca yo'khilaḥ | yo'treyattāmayo bhāvaḥ sa pramāṇasudarśanāt || 10-23 || abhimāno dvidhā yo'pi saṃrambho yo'pyahaṃkṛteḥ | yaśca kāmādiko bhāvastatreyattāsthitiśca yā || 10-24 || sā pramāṇamaye cakre saṃkalpe'smin sudarśanena | pañcānāṃ pañcakaṃ yacca saṃkalpānāmavasthitam || 10-25 || tādṛśaṃ ca vikalpānāṃ tadetad dvitayaṃ mune | iyattā yā sthitā vyāpya sā pramāṇasudarśanāt || 10-26 || tānavaṃ pāṭavaṃ yacca yaccālocanapañcakam | śāntaghorādikaṃ rūpaṃ yacca dhīndriyapañcake || 10-27 || vacanādānavikrāntimodotsargamayaṃ ca yat | śāntaghorādikaṃ rūpaṃ yatkarmendriyapañcake || 10-28 || p. 91) tatreyattāmayaṃ rūpam yacca sthitimayaṃ vapuḥ | pramāṇe vaiṣṇave sarvaṃ tatsaṃkalpasudarśane || 10-29 || vyūhāvakāśalaghutāceṣṭāpreraṇaśoṣaṇam | vyūhāvakāśavyaktārdrasnehakṣudratvamapyuta || 10-30 || sthairyapārthivakāṭhinyamityetadbhautikaṃ vapuḥ | ekadvitricatuḥpañcaguṇavyūhamayī sthitiḥ || 10-31 || yaistadvyāpya sthiteyattā sā pramāṇasudarśanāt | tattve tattve ca maryādā yā yā śaśvadavasthitā || 10-32 || sā sā pramāṇacakrasya saṃkalpasya harergatiḥ | itīyaṃ sthitimaryādeyattā cakre prakīrtitā || 10-33 || viṣṇusaṃkalpasaṃbhūtāṃ sthitimanyāṃ mune śṛṇu | pratibandhanirāsena yā svabhāvagatirmune || 10-34 || tattvānāṃ tāttvikānāṃ ca sā sthitiḥ kathyate mune | guṇāntarānugraheṇa yaḥ sattvonmeṣa ūrjitaḥ || 10-35 || dharmajñānādirūpo'sau sudarśanasamīritaḥ | parimāṇaviśeṣaḥ sa bodhyastrailokyadhārakaḥ || 10-36 || śanairācaryamāṇo'sau sattvojjvalitabuddhibhiḥ | bibharti rodasī śaśvadannavṛṣṭyādidānataḥ || 10-37 || p. 92) guṇāntarānugraheṇa tamaso yaḥ sa udyamaḥ | adharmādisvarūpo'sau viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaḥ || 10-38 || śanairācaryamāṇo'sau tamomalinabuddhibhiḥ | annavṛṣṭyādināśena vināśayati rodasī || 10-39 || sattvasyopadravaḥ śaśvadato'nyasmādguṇadvayāt | śastravyūhapratipādanam dharmasaṃsthāpanāyātha nirasiṣyannadhārmikān || 10-40 || janārdanatvamīśāno yadā viṣṇuḥ prapadyate | tadā devasya saṃkalpaḥ sudarśanasamāhvayaḥ || 10-41 || āyudhādisvarūpeṇākāratvaṃ pratipadyate | cakralāṅgalasaunandaśaṅkhaśārṅgaśaratmanā || 10-42 || khaḍgakheṭakarūpeṇa pāśāṅkuśaparaśvadhaiḥ | daṇḍakuntasvarūpeṇa dambholimusalātmanā || 10-43 || śatavakrāgnirūpeṇa kuntaśaktimayātmanā | tathā śūlasvarūpeṇa kharvāṅgādyāyudhātmanā || 10-44 || evaṃ nānāvidhai rūpaistatsaṃkalpavikalpitaiḥ | udeti jagato vṛddhyai nārāyaṇakarāśrayī || 10-45 || iti śastramayo vyūho leśataste nidarśitaḥ | aparo'stramayo vyūhaḥ saudarśana udīryate || 10-46 || p. 93) astravyūhapratipādanam rūpamāsthāya divyaṃ tadaṅgapratyaṅgabhūṣaṇam | brahmakṣatrādibhāvena mukhabāhūrupādataḥ || 10-47 || brahmāstrādimayaṃ vyūhaṃ pravartakanivartakam | sṛjatyaśeṣarakṣārthaṃ ṣaṣṭidvitayasaṃmatam || 10-48 || prajāpatipitṛbrahmadevebhyaśca tathā tathā | divyo nānāvidhākāraḥ samudetyastrarūpavān || 10-49 || brahmadevarṣirājarṣiṣvapi mantramayātmasu | anuvyāhāraśāpādirūpeṇaivāvatiṣṭhate || 10-50 || na tadasti pṛthivyāṃ vā divi vā munisattama | nigrahe'nugrahe vāpi yatrāyaṃ naiva sādhanam || 10-51 || pramāṇavyūha etāvānarthākāro nidarśitaḥ | sudarśanasya devasya śabdākāramatho śṛṇu || 10-52 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām arthātmakapramāṇavyūhanirūpaṇaṃ nāma daśamo'dhyāyāḥ || 10 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 618 śabdātmakapramāṇavyūhanirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekādaśo'dhyāyaḥ nāradaḥ - namaḥ samastagīrvāṇasukhasaubhāgyadāyine | śaṃkarāya girīśāya gaurīdayita te namaḥ || 11-1 || śabdātmakapramāṇapraśnaḥ śrutaḥ pramāṇarūpo'yaṃ vyūhārtho yanmayākhilaḥ | śabdākāro ya uddiṣṭastaṃ me vada sureśvara || 11-2 || tatprativivakṣayopoddhātaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - ādisarge purāvṛtte nānābhāvavibhūṣite | āsīcchaktimato viṣṇoriyaṃ cintā sukhodayā || 11-3 || ādisarge bhagavataścintāprakāraḥ vipuleyaṃ kṛtā sṛṣṭirmayā sattvaguṇottarā | pratyakṣasarvadharmārthā nirābādhā sukhottarā || 11-4 || prajeyamabhinirvṛttā devarṣibrahmasaṃkulā | sattvavivṛddhyā paramapuruṣaprāptipūrvakaṃ svarūpāvirbhāvaḥ p. 95) tattvajñānasamāyogāt saddharmakaraṇādapi || 11-5 || acireṇaiva māṃ prāpya svīyaṃ bhāvaṃ bhajiṣyate | rajastamovivṛddhyā sattvahrāsaḥ rajastamoguṇodrekaḥ kālenaiva bhaviṣyati || 11-6 || tadunmeṣavaśenaiva sattvamapyupacoṣyate | tadā daityādyāvirbhāvaḥ tadā prādurbhaviṣyanti daityadānavarākṣasāḥ || 11-7 || tairvaidikamaryādāvilopanam tairiyaṃ sāttvikī divyā maryādā cālayiṣyate | jñānapramoṣāt dharmatirodhānam rajastamoguṇonmeṣāt samyagjñāne vināśite || 11-8 || jñānahetuḥ sa dharmo'pi tirodhānaṃ gamiṣyati | tataḥ prajākṣobhaḥ tataśceyamanādhārā prajāśuddhā vinaṅkṣyati || 11-9 || tadā bhagavadavatārāṇāṃ labdhāvakāśatā tatra rūpairanekairme kṛtyaṃ śaśvadbhaviṣyati | p. 96) teṣūpakaraṇāpekṣā nānākārā bhaviṣyati || 11-10 || dharmasthāpananiścayaḥ āviśyāviśya bhūtāni svena rūpeṇa māyayā | taistaiḥ sādhanasaṃbhedairnirasya sukṛtadviṣaḥ || 11-11 || sukarā dharmamaryādā tatra tatra bhaviṣyati | adharmanirāsasādhanadvaividhyam sādhanaṃ ca dvidhā kāryaṃ dharmadveṣinirākṛtau || 11-12 || śastrāstravyūharūpeṇa śāstrarūpeṇa caiva hi | bhagavatsaṃkalpāt tadubhayotpattiḥ ityuktvārthatvarūpaṃ hi śastrāstraughasamākulam || 11-13 || vyūhaṃ sasarja saṃkalpya svena saṃkalpatejasā | sa ca saudarśano vyūho maryādādhāraṇakṣamaḥ || 11-14 || pramāṇarūpa uddiṣṭo vakṣyate ca tathā tathā | pramāṇarūpaśāstrārthaḥ saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavo hi yaḥ || 11-15 || udito brahmaṇastasmādyathā tadavadhāraya | ādiśāstrasvarūpavarṇanam saṃkalpamayamevaikaṃ sakalāntastamonudam || 11-16 || p. 97) nirghātaśabdavadvyomnaḥ śāstramekamabhūt tadā | varṇārthaiḥ saṃbhṛtairvarnaiścidānandamahormibhiḥ || 11-17 || viṣṇuśaktisamudrotthairmaṇibhimāktikairiva | protaṃ saudarśanaṃ rūpaṃ viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpakalpitam || 11-18 || tadvijñānamayaṃ śāstraṃ saddharmapratipādakam | niyutādhyāyi yat proktaṃ kāmapālena śāśvatam || 11-19 || tasya sarvaśāstrārthagarbhitatvam puruṣārthaiścaturbhistadanvitaṃ hetusaṃkulam | ṛgyajuḥsāmabhirjuṣṭamaṅgirobhiratharvabhiḥ || 11-20 || padavākyapramāṇārthairvikalpairbahubhiścitam | alaṃkṛtaṃ śubhaistaistaiḥ samayairdivyamānuṣaiḥ || 11-21 || tastairvikalpitaiḥ kalpaiśchandobhirvividhairvṛtam | kālopagrahasaṃkhyābhiḥ prakṛtipratyayaiḥ svaraiḥ || 11-22 || vibhaktikārakairliṅgaiḥ svairaiḥ prakṛtisandhibhiḥ | saṃjñābhiḥ sādhikārābhirbhūṣitaṃ paribhāṣayā || 11-23 || ādeśairāgamairlopairvikāraiścāpyupāghibhiḥ | vṛttibhirvividhābhiśca vākyairupapadairapi || 11-24 || p. 98) avyayairupasargaiśca nāmākhyātanipātakaiḥ | mātrāvṛttisvarabalairabhiniṣṭānasāmabhiḥ || 11-25 || yamaraṅgavibhāgaiśca bhūṣitaṃ padabhaṅgibhiḥ | varṇāgamavikalpaiśca tathā varṇaviparyayaiḥ || 11-26 || kalpanābhiśca laghvībhirvikṛteḥ prakṛterapi | niruktakalpairvividhairnānānigamanairapi || 11-27 || grahanakṣatrarāśisthairvikalpairgaṇanotthitaiḥ | horāskandhavikalpaiśca vidhānaiḥ phalakalpitaiḥ || 11-28 || vidhyarthavādamantrotthairvicāraiḥ karmakalpanaiḥ | aṅgayuktikramohaiśca tantravāpātideśanaiḥ || 11-29 || adhikārairanekaiśca vicārairvākyagocaraiḥ | pramāṇakalpitairnyāyairnigrahacchalajātibhiḥ || 11-30 || dravyakarmavikalpaiśca guṇasāmānyakalpanaiḥ | cāturhotravikalpaiśca cāturvaidyavijṛmbhitaiḥ || 11-31 || cāturāśramyakalpaiśca cāturvarṇyavikalpitaiḥ | saṃskārakalpairvividhairnityakāmyakriyākramaiḥ || 11-32 || itihāsapurāṇābhyāṃ vividhābhyāṃ samanvitam | vividhaiśca prasaṃkhyānaiḥ svaprakṛtyādikalpitaiḥ || 11-33 || p. 99) pumīśvaravikalpaiśca pariṇāmavikalpitaiḥ | avasthālakṣaṇavyākhyādharmakḷptivicitritam || 11-34 || pramāṇānāṃ sasargāṇāṃ nānākalpanayānvitam | lepālepavicāraiśca puruṣāvyaktagocaraiḥ || 11-35 || tattvatāttvikakalpaiśca nānāgativicintanaiḥ | muktikramavicāraiśca khyātikalpairanekaśaḥ || 11-36 || jñānājñānasamākhyātaguṇadoṣavicāraṇaiḥ | guṇatrayavikalpaiśca sargasaṃyogacintanaiḥ || 11-37 || ānvitaṃ vividhaiḥ sāṃkhyaiḥ prasaṃkhyānakṛtakramaiḥ | yogaprakārakalpaiśca vṛttīnāṃ kalpanairapi || 11-38 || abhyāsakalpairvividhaiścāturvairāgyakalpanaiḥ | antaraṅgabahirbhūtayogāṅgaparicintanaiḥ || 11-39 || kleśakarmavipākānāmāśayānāṃ ca varṇanaiḥ | tāpasaṃskāracintābhirduḥkhabhedavicintanaiḥ || 11-40 || taistaiścaturadhiṣṭhānakalpanaiḥ kalpitaṃ pṛthak | upādeyasya heyasya hānopādānayorapi || 11-41 || svarūpacintānaiścitrairbhogakāmavikalpanaiḥ | p. 100) kriyāyogairanekaiśca cittasaṃskārasādhanaiḥ || 11-42 || siddhibhiśca vicitrābhiścittasthābhiralaṃkṛtam | patipāśapaśuvyākhyāvikalpairhetucitritaiḥ || 11-43 || śuddhādhvakalpanābhiśca kriyājñānavibhedataḥ | arthapañcakacintābhiranekābhiralaṃkṛtam || 11-44 || śaktipañcakacintābhirmalatrayavicāraṇaiḥ | bhogopakaraṇākhyānaiḥ puṃsāṃ rūpavikalpanaiḥ || 11-45 || dīkṣāpratiṣṭhākalpaiśca dharmaiḥ pāśupatairapi | iti nānāvidhākārabuddhikalpavicitrayā || 11-46 || yuktaṃ kalpanayā śaśvat kḷptanānādhikārayā | adhikāreṇa saddharmān vyācakṣāṇamanekadhā || 11-47 || niyutādhyāyakaṃ pūrvamāsīt saṃkarṣaṇoditam | saṃkalpamayamādyasya viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpajāt kila || 11-48 || tasya śāstrasya bhagavatprītihetutvam tena śāstreṇa te divyā manavo mānavāśca te | ye proktā ādisarge te tathā mānavamānavāḥ || 11-49 || satkriyābhiranalpābhirnārāyaṇamatoṣayan | tasya śāstrasya mandapracāratā atha kālaviparyāsādyugabhedasamudbhave || 11-50 || p. 101) tretādau sattvasaṃkocādrajasi pravijṛmbhite | kāmaṃ kāmayamāneṣu brāhmaṇeṣu mahātmasu || 11-51 || mandapracāramāsīt tacchāsanaṃ yat sudarśanam | vācyāyanādibhistacchāstravibhajanam tato mohākule loke lokatantravidhāyinaḥ || 11-52 || saṃbhūya lokakartāraḥ kartavyaṃ samacintayan | apāntaratapā nāma munirvāksaṃbhavo hareḥ || 11-53 || kapilaśca purāṇarṣirādidevasamudbhavaḥ | hiraṇyagarbho lokādirahaṃ paśupatiḥ śivaḥ || 11-54 || ete taptvā tapastīvraṃ varṣāṇāmayutaṃ śatam | ādidevamanujñāpya devadevena coditāḥ || 11-55 || sudarśanasya leśena tatsaṃkalpena saṃyutāḥ | vijñānabalamāsādya dharmāddevaprasādajāt || 11-56 || āvirbhūtaṃ tu tacchāstramaṃśataste tatakṣima | tatra vācyāyanena vedavibhajanam tatakṣa bhagavānpūrvamapāntaratapā muniḥ || 11-57 || harervācyāyanaḥ putro yāvadāttaṃ ca vai tataḥ | udabhūt tatra dhīrūpamṛgyajuḥsāmasaṃkulam || 11-58 || viṣṇusaṃkalpasaṃbhūtametadvācyāyaneritam | p. 102) kapilena sāṃkhyavibhajanam tatakṣa kapilaḥ śāstrādyāvadaṃśamudāradhīḥ || 11-59 || tat sāṃkhyamabhavacchāstraṃ prasaṃkhyānaparāyaṇam | hiraṇyagarbheṇa yogaśāstravibhajanam hiraṇyagarbho lokādiryat tatakṣādiśāsanāt || 11-60 || yamādyaṅgamabhūdetad divyaṃ yogānuśāsanam | śivena pāśupatavibhajanam ahaṃ tatakṣa yacchāstrādaṃśānnānāvratākulāt || 11-61 || abhūt pāśupatākhyaṃ tat paśupāśavimocanam | bhagavatā pāñcarātravibhajanam sadāgamamayāt tasmāt kevalād divyaśāsanāt || 11-62 || nirmame sāramuddhṛtya svayaṃ viṣṇurasaṃkulam | tat paravyūhavibhavasvabhāvādinirūpaṇam || 11-63 || pañcarātrāhvayaṃ tantraṃ mokṣaikaphalalakṣaṇam | sudarśanāhvayo yo'sau saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavaḥ paraḥ || 11-64 || sa svayaṃ bibhide tena pañcadhā pañcavaktragaḥ | adhyāyārthanigamanam viṣṇusaṃkalparūpo'yaṃ pramāṇavyūha īritaḥ | p. 103) śastraśāstravibhedena kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 11-65 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śabdātmakapramāṇavyūhanirūpaṇaṃ nāmaikādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 11 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 683 śabdātmakapramāṇavyūhaviśeṣasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ vṛttānuvādaḥ nāradaḥ - surāsuragaṇārādhya namaste pārvatīpriya | tvatprasādācchrutaṃ deva divyaṃ tadvaiṣṇavaṃ yaśaḥ || 12-1 || yat tadādyaṃ mahacchāstraṃ sudarśanamayaṃ hareḥ | tasmāt pṛthak pṛthakchāstramāhurvācyāyanādayaḥ || 12-2 || trayyādisvarūpapraśnaḥ trayī sāṃkhyaṃ tathā yogaśāstraṃ pāśupataṃ tathā | sāttvataṃ ceti tadrūpaṃ śrotumicchāmyahaṃ prabho || 12-3 || tatprativacanapratijñā ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇu nārada tattvena teṣāṃ rūpaṃ pṛthak pṛthak | saṃkalpo yāvatā viṣṇorbhedena vyavatiṣṭhate || 12-4 || p. 105) trayīsvarūpanirūpaṇam tatra trayīmayaṃ rūpamādyaṃ sarvārthadaśanam | ṛgyajuḥsāmarūpatvāt trayī sā parikīrtitā || 12-5 || kāryabhedāt trayītve'pi caturdhā sā prakīrtitā | ṛco yajūṃṣi sāmāni hyatharvāṅgirasastathā || 12-6 || cāturhotrapradhānatvādṛgāditritayaṃ trayī | atharvaṇāṃ pṛthakkaraṇe hetuḥ atharvāṅgirasāṃ rūpaṃ sarvamṛgyajuṣātmakam || 12-7 || tathāpi śāntyābhicāraprādhānyāt te pṛthak kṛtāḥ | ṛgādīnāṃ śākhāsaṃkhyā ekaviṃśatiśākhāvānṛgvedaḥ parigīyate || 12-8 || śataṃ caikā ca śākhāḥ syuryajuṣāmekavartmanām | sāmnāṃ śākhāḥ sahasraṃ syuḥ pañca śākhā atharvaṇām || 12- 9 || iyatāmeva vedānāṃ pratyakṣatvam iyanta eva pratyakṣā āmnāyante maharṣibhiḥ | smaryante munibhirnityaṃ labdhānujñairmaheśvarāt || 12-10 || eṣāṃ naiyamikā dharmāḥ svarūpāmnāyagocarāḥ | kalpādīni ṣaḍaṅgāni kalpo vyākaraṇaṃ śikṣā niruktaṃ jyotiṣāṃ gatiḥ || 12-11 || p. 106) chandasāṃ vicayaśceti ṣaḍaṅgāni vidurbudhāḥ | mīmāsā nyāyaścopāṅgam upāṅgadvitayaṃ caitanmīmāṃsā nyāyavistaraḥ || 12-12 || dharmajñasamayo'rthāśca vedavādotthitāstathā | nibaddhā cānibaddhā ca saṃskārācārasaṃtatiḥ || 12-13 || dharmaśāstraṃ maharṣīṇāmantaḥkaraṇasaṃbhṛtam | upavedādikam itihāsapuraṇākhya upavedaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 12-14 || vāstuvedo dhanurvedo gāndharvaśca tathā mune | āyurvedaśca pañcaita upavedāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 12-15 || daṇḍanītiśca vārtā ca vidyādvayamidaṃ param | ekaviṃśatibhedo yaḥ saprakāraḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 12-16 || vācyāyanādṛṣeḥ pūrvaṃ viṣṇorvāṇīsamudbhavāt | trayīrūpeṇa saṃkalpa iyadbhedo vijṛmbhitaḥ || 12-17 || sāṃkhyasvarūpavarṇanam sāṃkhyarūpeṇa saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavaḥ kapilādṛṣeḥ | udito yādṛśaḥ pūrvaṃ tādṛśaṃ śṛṇu me'khilam || 12-18 || ṣaṣṭibhedaṃ smṛtaṃ tantraṃ sāṃkhyaṃ nāma mahāmune | p. 107) prākṛtaṃ vaikṛtaṃ ceti maṇḍale dve samāsataḥ || 12-19 || prākṛtamaṇḍalavarṇanam prākṛtaṃ maṇḍalaṃ tatra dvātriṃśadbhedamiṣyate | tatrādyaṃ brahmatantraṃ tu dvitīyaṃ puruṣāṅkitam || 12-20 || trīṇi tantrāṇyathānyāni śakterniyatikālayoḥ | guṇatantrāṇyatha trīṇi tantramakṣarapūrvakam || 12-21 || prāṇatantramathānyattu kartṛtantramathetarat | sāmitantramathānyattu jñānatantrāṇi pañca ca || 12-22 || kriyātantrāṇi prañcātha mātrātantrāṇi pañca ca | bhūtatantrāṇi pañceti triṃśad dve ca bhidā imāḥ || 12-23 || prākṛtaṃ maṇḍalaṃ proktaṃ vaikṛtaṃ maṇḍalaṃ śṛṇu | vaikṛtamaṇḍalavarṇanam aṣṭāviṃśati bhedaṃ tanmaṇḍalaṃ vaikṛtaṃ smṛtam || 12-24 || kṛtyakāṇḍāni pañcādau bhogakāṇḍaṃ tathā'param | vṛttakāṇḍaṃ tathaikaṃ tu kleśakāṇḍāni pañca ca || 12-25 || trīṇi pramāṇakāṇḍāni khyātikāṇḍamataḥ param | dharmakāṇḍamathaikaṃ ca kāṇḍaṃ vairāgyapūrvakam || 12-26 || p. 108) athaiśvaryasya kāṇḍaṃ ca guṇakāṇḍamataḥ param | liṅgakāṇḍamathaikaṃ ca dṛṣṭikāṇḍamataḥ param || 12-27 || ānuśravikakāṇḍaṃ ca duḥkhakāṇḍamataḥ param | siddhikāṇḍamathaikaṃ ca kāṇḍaṃ kāṣāyavācakam || 12-28 || tathā samayakāṇḍaṃ ca mokṣakāṇḍamataḥ param | aṣṭāviṃśatibhedaṃ taditthaṃ vikṛtimaṇḍalam || 12-29 || ṣaṣṭhitantrāṇyathaikaikameṣāṃ nānāvidhaṃ mune | ṣaṣṭitantramidaṃ sāṃkhyaṃ sudarśanamayaṃ hareḥ || 12-30 || āvirbabhūva sarvajñāt paramarṣermahāmune | yogaśāstrasvarūpavarṇanam viṣṇusaṃkalparūpaṃ ca mahadyogānuśāsanam || 12-31 || hiraṇyagarbhādudbhūtaṃ tasya bhedānimāñśṛṇu | yoge saṃhitādvayam ādau hiraṇyagarbheṇa dve prokte yogasaṃhite || 12-32 || ekā nirodhayogākhyā karmayogāhvayā parā | nirodhasaṃhitāyā dvādaśavidhatvam saṃhitā tu nirodhākhyā tatra dvādaśadhā smṛtā || 12-33 || aṅgatantramathādyaṃ tu doṣatantramataḥ param | p. 109) upasargābhidhaṃ tantraṃ tathādhiṣṭhānakaṃ param || 12-34 || ādhāratantraṃ yogaṃ ca bahistattvādhikāravat | riktayogākhyatantraṃ ca pūrṇayogākhyameva ca || 12-35 || siddhiyogākhyayā trīṇi mokṣatantramataḥ param | iti dvādaśabhedāste nirodhāyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 12-36 || karmasaṃhitāyāścāturvidhyam brahmaṇā gaditāstatra catasraḥ karmasaṃhitāḥ | nānākarmamayī tvekā parā tvekā kriyāmayī || 12-37 || bāhyābhyantararūpeṇa dve api dvividhe smṛte | yogānuśāsanaṃ śāstramiti ṣoḍaśavistaram || 12-38 || sudarśanamayaṃ viṣṇoruditaṃ tat prajāpateḥ | paśupatasvarūpavarṇanam tantraṃ pāśupataṃ nāma paśupāśapramocanam || 12-39 || madvaktrānniḥsṛtaṃ viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpapravijṛmbhitam | pāśupatasyāṣṭakāṇḍatvam aṣṭakāṇḍamidaṃ proktaṃ mayā tantramanuttamam || 12-40 || patikāṇḍamathādyaṃ tu paśukāṇḍamataḥ param | pāśakāṇḍaṃ tṛtīyaṃ tu proktaṃ pañcaprabhedataḥ || 12-41 || p. 110) śuddhacaryā ca miśrā ca kāṇḍe dve parikīrtite | devakāṇḍamatho ṣaṣṭhaṃ dīkṣākāṇḍamataḥ param || 12-42 || sāyujyamaṣṭamaṃ proktaṃ kāṇḍaṃ pāśupataṃ mahat | aṣṭakāṇḍamidaṃ śāstraṃ sudarśanamayaṃ hareḥ || 12-43 || divyaṃ pāśupataṃ śāstraṃ mayaivoktaṃ mahāmune | pāñcarātrasvarūpavarṇanam yat tat saudarśanaṃ viṣṇoḥ sāttvataṃ nāma jṛmbhitam || 12-44 || bhedo daśavidhastasya saṃkṣepeṇa prakīrtitaḥ | bhagavatsaṃhitā tvādyā tathānyā karmasaṃhitā || 12-45 || vidyāmayī tṛtīyā ca caturthī kālasaṃhitā | kartavyasaṃhitā tvanyā ṣaṣṭhī vaiśeṣikī kriyā || 12-46 || saptamī gaditā tatra pūjyā saṃyamasaṃhitā | aṣṭamyadhikṛte cintā navamī mārgasaṃhitā || 12-47 || sāttvatī gīyate śuddhā daśamī mokṣasaṃhitā | etāvat sāttvataṃ śāstramāvirāsīt sanātanāt || 12-48 || etāni pañca śāstrāṇi mūlabhūtāni vai mune | yuge yuge vibhajyante viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaiḥ || 12-49 || tattatkartṛsamākhyātāstāstāstrayyādisaṃhitāḥ | p. 111) prādeśikyo nivartante hrāsakālānukālataḥ || 12-50 || śāstrābhāsapravṛttau kāraṇam hiṃsrāṇāṃ mohanārthāya saṃkalpā eva vaiṣṇavāḥ | śāstrābhāsāḥ pravartante devabrahmarṣivaktrataḥ || 12-51 || uktārthanigamanam eṣa pramāṇayorvyūho divyaḥ saudarśanaḥ paraḥ | śabdārthapravibhāgena gaditaste mayā mune || 12-52 || sudarśanaparyāyaśabdāḥ prāṇo māyā kriyā śaktirbhāva unmeṣa udyamaḥ | sudarśanaṃ ca saṃkalpaḥ śabdāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ || 12-53 || pañcānāmapi śāstrāṇāṃ bhagavati niṣṭhā niṣṭhā tvekaiva śāstrāṇāmeteṣāṃ pañcavartmanām | śāstraṃ sudarśanaṃ nāma tadartho viṣṇuravyayaḥ || 12-54 || pramāṇamaya uddiṣṭo leśato'yaṃ mahāmune | vyūhaḥ saudarśano viṣṇoḥ kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 12-55 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śabdātmakapramāṇavyūhaviśeṣasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 12 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 738 pramāṇārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ pramāṇārthaviṣayakaḥ praśnaḥ nāradaḥ - namaste devadeveśa namaste marutāṃ pate | bhavānīpataye tubhyaṃ namaste vṛṣaketana || 13-1 || tvadvaktrakamalodbhūtā arthā avadhṛtā mayā | yat kāraṇaṃ ca jagatāmādhāro jagatāṃ ca yaḥ || 13-2 || jagatāṃ yat pramāṇaṃ ca trayaṃ tadavadhāritam | pramāṇārthamidānīṃ me vaktumarhasi śaṃkara || 13-3 || yaśca yādṛk ca yāvāṃśca pramāṇāsyārtha iṣyate | tatprativacanapratijñā ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇu nārada tattvena pramāṇasyārthamuttamam || 13-4 || viṣṇusaṃkalpamūlo yo bahudhā pravijṛmbhate | pramāṇaśabdanirvacanam mitirmā gaditā sadbhiḥ prakṛṣṭā mā pramā smṛtā || 13-5 || p. 113) prakarṣaśca miteḥ so'yaṃ yadyathārthāvadhāraṇam | dhīsādhakatamaṃ yat tat pramāṇamiti śabdyate || 13-6 || pramāṇārthasvarūpam pramāṇenārthyate yaddhi sa pramāṇārtha ucyate | yat puṃso hitamatyantaṃ sarvadeśeṣu sarvadā || 13-7 || sa pramāṇārtha iṣṭo'tra sa dvedhā vyavatiṣṭhate | tasya dvaividhyam hitaṃ ca sādhanaṃ ceti tayostattvamidaṃ śṛṇu || 13-8 || hitasvarūpam ātyantikī nivṛttistu puṃso yā duḥkhasaṃtateḥ | tayopalakṣitaṃ nityaṃ sukhaṃ yat taddhitaṃ smṛtam || 13-9 || sādhanasvarūpam tasya yo'vyabhicāreṇa sādhanatvaṃ prapadyate | hitasādhanamityuktaḥ so'rtho vedāntapāragaiḥ || 13-10 || hitasvarūpayāthātmyam svarūpabhūtaṃ yat puṃsro hitaṃ sukhamudīritam | bhagavanmayatā sāsya bhagavattāparāhvayā || 13-11 || p. 114) sādhanadvaividhyam atyantasādhanaṃ tasya yat tad dvedhā vyavasthitam | vidhā jñānamiti tvekā dharma ityaparā vidhā || 13-12 || tayorhetuhetumadbhāvaḥ hetumaddhetubhāvastu vidhayoranayoḥ smṛtaḥ | jñānadvaividhyam jñānaṃ tu hetumat tatra tacca dvedhā vyavasthitam || 13-13 || sākṣātkāramayaṃ caikaṃ parokṣaṃ paramīryate | tayorapi hetuhetumadbhāvaḥ hetumaddhetubhāvo'yaṃ dvayorapi nirūpyate || 13-14 || hetumattvaparokṣaṃ yat parokṣaṃ heturucyate | karmaṇāṃ jñānahetutvam anayorjñānayordharmaḥ sa heturiti gīyate || 13-15 || sākṣāt parokṣe tatsādhye hetustanmukhato hyasau | karmaṇāṃ dvairāśyam asyāpi dve vidhe dṛṣṭe tattvaśāstrābdhipāragaiḥ || 13-16 || p. 115) sākṣādārādhanātmaikaḥ parastu vyavadhānataḥ | vyavahitakarmasvarūpam apāraṃ tat paraṃ brahma śaktimat parameśvaraḥ || 13-17 || nārāyaṇasamākhyātaṃ nityaṃ ṣāḍguṇyamavyayam | vibhūtayastu tasyeme brahmādyāḥ sthāvarāntimāḥ || 13-18 || bhāvanātrayasaṃmiśrāstatsudarśanajṛmbhitāḥ | yā sā bhūtiḥ purā śakteḥ koṭyaṃśenoditā mayā || 13-19 || tadaṃśaleśād brahmādyā viṣṇusaṃkalpajṛmbhitāḥ | etadvibhūtimukhato yo hyakāmahatairnaraiḥ || 13-20 || brahmārpaṇena kriyate sa dharmo vyavadhānavān | avyavahitadharmasvarūpam vibhūtimat paraṃ brahma tadevāvyavadhānataḥ || 13-21 || yena prīṇayate yogī sa sākṣāddharma iṣyate | pāñcarātrasyāvyavahitadharmaparatvam sāttvataṃ śāsanaṃ sarvaṃ tasyaitasyāvabodhakam || 13-22 || saśiraskasya vedasya vyavahitadharmaparatvam yastu pūrvastrayībhāgaḥ parabhāgārthatāṃ gataḥ | aparasya sa dharmasya niṣkāmānāṃ nirūpakaḥ || 13-23 || p. 116) pāśupatasyaikavibhūtiviṣayakadharmaparatvam dharma ekavibhūtistho mayā pāśupate smṛtaḥ | ugravratairnaraiḥ śaśvad brahmaprītyai sa sādhyate || 13-24 || sāṃkhyasya parokṣajñānaphalakatvam sākṣācca vyavadhānācca yat tanmokṣasya sādhanam | parokṣaṃ tat prasaṃkhyānaṃ jñānaṃ sāṃkhyena cintyate || 13-25 || vedāntānāmaparokṣajñānaphalakatvam antaraṅgaśamādyaṅgabhaktiśraddhāpuraḥsaram | trayyantairbrahmavijñānamaparokṣaṃ vibhāvyate || 13-26 || yogasyāparokṣajñānāṅgayamādiparatvam bahiraṅgāntaraṅgākhyayamādyaṅgakalāpavān | cittavṛtttinirodhātmā yogo yogānuśāsane || 13-27 || śaśvadabhyāsavairāgyapareśapraṇidhānataḥ | sākṣātkārāvabhāsākhyasiddhaśuddhāpavargadaḥ || 13-28 || guṇapradhānabhāvena sarvatra sarvopadeśaḥ yathoktatattvavijñānaṃ nānāhetuvidhānvitam | dharmo bahuvidhaśceti sarvaṃ sarvairnirūpyate || 13-29 || śāstreṣu vividhaphalāntarasādhanāntaropadeśasyābhiprāyakathanam p. 117) hitapravṛtterlokānāṃ tanūkārāya pāpmanām | rāgadveṣaprayuktānāmāyurvedopadeśavat || 13-30 || nānārūpaphalāvāptyai nānāniyamabheditāḥ | śāstrairdharmā vidhīyante nānārūpā dhiyastathā || 13-31 || laukikapuruṣārthadvayopakṣepaḥ taditthaṃ saviśeṣaṃ te pumarthadvayamīritam | athānyallaukikaṃ śāstraiḥ pumarthadvayamīritam || 13-32 || arthakāmau tayoḥ kāmaḥ smṛto vaiṣayikeritaḥ | artho gobhūhiraṇyādiprekṣotthānaphalātmakaḥ || 13-33 || trivargasya mithaḥ sādhyasādhanabhāvavivekaḥ artho dharmasya kāmasya tathārthasyāpi sādhanam | dharmo dharmasya kāmasya tathārthasyāpi sādhanam || 13-34 || kāmo dharmasya kāmasya tathārthasyāpi sādhanam | arthaḥ kāmaśca sarvatra vyabhicāreṇa sādhanam || 13-35 || dharmaḥ sarvasya sādhyasya niyamenaiva sādhanam | tadetat tritayaṃ proktaṃ trivarga iti paṇḍitaiḥ || 13-36 || p. 118) mokṣasya sarvadā sādhyatvameva mokṣaśca sādhya eveti puruṣārthacatuṣṭayam | arthakāmayoḥ pramāṇanirūpaṇam daṇḍanītiḥ savārtā sā sopavedacatuṣṭayā || 13-37 || pramāṇatvena nirdiṣṭā paṇḍitairarthakāmayoḥ | itihāsādestattvajñānasahakāritvam itihāsapurāṇākhya upavedo hi yaḥ smṛtaḥ || 13-38 || sahāyabhāvaṃ śāstrāṇāṃ tattvajñāne vrajatyasau | iti te leśataḥ proktā puruṣārthacatuṣṭayī || 13-39 || dharmādīnāmantaraṅgasādhanāni antaraṅgamamuṣyāstu sādhanaṃ śṛṇu nārada | nirvyājā nirupaskārā dayā dharmasya sādhanam || 13-40 || heturutthānamarthasya deśakālopapāditam | hetuḥ kāmasya saṃkalpo nirvyājo nirupaskṛtaḥ || 13-41 || hetustu sarvasaṃnyāso mokṣe jñānapuraskṛtaḥ | teṣāmeva bahiḥsādhanāni nyāyyaṃ dharmādi dharmasya bahiḥsādhanamucyate || 13-42 || bahiḥsādhanamarthasya tantrāvāpādicintanam | p. 119) kāme pāṇigrahādyuktaṃ bahiraṅgaṃ vicakṣaṇaiḥ || 13-43 || niṣkāmadharmakṛtyādi bahirmokṣasya sādhanam | vijṛmbhitamidaṃ bhūteḥ puruṣārthacatuṣṭayam || 13-44 || saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavastasya vijṛmbhāheturucyate | adhyāyārthopasaṃhāraḥ iti te sakalā proktā pramāṇārthagatiḥ parā | sasādhanā saprakārā kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 13-45 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ pramāṇārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 13 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 783 jīvasya saṃsārahetutaduddharaṇaprakāravarṇanaṃ nāma caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ tatrādau muktiviṣayaḥ punaḥ praśnaḥ nāradaḥ - ajñānatimiraploṣilalāṭanayanatviṣe | namaste tripurārāte namaste'ntakavidviṣe || 14-1 || puruṣārthāḥ śrutāḥ sarve mukhyagauṇavikalpitāḥ | puruṣārthaḥ śruto mukhyastatra muktyabhisaṃjñitaḥ || 14-2 || bhagavattāmayī proktā muktiśca tripuradviṣā | tasyāśca sādhanaṃ sākṣāt tattvajñānaṃ dvidhā sthitam || 14-3 || sādhanaṃ tasya ca prokto dharmo nirabhisaṃdhikaḥ | bhūyo vistarataḥ śaṃsa muktiṃ tāṃ candraśekhara || 14-4 || yato yasya ca yā muktistacca me dvitayaṃ vada | na hyanyaṃ praṣṭumarhāmi tvāmṛte sarvavedinam || 14-5 || jīvasvarūpasaṃkṣepaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - anādiraparicchedyaścidānandamayaḥ pumān | p. 121) bhagavanmaya evāyaṃ bhagavadbhāvitaḥ sadā || 14-6 || jīvasya bhagavacchaktyaṃśaleśatvam yā sā śaktirmahāsattā viṣṇostaddharmadharmiṇī | tasyāḥ kuṭyarbudāṃśena śaktī dve kathite tava || 14-7 || bhūtiśceti kriyā ceti bhāvyabhāvakasaṃjñite | bhūtiḥ sā kriyayā jvālā maruteva praṇartyate || 14-8 || nānābhedavatī bhūtervibhūtiḥ kathitā purā | śuddhyaśuddhivaśād dvedhā śuddhā sā bahudhoditā || 14-9 || puṃśaktiḥ kālamayyanyā pumān so'yamudīritaḥ | tasya kālavaśyatvāt saṃsāraprāptiḥ kālaśaktivikārasthaḥ so'yaṃ saṃsarati dhruvam || 14-10 || sādhananiṣpattyā svarūpāvirbhāvaḥ so'yaṃ śāstrīyamāsādya mārgaṃ svenābhijāyate | tatra punaḥ praśnaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan devadeveśa tripurāntaka śaṃkara || 14-11 || kālaśaktivikārasthaḥ kathaṃ saṃsarati dhruvam | p. 122) kathaṃ vopāyamāsādya pumān svenābhijāyate || 14-12 || bhagavatsvātantryasyāparyanuyojyatvam ahirbudhnyaḥ - sarvairananuyojyaṃ tat svātantryaṃ divyamīśituḥ | avāptaviśvakāmo'pi krīḍate rājavadvaśī || 14-13 || bhagavatsaṃkalpasya pañcadhā vibhāgaḥ saṃkalpo nāma yastasya sudarśanasamāhvayaḥ | satyapyanantarūpatve pañcadhā sa vijṛmbhate || 14-14 || sṛṣṭisthityantakāreṇa nigrahānugrahātmanā | nigrahaśaktyā jīvasyākārāditirodhānam tirodhānakarī śaktiḥ sā nigrahasamāhvayā || 14-15 || pumāṃsaṃ jīvasaṃjñaṃ sā tirobhāvayati svayam | ākāraiśvaryavijñānatirobhāvanakarmaṇā || 14-16 || tirodhāyakaparyāyaśabdāḥ māyāvidyā mahāmoho mahātāmisramityapi | tamo bandho'tha hṛdgranthiriti paryāyavācakāḥ || 14-17 || jīvāṇutvādi ākārasya tirodhānādaṇutvaṃ puṃsa iṣyate | p. 123) aiśvaryasya tirobhāvādakiṃcitkaratā smṛtā || 14-18 || puṃso vijñānasaṃkocādajñatvaṃ samudāhṛtam | tirohitaḥ pumāñchaktyā viṣṇusaṃkalparūpayā || 14-19 || aṇuḥ kiṃcitkaraśceti kiṃcijjñaśceti kathyate | aṇutvādermalatvaṃ bandhatvaṃ ca malatrayamidaṃ proktaṃ bandhatrayamidaṃ budhaiḥ || 14-20 || avidyādibhirmalavivṛddhiḥ tirobhāvanaśaktyaivaṃ vaiṣṇavyā bandhameyuṣaḥ | avidyāsmitvarāgādyā malaṃ samupacinvate || 14-21 || iṣṭāniṣṭaprāptiparihārecchā kliśyadbhiḥ kleśitaḥ kleśairavidyādibhirīddṛśaiḥ | nunnaḥ prepsājihāsābhyāmāgamānanusaṃpatan || 14-22 || iṣṭārthaprāptaye'niṣṭavighātāya ca lālasaḥ | karma tat kurute kāmī śubhāśubhaphalodayam || 14-23 || karmavaśāt jātyāyurbhogaprāptiḥ tataḥ karmavipākasthaḥ śubhāśubhavimiśritān | jātyāyuranubandhān sa prāpnoti vidhicoditaḥ || 14-24 || p. 124) sukhādivāsanāstāstāḥ saṃcinoti śanaiḥ śanaiḥ | eṣā nigrahaśaktestu tirodhānaparaṃparā || 14-25 || tirodhāne sahakārikāraṇam aṃśau yau kālaśaktyākhyau bhūteḥ samanuvartinau | tābhyāṃ puṃsastirobhāvaṃ tanute nigrahātmikā || 14-26 || sṛṣṭyādīnāṃ saṃcitakarmamūlakatvam ajasya tvanayā śaktyā tisraḥ sṛṣṭyādiśaktayaḥ | saṃcitaiḥ saṃpravartante taistaiḥ karmabhirūrjitaiḥ || 14-27 || sahetukasya bandhasyānāditvam bandho'nādirayaṃ prokto bandhahetuśca nādimān | baddhajīve bhagavatkṛpāvirbhāvaḥ evaṃ saṃsṛticakrasthe bhrāmyamāṇe svakarmabhiḥ || 14-28 || jīve duḥkhākule viṣṇoḥ kṛpā kāpyupajāyate | kṛpāyā anugrahaśaktipātarūpatvam yā hyuktā pañcamī śaktirviṣṇusaṃkalparūpiṇī || 14-29 || anugrahātmikā śaktiḥ sā kṛpā vaiṣṇavī parā | śaktipātaḥ sa vai viṣṇorāgamasthairnigadyate || 14-30 || p. 125) kṛpāviṣayasya jīvasya karmasāmyaprāptiḥ anugrahātmanā śaktyā sudarśanamayātmanā | svīkṛto hi yadā viṣṇoḥ karuṇāvarṣarūpayā || 14-31 || samīkṣitastadā so'yaṃ karuṇāvarṣarūpayā | karmasāmyaṃ bhajatyeva jīvo viṣṇusamīkṣitaḥ || 14-32 || śaktipātaḥ sa vai jīvamuttārayati saṃsṛteḥ | karmaṇī ca same tatra tūṣṇīṃ bhāvamupāgate || 14-33 || sadṛṣṭāntaṃ karmaṇāmudāsitṛtvopapādanam yathā hi moṣakāḥ pānthe paribarhamupeyuṣi | nivṛttamoṣaṇodyogāḥ samāḥ santaḥ udāsate || 14-34 || anugrahātmikāyāstu śakteḥ pātakṣaṇe tathā | udāsāte samībhūya karmaṇī te śubhāśubhe || 14-35 || mumukṣormokṣopāyaprāptiprakāraḥ tatpātānantaraṃ janturyukto mokṣasamīkṣayā | pravartamānavairāgyo viveke'bhiniveśavān || 14-36 || āgamānanusaṃcintya gurūnapyupasadya ca | labdhasattvaprakāraistaiḥ prabuddho bodhapālanaḥ || 14-37 || p. 126) akṣiṇvan gurusaṃbodhaṃ kṣiṇvan kleśādikānapi | vicinvan sarvataḥ sāramupacinvan parāṃ dhiyam || 14-38 || sāṃkhyayogasamāveśī satkarmanirataḥ svayam | ugravratadharo jñānī vedāntajñānaniścalaḥ || 14-39 || saṃhatairvigṛhītaiśca mārgairebhiḥ suniścayaiḥ | kleśena mahatā sthānaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ pratipadyate || 14-40 || labdhajñānasya mokṣaprāptiḥ saṃprāpya jñānabhūyastvaṃ nirmalīkṛtacetanaḥ | anāvilamasaṃkleśaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ tadviśet padam || 14-41 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jīvasya saṃsārahetutaduddharaṇaprakāravarṇanaṃ nāma caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 14 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 824 adhikārinirūpaṇaṃ nāma pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyāto dhṛtātmabhiścakramadhyastho madhusūdanaḥ | pāyādapāyāt saṃsārarūpakūpāttu naḥ paraḥ || adhikāriviṣayaḥ praśnaḥ nāradaḥ - devadeva namaste'stu vṛṣaketana śaṃkara | tvatprasādācchrutaṃ divyaṃ rahasyaṃ jñānamuttamam || 15-1 || praśnaśeṣaṃ mama brūhi yat pṛṣṭo'si mayā purā | puruṣārthā hi ye proktāścatvāraḥ sakalāśrayāḥ || 15-2 || ke hi tānadhikurvanti tanme vistarato vada | tatprativacane prathamaṃ sāttvikarītipratipādanam ahirbudhnyaḥ - ye hi te manavo nāma vidyāgarbhāḥ puroditāḥ || 15-3 || brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrā iti vibheditāḥ | mānavāstatprasūtā ye tathā mānavamānavāḥ || 15-4 || p. 128) mukhabāhūrūpādebhyo brāhmaṇādyāḥ samutthitāḥ | brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrā ityapi te smṛtāḥ || 15-5 || dvitaye te yathāyogamadhikurvanti tānimān | manusantatijānāṃ pāñcarātrādhikāraḥ ye purā kathitāḥ pañca siddhāntāḥ sarvasaṃmatāḥ || 15-6 || manusantatijāstatra sāttvataṃ tvadhikurvate | teṣāṃ tanniṣṭhayā bhagavatprāptiḥ trayodaśavidhaṃ karma guṇaiḥ sāṃyamikairyutam || 15-7 || kurvāṇāḥ pañcakālasthāste yānti puruṣottamam | teṣu traivarṇikānāṃ cāturāśramyam vihitaṃ cāturāśramyaṃ trayāṇāṃ tatra nārada || 15-8 || brahmacārī gṛhastho vā vanastho bhikṣurityapi | teṣāṃ śuśrūṣayā śūdrasya bhagavatprāptiḥ śūdraḥ śuśrūṣayā teṣāṃ bhagavatkarmasādhanāt || 15-9 || arāgaroṣalobhaḥ sañchanairyāti hareḥ padam | anyatamāśramasthānāmapi teṣāṃ mokṣasiddhiḥ sadbrahmayājinaste vai śuddhāḥ svādhyāyatatparāḥ || 15-10 || p. 129) ananyayājino viprā āsṛṣṭeradhikāriṇaḥ | mātāpitṛbhyāṃ taruṇāḥ prāgbuddheḥ sādhu pālitāḥ || 15-11 || ācāryanayasaṃpannāste śuśrūṣaṇatatparāḥ | samyak saptapadārthajñā niyamasthāḥ samāhitāḥ || 15-12 || prakṛtijñānasaṃpannāḥ pramādaparivarjitāḥ | tyaktakāmāḥ sudhṛtayaḥ śucayaḥ saṃyatendriyāḥ || 15-13 || siddhā nāma mahābhāgāḥ samāptajñānaniścayāḥ | dhiyā samāptakarmāṇaścaraṇairanvitāḥ śubhaiḥ || 15-14 || āsamāpteḥ samāsthāya caturṇāmekamāśramam | pāñcakālikamacchidraṃ kurvāṇāḥ śatavārṣikam || 15-15 || vivekajāṃ parāṃ prāpya karmaṇo'nte śubhāṃ dhiyam | pradyotamānavijñānā nirdhūtaprākṛtodyamāḥ || 15-16 || sahasrārciṣamīśānaṃ lakṣmīpatimanāvilam | kṣetrajñaṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ vāsudevaṃ viśanti te || 15-17 || gārhasthyasyāśramāntaropajīvyatvam agnimān bahumātrāvānekaḥ kauṭumba āśramaḥ | vratādiniratāḥ śuddhāstatrayo'nye'nagnayaḥ smṛtāḥ || 15-18 || kauṭumbamupajīvanti te trayo hyūrdhvaretasaḥ | p. 130) sāttvikarītinigamanam gaditā sāttvikī rītiriti te leśato mune || 15-19 || atha trayyādirītikathanārambhaḥ evaṃ vistarato me'dya rītimanyāṃ niśāmaya | mukhabāhūrūpajjānāṃ trayyādyadhikāraḥ ye hi brahmamukhādibhyo varṇāścatvāra udgatāḥ || 15-20 || te samyagadhikurvanti trayyādīnāṃ catuṣṭayam | trayīniṣṭhānāṃ phalasiddhiḥ sāṃkhyādiniṣṭhānāṃ kramāt pañcarātrārohaṇaṃ ca trayīsthā eva sidhyanti sāṃkhyādiṣvapi ca triṣu || 15-21 || ārohantīcchayā te'pi sāttvataṃ śāsanaṃ param | pāśupataniṣṭhānāṃ trayīdharmānanuṣṭhātṛtvam prāptāḥ pāśupataṃ ye hi dharmaṃ brahmaṇapūrvakāḥ || 15-22 || na dharmamanutiṣṭhanti trayīsthaṃ te punarmune | pañcarātraṃ praviśyeva nānyaṃ dharmaṃ vitanvate || 15-23 || sāṃkhyānāṃ naiṣkarmyam niṣkarmāṇaḥ smṛtāḥ sāṃkhyāḥ prasaṃkhyānaikatatparāḥ | yoganiṣṭhānāṃ vaidikarmānuṣṭhātṛtvam nityanaimittikairyukto yogī yogāṅgavāñchayā || 15-24 || p. 131) kuryādalabdhalābhāya labdhavṛddhaya eva ca | brahmiṣṭho vaidikaṃ karma nityaṃ naimittikaṃ tathā || 15-25 || trayyādimārgagā rītirnāradaiṣā pradarśitā | varṇāśramataddharmāṇāṃ nirūpaṇam varṇāśramavibhāgaṃ me dharmaiḥ saha niśāmaya || 15-26 || catvāro varṇāḥ varṇāścatvāra uddiṣṭā brāhmaṇādikrameṇa ye | ādyānāṃ trayāṇāṃ vedādhyayanaṃ dvijātitvaṃ ca adhīyīraṃstrayo varṇāḥ pūrve bhūtvā dvijātayaḥ || 15-27 || śrūdrasya dvijaśuśrūṣā ekajātitvaṃ ca caturtha ekajātistāñchuśrūṣetānahaṃ kṛtaḥ | yājanādhyāpanapratigrahā brāhmaṇasyaiva brāhaṇo nāma yo varṇa ādyo brahmamukhodgataḥ || 15-28 || sa trīnadhyāpayedetān brāhmaṇādīnanukramāt | yājayecca yathākāmaṃ vṛttyarthamanasūyayā || 15-29 || tribhyaśca pratigṛhṇīyādeṣa vaiśeṣiko vidhiḥ | śastradhāraṇādikaṃ kṣatriyasya śāstrāṇāṃ dhāraṇaṃ nityaṃ kṣatrajāterviśeṣaṇam || 15-30 || p. 132) kṣatatrāṇaṃ yathāśāstraṃ prajānāṃ paripālanam | kṛṣyādikaṃ vaiśyasya viśo vaiśeṣikī vṛttiḥ kṛṣigorakṣavāṇijam || 15-31 || ijyādhyayanadānāni trayāṇāṃ tulāni ijyādhyayanadānaṃ tu dvijātīnāmidaṃ samam | nityaṃ dharmārthamevaitat tatra hiṃsādivarjanam || 15-32 || śuśrūṣā śūdrasya dharmo vṛttyarthā ca śuśrūṣaiva tu śūdrasya dharmo vṛttyarthameva ca | śreṣṭhā brāhmaṇaśuśrūṣā kaniṣṭhe tvapare smṛte || 15-33 || caturṇāṃ sāmānyadharmāḥ ahiṃsā satyamakrodhaḥ svadāraniratirdayā | caturṣveteṣu dharmo'yaṃ sāmānyena vidhīyate || 15-34 || brāhmaṇottamakṣatriyayoścāturāśramyam brahmaṇaścāturāśramyaṃ kṣatrasya tu kathaṃcana | kṣatriyavaiśyayorādyamāśramatrayam trayaṃ cādyaṃ kṣatraviśorniyataṃ dharmalakṣaṇam || 15-35 || p. 133) traivarṇikānāṃ prāgupanayanāt kāmacāraḥ ācāryajanmanaḥ pūrvamavratāste dvijātayaḥ | upanayane dvitīyaṃ janma ācāryājjanma sāvitryāṃ dvitīyaṃ divyamiṣyate || 15-36 || yajñadīkṣāyāṃ tṛtīyam te trayo yajñadīkṣāyāṃ janma prāpya tṛtīyakam | teṣā svādhyāyaniṣṭhānāṃ devatulyatvam brāhmaṇāḥ savanasthāryāḥ savanānte yathākramam || 15-37 || svādhyāye vartamānāste devāḥ sarve'pi te trayaḥ | āśramadharmāḥ iti te kathitā varṇā āśramānapi me śṛṇu || 15-38 || upakurvāṇabrahmacāridharmāḥ ācāryājjanma saṃprāpya tadante niyataṃ vasan | taddharmakārī tanniṣṭhastadbhaktastatparāyaṇaḥ || 15-39 || tanniveditasarvārtho bhikṣārthī tatkulādbahiḥ | karmaśeṣeṇa cācāryādicchan svādhyāyamatvaraḥ || 15-40 || p. 134) upāsīta bahiḥ saṃdhye nityasnāyyanasūyakaḥ | kurvannindriyasaṃrodhaṃ bhūtānāmanukampakaḥ || 15-41 || vahniṃ samidbhirindhāna ubhe saṃdhye samāhitaḥ | dharmajñasamayasthaṃ cāpyācarannātmano vratam || 15-42 || upakurvāṇako nāma svādhyāye sidhyati dvijaḥ | samāptabrahmacaryasyecchayā āśramāntaraprāptiḥ vedasnāyī vratasnāyī gurave dakṣiṇāṃ dadat || 15-43 || prāpyānujñāṃ guroriccheccaturṇāmekamāśramam | naiṣṭhikabrahmacāridharmāḥ yadīcched brahmacaryaṃ sa brahmacārī svamāśramam || 15-44 || ācāryameva seveta yukta ā dehapātanāt | jijñāsurbrahmacārī sa labheta jñānamuttamam || 15-45 || anyathā puṇyalopaḥ syāditi vedānuśāsanam | gṛhasthadharmāḥ atha cedrocayet kartuṃ gārhasthyaṃ dharmamuttamam || 15-46 || labdhānujño guroḥ snātvā saṃprāpya vidhivat striyam | tayā saha careddharmaṃ nityaṃ svādhyāyatatparaḥ || 15-47 || śrāddhakṛt satyavādī ca nityaṃ caivātithipriyaḥ | p. 135) saṃkocinīṃ caran vṛttimanasūyuralolupaḥ || 15-48 || snātakavrataśālī ca pañcayajñaparāyaṇaḥ | gṛhasthasyāpi pāñcarātradharmāvaśyakatā pañcakālarato nityaṃ dayākṣāntidhṛtisthitiḥ || 15-49 || akrodhasatyahrīvidyāśaucāsteyadamasthitaḥ | anāyāso hyakṛpaṇaḥ śāstrīye maṅgale rataḥ || 15-50 || manasā karmaṇā vāpi yajñān sarvān samācaret | niṣkāmakarmiṇo gṛhasthasyāpi mokṣaprāptiḥ akāmahatayā buddhyā tyaktāhaṃkāralobhayā || 15-51 || sattarkavyavasāyābhyāṃ locanābhyetyasaṃbhavam | śrautasmārtakriyānityo nityanaimittike rataḥ || 15-52 || īdṛggṛhastho jijñāsuḥ prāpya jñānamanuttamam | prāptavedāntavijñāno vaiṣṇavaṃ śrayate padam || 15-53 || sakāmasya gṛhasthasya brahmalokaprāptiḥ kevalo dharmanityo'sau brahmaloke mahīyate | vānaprasthadharmāḥ gārhasthyādathavā pūrvaṃ vānaprasthyaṃ śrayet padam || 15-54 || p. 136) gṛhasthastu yadā paśyed valīpalitamātmanaḥ | apatyasyaiva cāpatyaṃ vanaṃ cātha samāśrayet || 15-55 || grāmyāhāraṃ parityajya vanyāhāropayogavān | bahirātmani vāpyagniṃ juhvadyajñaparāyaṇaḥ || 15-56 || vatsare vatsare trīṇi tapāṃsi vidhivaccaret | vānaprasthasyāpi niṣkāmakarṇiṇo mokṣaprāptiḥ kurvan vanasthaḥ śāstrārthānakāmahatayā dhiyā || 15-57 || sevamāno vratasthaśca tāstā dīkṣāḥ samāhitaḥ | vṛttisaṃkocakṛcchubhrastattvajijñāsayā yutaḥ || 15-58 || saṃprāpya tattvavijñānaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ śrayate padam | sakāmasya tasya brahmalokaprāptiḥ kevalo dharmanityaśca mahāprasthānamācaran || 15-59 || vītaśokabhayo vanyo brahmaloke mahīyate | saṃnyāsidharmāḥ kāṣāyavasanaṃ prāpya dvābhyāmādita eva vā || 15-60 || dvayorekasya vā paścāt pārivrājyaṃ samācaret | prājāpatyāṃ nirupyeṣṭiṃ sarvavedasadakṣiṇām || 15-61 || p. 137) labdhānujño gurorvātha karmaśrānto mahāvratī | samāropyāgnimānagnīṃścaturthāśramamāvaset || 15-62 || vimuktaḥ sarvadoṣebhyo virakto viṣayeṣu ca | uccāvacāṃ vicinvaṃśca gatimasyāntarātmanaḥ || 15-63 || anvīkṣamāṇaḥ sūkṣmaṃ ca paramātmānamātmanā | prasaṃkhyānaparo nityaṃ vedāntajñānatatparaḥ || 15-64 || samādhisthaśca satatamugravrataparo'pi vā | vāsyaikaṃ takṣato bāhuṃ candanenaikamukṣataḥ || 15-65 || vidveṣamanurāgaṃ vā dvayorapyavicintayan | vāyubhūtaḥ khavat svastha urvīsthiramanā muniḥ || 15-66 || vārivaccārdracetāstu śucirjvalanavat sadā | gāṅgo hrada ivākṣobhyaḥ śūnyāgārasamākṛtiḥ || 15-67 || dhiyālocitasarvārtho dhiyā tyaktaparigrahaḥ | dhiyā svīkṛtasacchāstro dhiyā tṛptaḥ suśuddhayā || 15-68 || dattasarvābhayo yogī sarvairdattābhayastathā | svādhyāyādyogamāsīno yogāt svādhyāyamāmanet || 15-69 || abruvan kenacit kiṃcit prāpte kāle'pyavibruvan | samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu mātṛvat pitṛvat sadā || 15-70 || ātmajyotirātmaratiḥ prasīdannātmani svayam | p. 138) prajñāprāsādamārūḍho vimuktaḥ sarvato janaiḥ || 15-71 || bhūmiṣṭhāniva śailasthaḥ paśyan sarvānavasthitān | kaiścinmūka iti proktaḥ kaiściddhīra itīpsitaḥ || 15-72 || kaiścit kaḥ sviditi proktaḥ kaiścid ghora itīritaḥ | upekṣākaruṇāmaitrīmuditāliṅgitaḥ sadā || 15-73 || vivekabodhasaṃtoṣairnityaṃ parijanairvṛtaḥ | bhaikṣāśī tuṣṭisaṃpūrṇo dharmairīdṛgguṇairyutaḥ || 15-74 || saṃnyāsinaḥ paramapuruṣopāsanānmokṣaprāptiḥ pradīpa iva śāntārciḥ parivrāḍ dhyānamāsthitaḥ | dehasaṃskāranāśena vaiṣṇavaṃ śrayate padam || 15-75 || adhyāyārthanigamanam iti varṇāśramā ye te tulyavaiśeṣikairyutāḥ | dharmāste leśataḥ proktāḥ kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 15-76 || iti pāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām adhikārinirūpaṇaṃ nāma pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 15 || āditaḥ 900 varṇotpattinirūpaṇaṃ nāma ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ rakṣātadadhikāriviṣayaḥ praśnaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavaṃstridaśārighna sarvajña vṛṣaketana | pramāṇārthaḥ śruto'smābhiḥ sahetuḥ saviparyayaḥ || 16-1 || sarvasyāsya ca kā rakṣā kaśca rakṣādhikāravān | saprakāramidaṃ dvandvaṃ bhagavan vaktumarhasi || 16-2 || tatprativacanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - sudarśanamayī rakṣā devasya harimedhasaḥ | svamṛte viṣṇusaṃkalpaṃ rakṣānyā na vidhīyate || 16-3 || vastuniṣṭhasāmarthyasya sudarśanātmakatvam yā sā divyā kriyāśaktirviṣṇuśaktyaṃśasaṃbhavā | sudarśanāhvayā devī sarvakṛtyakarī vibhoḥ || 16-4 || tanmayaṃ viddhi sāmarthyaṃ sarvaṃ sarvapadārthajam | tattvānāṃ tāttvikānāṃ ca cetanācetanātmanām || 16-5 || p. 140) pramāṇānāṃ vicitrāṇāṃ bhāvābhāvayugasya ca | dharmasyārthasya kāmasya mukterbandhatrayasya || 16-6 || yadyat svakāryasāmarthyaṃ tattat saudarśanaṃ vapuḥ | śāstrāstravyūhasya rakṣāsādhanatvam uktā śāstrāstrarūpā te viṣṇusaṃkalpavikriyā || 16-7 || yayā devo jagannāthaḥ kāle kāle janārdanaḥ | avatīryāthavāviśya bhūtāni laghayedbhuvam || 16-8 || mantragrāmsyāpi rakṣāsādhanatvam nānāmantramayī cānyā yantrakośavicitritā | vedatantrobhayodbhūtā nānāprasavaśālinī || 16-9 || sākṣādviṣṇoḥ kriyāśaktiḥ śuddhasaṃvinmayī parā | mantramayarakṣāyāṃ brāhmaṇasyaivādhikāraḥ sarvatattvārthapārajñaḥ sarvavidyāviśāradaḥ || 16-10 || askannanityanaimittaḥ śuddhābhijanasaṃataḥ | triśuklo nistrisaṃdehaḥ ṣaṭkarmavidhipāragaḥ || 16-11 || brāhmaṇo brahmayonisthaḥ svadāranirataḥ śuciḥ | adhikuryāt kriyāśaktiṃ viṣṇormantramayīṃ parām || 16-12 || p. 141) brāhmaṇasyāpi rājānavaṣṭabdhasya rakṣāyāmasāmarthyam brāhmaṇo nānavaṣṭabdhastayā kāryamihārhati | avaṣṭambya tu rājānaṃ jagato'rthe tayā caret || 16-13 || rājapraśaṃsā rājā hi paramaṃ bhūtaṃ sarvadevamayo vibhuḥ | kriyāśakteradhiṣṭhānaṃ vaiṣṇavyā bhagavanmayaḥ || 16-14 || mūrdhato hi purā devo rājānamasṛjat prabhuḥ | mūrdhābhiṣiktastenāsau sarvabhūtopari sthitaḥ || 16-15 || dviguṇo brāhmaṇo rājā vedaśāstreṣu gīyate | rājadviṣāṃ dṛṣṭādṛṣṭayoḥ pratyavāyaḥ yastu taṃ dveṣṭi saṃmohāt sa hariṃ dveṣṭi durmatiḥ || 16-16 || yo hariṃ dveṣṭi saṃmohāt sa lakṣmīṃ dveṣṭi mānavaḥ | lakṣmyā dveṣṭā tu durmedhāḥ sarvadharmeṣu hīyate || 16-17 || sa bhraṣṭaḥ sarvalokebhyaḥ sarvadevabahiṣkṛtaḥ | apratiṣṭhe tamasyandhe samāstiṣṭhati śāśvatīḥ || 16-18 || ato rājā avaśyaṃ bahu mantavyaḥ aihikāmuṣmikīṃ lakṣmīmataḥ prepsurudāradhīḥ | rājānaṃ bahu manyeta sarvalokādhidaivatam || 16-19 || p. 142) kevalayorbrāhmaṇanṛpayorlakṣmyā asthiratvam brāhmaṇe kevale lakṣmīrna vasatyatimārdavāt | atyaugryād bibhyatī kṣatre kevale necchati sthitim || 16-20 || saṃsṛṣṭayostayorlakṣmyāḥ sthairyam brahmakṣatre tu saṃpṛkte hyagnīṣomamayātmani | nivasatyatisaṃprītā grīṣme śīta iva hrade || 16-21 || tatra hetuḥ dve hi te bibhṛto lokasthitiṃ saṃbhūya tejasī | tayorhi sakalā śaktiḥ sthitā viṣṇoḥ kriyātmikā || 16-22 || anvayavyatirekābhyāṃ tatra dṛṣṭāntakathanam mahatyā hi yathā nadyāḥ kusaro na dhṛteḥ kṣamam | evaṃ laghurnaro naiva kriyāśakterdhṛtau kṣamaḥ || 16-23 || pārāvāro yathā dhīro mahatīṃ tāṃ pratīcchati | brahmapṛktaṃ tathā kṣatraṃ kriyāśaktiṃ pratīcchati || 16-24 || pūryamāṇaṃ mahānadyā kutaṭākaṃ vidīryate | rakṣyamāṇastathāpyeko naiva paryāpyate tayā || 16-25 || rājārthaṃ prayuktāyā api kriyāśakteḥ sarvaprajopakārakatvakathanam yathā samudragāminyāṃ mahatyāṃ sariti dhruvam | p. 143) upasnehena pūryante sarāṃsyanyāni bhūyasā || 16-26 || prayuktāyāṃ kriyāśaktau cakre vai cakravartinaḥ | cakrasthā hi prajāḥ sarvāḥ samedhante tathā śriyā || 16-27 || cakravartyādīnāṃ kriyāśaktāvadhikāratāratamyam cakravartī nṛpaḥ pūrvāṃ dvitīyāṃ maṇḍaleśvaraḥ | adhikuryāt kriyāśaktiṃ tṛtīyāṃ viṣayeśvaraḥ || 16-28 || mahāmātro dvijātirvā yo vahvī rakṣati prajāḥ | imāṃ naiko naraḥ kuryādekasmai mānavāya tu || 16-29 || kriyāśaktisvarūpakathanārambhaḥ adhikāraḥ kriyāyāśca śakteste saṃpradarśitaḥ | rūpamasyā yathāvanme gadatastanniśāmaya || 16-30 || sāmānyataḥ śakterdvaividhyam unmeṣaḥ paramaḥ śakterviṣṇoḥ koṭyaṃśakoṭitaḥ | bhāvyabhāvakabhedena sa dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate || 16-31 || bhāvako viṣṇusaṃkalpaḥ sudarśanaparāhvayaḥ | śakteḥ paryāyaśabdāḥ saiṣā devī kriyāśaktiḥ sāmarthyaṃ yoga ityapi || 16-32 || p. 144) pārameṣṭhyaṃ mahātejo māyāyoga itīdṛśaiḥ | śabdaiḥ prakārasāmarthyaḥ saṃkalpaḥ so'bhidhīyate || 16-33 || bhāvakasya bhūtyaṃśapravartakatvam bhāvyo nāma ya unmeṣaḥ sā bhūtiriti gīyate | śuddhyaśuddhimayī seti pūrvameva nidarśitam || 16-34 || jvalanasyeva sā jvālā saṃkalpena pratanyate | eko nārāyaṇo devastasya bhāvānugāminī || 16-35 || tasyā devyāḥ kriyāśakteḥ sthitiṃ mantramayīṃ śṛṇu | kriyāśakternādātmakatvam udyatī sā kriyāśaktirbhajate nādarūpatām || 16-36 || nādasya dīrghaghaṇṭādhvanisāmyam taṃ nādaṃ paramaṃ viddhi dīrghaghaṇṭānadopamam | tasya yogimātrapratyakṣaviṣayatvam paramairyogibhiḥ svānte sa sākṣāt kriyate svayam || 16-37 || kvacidunmeṣāt tasya bindurūpatvam sa budbudavadambhodhau kvacidunmeṣamṛcchati | anudrutagataiḥ so'tha yogibhirbindurucyate || 16-38 || p. 145) bindornāmanāmirūpeṇa dvaividhyam nāmanāmisvarūpeṇa sa bindurbhidyate dvidhā | nāmnaḥ śabdabrahmatvam tatra nāmodayaṃ prāpya śabdabrahma pravartate || 16-39 || nāmino bhūtirūpatvam prāpya nāmyudayaṃ bhūtiḥ pūrvoddiṣṭā pravartate | varṇotpattikathanārambhaḥ nāmodayamidānīṃ me mantrādhvānaṃ mune śṛṇu || 16-40 || sā hi bindumayī śaktiḥ svecchayā nāmatāṃ gatā | avarṇo'pyekadhā pūrvamanuttaramayātmanā || 16-41 || bindordvaividhyam svaravyañjanabhedena sa dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate | binduśakteramuṣyāstu bhūyo'pi śṛṇu vistaram || 16-42 || udetyeṣā visṛṣṭākhyā śabdasargamayī parā | ekānekavicitrārthā nānāvarṇavikāriṇī || 16-43 || sākṣāt somasvarūpā sā lakṣmyāḥ śabdamayī tanuḥ | svaravyañjanarūpeṇa sā vivartaṃ prapadyate || 16-44 || p. 146) akārātmanā tasya smunmeṣaḥ a ityādisamunmeṣaḥ so'nuttara udīryate | akārasya sarvavāgrūpatvam sarvā vāgayamevaikastattadākārabhedavān || 16-45 || bindorikārokārātmanā samunmeṣaḥ sa icchanniriti vyakta unmiṣannuriti smṛtaḥ | yathoktavarṇatrayasya sarvasvaravibhāvakatvam eta eva trayo varṇāḥ sarvasvaravibhāvanāḥ || 16-46 || teṣāṃ dīrghatāpattiḥ anuttaraḥ sa ānanda ābhāvaṃ pratipadyate | iricchayā sa īśāna ībhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 16-47 || urunmiṣannūnarūpa ūbhāvaṃ pratipadyate | ecāmutpattiḥ anuttarecchāsaṃdhānādekāro nāma jāyate || 16-48 || anuttarādbhavan bhūya aibhāvaṃ pratipadyate | divyādanuttaronmeṣādokāro nāma jāyate || 16-49 || anuttarādbhavan bhūya aubhāvaṃ pratipadyate | p. 147) teṣāṃ saṃdhyakṣaratvam saṃdhyātmāna ime kūṭāścatvāraḥ samudāhṛtāḥ || 16-50 || teṣāmavayavārthāviṣkaraṇam anuttarecchāyogena hyedhamānaḥ sa e smṛtaḥ | bhūyo'nuttarasaṃyogādai cāpyaiśvaryavān smṛtaḥ || 16-51 || divyādanuttaronmeṣādotaḥ sarvatra o smṛtaḥ | anuttarāt sa saṃbhūya aurjityādaugatiṃ gataḥ || 16-52 || ṛḷvarṇotpattiḥ ekatribhāgayo ṛddhyā arayo ṛ smṛto budhaiḥ | alayośca tathā ḷtvamākāraḥ syādanuttaraḥ || 16-53 || bhūyo'pyanuttarodyogāt plavamānastathā smṛtaḥ | evaṃ caturdaśodyogānnānākāravibhāvinī || 16-54 || naṭīva kuṇḍalīśaktirādyā viṣṇorvijṛmbhate | asya rūpadvayaṃ sūkṣmaṃ sṛṣṭisaṃhārakāraṇam || 16-55 || anākhyeyā mahāsattā kriyāśaktiḥ krameṇa sā | śabdātmanā vivartsyantī sā purā yāti sṛṣṭitām || 16-56 || p. 148) sṛṣṭiḥ sargo visargaśca visarjanamitīdṛśaiḥ | nābhau kuṇḍalyāḥ paśyantītvam mūlādhārāt samudyantī sā śāntā sā nirañjanā || 16-57 || aṅkṣyantī sāñjanaistaistaiḥ saṃskāraiḥ samanuttaram | dṛṣṭidṛśyātmatāṃ prāpya śabdārthatvavivartinī || 16-58 || paśyantī nāma nābhau sā yogadṛśyodayaṃ gatā | śaktiḥ sā vaiṣṇavī sattā mantramātā samañjanā || 16-59 || adhikārakṣayaṃ yānti yoginastāṃ gatā dhiyā | tasyā hṛdabje vistāraḥ vijṛmbhaṇonmukhī lakṣmīḥ paśyantī sā kriyāmayī || 16-60 || bhāvaṃ saṃskṛtya saṃskāraiḥ samarthākhyāṃ vivartanām | bhṛṅgīva ninadantī sā hṛdabje yāti vistṛtim || 16-61 || vācyavācakabhāvena lolībhūtā kriyāmayī | tadā saṃskṛtayaḥ sarvāḥ smṛtīḥ puṣyanti vācyagāḥ || 16-62 || tasyāḥ kaṇṭhadeśe visargātmanā pariṇāmaḥ evaṃvidhā kriyāśaktistattadvācyavivakṣayā | śabdarūpaṃ samāsthāya kūṭasthaṃ vyaktivarjitam || 16-63 || p. 149) sā yātyanuttaraspṛṣṭā kaṇṭhaṃ śaktirvisargiṇī | punaḥ sānuttare sthitvā caturdaśavibhāvinī || 16-64 || anuttarottarā yāti kaṇṭhe heti vijṛmbhaṇam | tataḥ sādimayī bhūtvā kāntavyañjanaśālinī || 16-65 || anuttaramayī bhūyo bindau saṃpratitiṣṭhati | binduḥ saṃhāra ityukto visargaḥ sṛṣṭirucyate || 16-66 || imau dvau sṛṣṭisaṃhārau leśataste nidarśitau | mattaḥ śṛṇu mune bhūyaḥ svarāṇāṃ vividhāṃ tatim || 16-67 || svarāṇāmavāntarabhedanirūpaṇam yadāditritayaṃ pūrvaṃ svarakūṭasthamīritam | aṣṭādaśavidhaṃ tattu pratyekaṃ yogināṃ matam || 16-68 || svaravyañjanakūṭau yau ṛ ḷ ityuditau purā | ādyo'ṣṭādaśadhāntyastu tayordvādaśabhedavān || 16-69 || iti svarāṇāṃ pañcānāmaśītiścaturuttarā | svarakūṭāstu catvāro ye teṣāmīdṛśī bhidā || 16-70 || śatāni triṇyathaikārā viṃśatiścaturuttarā | evaṃ pañca sahasrāṇi śatānyaṣṭāvanuṣṭubhām || 16-71 || p. 150) aikāraḥ kathitaḥ samyak śikṣātattvaviśāradaiḥ | okāraśca tathaukāra iyadbhedau prakīrtitau || 16-72 || ramyau gaurau yamityeva saṃkhyā saṃbhūya saṃdhigā | yoginastāṃ prapaśyanti manyante manasā narāḥ || 16-73 || saṃbhūya svarasaṃkhyā tu stabdhau gauro yamityasau | dvistāvantaḥ svarā jñeyāḥ sṛṣṭisaṃhārabheditāḥ || 16-74 || sargayuktā binduyuktāḥ kevalā iti ye tridhā | deho'rthaḥ saṅga ityeva te saṃbhūya caturdaśa || 16-75 || sṛṣṭiḥ somaḥ samākhyātā binduḥ sūrya udīryate | svarāṇāṃ sūryacandrakiraṇātmatā pūrve sapta svarāḥ sūryakiraṇāḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 16-76 || somasya kiraṇā jñeyā ākārādaya uttare | tayorahorātrapravartakatvam aharnayati sūryastu svaraiḥ piṅgalayā caran || 16-77 || rātriṃ sṛjati somastu svaraiḥ svairiḍayā caran | paraśakteḥ suṣumnāsaṃcāritvam svarāṇāṃ yā parā viṣṇoḥ kūṭasthā śaktirujjvalā || 16-78 || p. 151) suṣumnayā saṃcarate śabdabrahma vitanvatī | iti te leśataḥ proktā svarāṇāṃ gatiruttamā || 16-79 || vyañjanasṛṣṭikathanārambhaḥ atha vyañjanasṛṣṭiṃ te kathayāmi mune śṛṇu | visargasya vāsudevamūrtitvam anuttarottarā sṛṣṭiryā sā heti puroditā || 16-80 || ādivyūhasya devasya vāsudevasya sā tanuḥ | acyuto binduyukto'sau rundhannādhāramādimam || 16-81 || sāgniṃ dīpayate nādaṃ yogārambhe tu yoginām | acyutaḥ sṛṣṭiyukto'sāvūrdhvasṛṣṭiṃ karoti ca || 16-82 || acyutaḥ sṛṣṭiyuktastu bahiḥsṛṣṭiṃ karotyayam | tasmādūṣmaṇāmutpattisteṣāṃ cāturātmyaṃ ca hāt sāt ṣāt śāttataḥ śaśvacchaktyūṣmāṇa udīritāḥ || 16-83 || cāturātmyamidaṃ proktaṃ caturbrahmeti śabditam | kṣakārasahitānāṃ teṣāṃ brahmaśabdavācyatvam kṣeṇa kūṭena saṃyogāt pañcabrahmeti śabditam || 16-84 || kṣastu satyasya bījaṃ tu proktaḥ sāttvataśāsane | p. 152) kaṣakūṭamuśantyanye nityaṃ tatpratirūpakam || 16-85 || antaḥsthānāmutpattisteṣāṃ saṃjñātrayaṃ ca śādvastasmālla uddiṣṭo lādro rādyaḥ prajāyate | dhāraṇā nāma vijñeyā yādyā viśvasya dhāraṇāt || 16-86 || antaḥsthā iti ca proktā antaḥsthapuruṣeśayāḥ | avasthā iti ca proktā īśāvataraṇakrame || 16-87 || makārotpattiḥ yakārādīśaśaktisthānmakāro nāma jāyate | anuttarottaro bindurma iti pratiśabdyate || 16-88 || tasya sarvacetanasamaṣṭirūpatvaṃ jīvavācitvaṃ ca cetanānāṃ tu sarveṣāṃ samaṣṭiḥ sā nigadyate | asmadartho'yamuddiṣṭa so'yamuttamapūruṣaḥ || 16-89 || bhakārotpattistasya ca prakṛtivācitvam sūkṣmekṣayānuvṛddhau sā prakṛtyā bhogyarūpayā | bha ityeva makārāt sā punaḥ sthūlā vivicyate || 16-90 || p. 153) bādiṭāntatrayodaśavarṇotpattiḥ bhogopakaraṇākārā bahirantarvyavasthayā | trayodaśātmanā vyaktā bādyā ṭāntā mahāmune || 16-91 || bāditrayasya mahadahaṃkāramanovācitvam tavargasya jñānendriyavācitvam buddhiścāhaṃkṛtiścaiva manaśceti manīṣibhiḥ | vāditritayamuddiṣṭaṃ nādi tāntaṃ tu dhīndriyam || 16-92 || ṭavargasya karmendriyavācakatvam ṇādi ṭāntaṃ tu karmākhyamatha bhogyodbhavo dvidhā | cavargotpattiḥ tasya tanmātravācitvam ñādi cāntaṃ tu tanmātrapañcakaṃ pravijṛmbhate || 16-93 || kavargotpattiḥ tasya mahābhūtavācitvam ṅādiḥ pañcamahābhūtā kāntānyā varṇasaṃtatiḥ | yasmādyasyodbhavo varṇāt tattvasṛṣṭyāṃ tu tat smaret || 16-94 || lakārotpattiḥ lasyaiva karaṇānyatve lakāro nāma jāyate | vyañjanānāṃ vaividhyam catustriṃśaditi proktā varṇāste vyañjanātmakāḥ || 16-95 || p. 154) evamekaikaśo yogādbhedāḥ syurbahavaḥ svaraiḥ | catuḥpañcāśaduddiṣṭāḥ kakārāstatra vai mune || 16-96 || kikārāśca kukārāśca kṛkārāśca tathāvidhāḥ | kḷkārāstatra ṣaṭtriṃśat kekārā rasadhīrmune || 16-97 || tathāvidhāśca kokārā yogibhiḥ saṃkhyayā smṛtāḥ | stabdhasvārtho'yamityevaṃ kaikāro yogibhiḥ smṛtaḥ || 16-98 || kaukārāśca tathāsaṃkhyāḥ sapta saṃhatya te punaḥ | deho'rthaḥ saṅga ityevaṃ saṃkhyātāḥ paramarṣibhiḥ || 16-99 || vegavyañjanasaṃkhyaiva deho'rthaḥ sāṅgabheditāḥ | nītimatpratibhā heti saṃkhyayā jāyate mune || 16-100 || svaravyañjanasaṃyogādiyaṃ saṃkhyā samīritā | ekadvitryādisaṃyogairvyañjanānāṃ kramāt kramāt || 16-101 || kevalānāṃ sasvarāṇāṃ tataḥ saṃkhyāvidhiḥ smṛtaḥ | varṇamātṛkāyā bhagavacchaktiprotatvam padavākyapramāṇādinānākorakaśālinī || 16-102 || varṇastambā jñānamūlā śabdaśaktirhi vaiṣṇavī | viṣṇunā devadevena tena śaktimatā svayam || 16-103 || sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena proteyaṃ varṇasaṃtatiḥ | p. 155) bhagavadājñayā rudrāṃśasyāpi varṇamātṛkādhiṣṭhātṛtvam tadājñayāsmadaṃśaiśca rudrairnānāvidhairiyam | mantrayoniriyaṃ devī mātṛkādhiṣṭhitā sadā || 16-104 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ varṇotpattinirūpaṇaṃ nāma ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 16 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1004 varṇasaṃjñānirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyāyināṃ sukhadaṃ nityaṃ jvālājaṭilakuntalam | sudarśanākhyaṃ taddivyaṃ mahaḥ kimapi dhīmahi || varṇamātṛkādhiṣṭhātṛrūpapraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - namaste śarva sarvajña sarvāsuranibarhaṇa | sthūlasūkṣmaparairbhāvairyathā varṇā adhiṣṭhitāḥ || 17-1 || viṣṇunā devadevena rudraiśca bhavadaṃśakaiḥ | tathā taṃ me paraṃ bhāvaṃ vaktumarhasi śaṃkara || 17-2 || tatprativacanapratijñā ahirbudhnyaḥ - viṣṇuśaktimayā varṇā viṣṇusaṃkalpajṛmbhitāḥ | adhiṣṭhitā yathā bhāvaistathā tanme niśāmaya || 17-3 || varṇādhiṣṭhātṛvaiṣṇavarūpāṇi prathamaścāprameyaśca vyāpako'kāra ucyate | ānanda ādidevaśca gopanaścāḥ smṛto budhaiḥ || 17-4 || p. 157) iṣṭa iddhaśca rāmaśca ikāraḥ paripaṭhyate | viṣṇuśca pañcabinduśca māyā īkāra ucyate || 17-5 || ukāra udayaścāpi hyuddāmo bhuvanāhvayaḥ | prajñādhāraśca lokeśa ūrja ūkāra ucyate || 17-6 || ṛkāra ṛtadhāmā ca satyaścāṅkuśa eva ca | jvālā prasaraṇaścaiva ṛkāro viṣṭarāhvayaḥ || 17-7 || ḷkārastārakaḥ prokto liṅgātmā bhagavāniti | ḹkāro dīrghaghoṇaśca devadattastathā virāṭ || 17-8 || ekārastu jagadyonistryaśro vigraha eva ca | aikāraśca tathaiśvaryaṃ yogī hyairāvaṇastathā || 17-9 || odanaścautadevaśca vikramyokāra ucyate | aurvo bhūdharasaṃjñaścāpyauḥ smṛto hyauṣadhātmakaḥ || 17-10 || trailokyaiśvaryado vyāpī vyomeśauṃkāra eva ca | aṃkāraḥ sṛṣṭikṛt prokto visargaḥ parameśvaraḥ || 17-11 || kakāraḥ kamalaścaiva karālaḥ prakṛtiḥ parā | khakāraḥ kharvadehaśca vedātmā viśvabhāvanaḥ || 17-12 || gakārastu gadadhvaṃsī govindaśca gadādharaḥ | p. 158) ghakārastvatha gharmāṃśustejasvī dīptimāṃstathā || 17-13 || ṅakāra ekadaṃṣṭrākhyo bhūtātmā bhūtabhāvanaḥ | cadrāṃśuścañcalaścakrī cakāraḥ parikīrtyate || 17-14 || chandaḥpatiśchaladhvaṃsī chakāra chanda eva ca | ajito janmahantā ca jakāraḥ śāśvataḥ smṛtaḥ || 17-15 || jhakāro jhaṣasaṃjñastu sāmagaḥ sāmapāṭhakaḥ | ñakāra uttamākhyaśca īśvarastattvadhārakaḥ || 17-16 || viśvāpyāyakaraścandrī ṭa āhlāda udīritaḥ | dhārādharo nemisaṃjñaṣṭhakāraḥ kaustubho mataḥ || 17-17 || mausalo daṇḍadhāraśca ḍakāro'khaṇḍavikramaḥ | ḍhakāro viśvarūpaśca dṛḍhakarmā pratardanaḥ || 17-18 || ṇakāro'bhayadaḥ śāstā vaikuṇṭhaḥ parikīrtitaḥ | takārastālalakṣmā ca vairājaḥ sragdharastathā || 17-19 || dhanvī bhuvanapālaśca thakāraḥ sarvadhārakaḥ | dattāvakāśo damano dakāraḥ śāntidaḥ smṛtaḥ || 17-20 || dhakāraḥ śārṅgadhṛgdhāmā mādhavaśca prakīrtitaḥ | naro nārāyaṇaḥ panthā nakāraḥ samudāhṛtaḥ || 17-21 || pakāraḥ padmanābhaśca pavitraḥ paścimānanaḥ | p. 159) phakāraḥ phullanayano lāṅgalī śvetasaṃjñitaḥ || 17-22 || bakāro vāmano hrasvaḥ pūrṇāṅgaḥ sa ca kathyate | bhallātako bhakāraśca jñeyaḥ siddhiprado dhruvaḥ || 17-23 || makāro mardanaḥ kālaḥ pradhānaḥ paripaṭhyate | caturgatiryakāraśca susūkṣmaḥ śaṅkha ucyate || 17-24 || aśeṣabhuvanādhāro ro'nalaḥ kālapāvakaḥ | lakāro vibudhākhyaśca dhareśaḥ puruṣeśvaraḥ || 17-25 || varāhaścāmṛtādhāro vakāro varuṇaḥ smṛtaḥ | śakāraḥ śaṃkaraḥ śāntaḥ puṇḍarīkaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 17-26 || nṛsiṃhaścāgnirūpaśca ṣakāro bhāskarastathā | sakārastvamṛtastṛptiḥ somaśca parikīrtitaḥ || 17-27 || sūryo hakāraḥ prāṇastu paramātmā prakīrtitaḥ | ananteśaḥ kṣakārastu vargānto garuḍaḥ smṛtaḥ || 17-28 || binduḥ saṃhāra ityukto visargaḥ sṛṣṭirucyate | viṣṇuśaktimayā ete sthūlasūkṣmaparātmakāḥ || 17-29 || aprameyādayo bhāvāḥ śataṃ sārdhamudīritāḥ | varṇādhiṣṭhātṛraudrarūpāṇi varṇāste'dhiṣṭhitā yaistairmadaṃśai rudrasaṃjñitaiḥ || 17-30 || p. 160) tānnibodha mahābhāgānakṣarasthān mahāmune | śrīkaṇṭhānandasūkṣmeśāstrimūrtirameśvaraḥ || 17-31 || aṅghrī'so bhārabhūtiśca tithiḥ sthāṇurbhavāhvayaḥ | caṇḍīśo bhautikaḥ sadyojātaścānugraheśvaraḥ || 17-32 || akrūraśca mahāsenaḥ syuretāḥ svaramūrtayaḥ | tataḥ krodhīśacaṇḍīśapañcāntakaśivottamāḥ || 17-33 || tathaikarudraḥ kūrmaikanetrāhvacaturānanāḥ | ajeśaḥ sarvasomeśau lāṅgalī dārikastathā || 17-34 || ardhanārīśvaraścomākāntaścāṣāḍhadaṇḍinau | atrirmīnaśca meṣaśca lohitaśca śikhī tathā || 17-35 || calagaṇḍadvigaṇḍau ca samahākālavālinau | bhujaṅgeśaḥ pinākī ca khaḍgīśaśca bakastathā || 17-36 || śveto bhṛgurvakulīśaḥ saṃvartaka itīritaḥ | rudramūrtaya uddiṣṭā madīyā varṇapālikāḥ || 17-37 || varṇacakrapadmanirūpaṇam tathā varṇamayaṃ cakraṃ padmaṃ cāpi nibodha me | praṇavo'kṣaḥ samuddiṣṭaḥ śaktirnābhirudīritā || 17-38 || p. 161) akacāṣṭatapāścaiva savargyā arapaddhatiḥ | yādayo nemiruddiṣṭā garuḍaḥ pradhirucyate || 17-39 || praṇavaḥ karṇikā proktā śaktiḥ kesarapaddhatiḥ | svaradviraṣṭakaṃ vargā antaḥsthā ūṣmabhiḥ saha || 17-40 || patrāṣṭakamidaṃ proktaṃ garuḍo dīptirucyate | iti cakrābjamadhyasthā mātṛkāvarṇamālinī || 17-41 || mantrayonirmahādevī vaiṣṇavī ṣaḍguṇātmikā | varṇamātṛkātmakavaiṣṇavaśaktisvarūpavarṇanam ādivarṇaprakḷptāṅgā vargābharaṇabhūṣitā || 17-42 || padmagarbhapratīkāśā śaṅkhapaṅkajadhāriṇī | praṇavenātha śaktyā ca śriyā saṃkḷptadehikā || 17-43 || svarasaṃpūrṇavadanā kacakḷptakaradvayā | ṭatakḷptapadadvandvā pādikḷptodarā śubhā || 17-44 || yaraprāṇoṣmakā devī lakāravarahāriṇī | vakārakāñcīsubhagā śaṣakuṇḍaladhāriṇī || 17-45 || sahṛtkā hāntarātmā ca kṣaprabhā varṇamālinī | pāśāṅkuśakarāgrā ca vāṇī dhyeyā vipaścitā || 17-46 || prathamaṃ vaiṣṇavaśaktyārādhanam vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa puraivārādhayedgiram | tato mantroddhāraḥ p. 162) labdhānujñastato devyā gurupaṅktiṃ samarcya ca || 17-47 || gaṇeśamabhipūjyātha mantrāniṣṭān samuddharet | vaiṣṇavarūpaireva vaiṣṇavamantroddharaṇam aprameyādibhirbhāvairvaiṣṇavānuddharet sudhīḥ || 17-48 || raudramantrāṇā raudrarūpairuddharaṇam śaktimantrāṇāṃ śaktirūpaiḥ raudrān rudraistataḥ śāktān bhāratyaṃśaiḥ samuddharet | yadyapi vyāpakā mantrā nityaṃ siddhā mahāmune || 17-49 || syuḥ śaktiśālino mantrā evaṃ sṛṣṭivicintanāt | uktakramollaṅghane pratyavāyaḥ ujjhitvoktakramaṃ yo hi mandātmā mantramuddharet || 17-50 || bhavanti śāpadā mantrāstasya śāstrātivartinaḥ | anullaṅghane'bhyudayaḥ anujjhitvā kramaṃ sarvaṃ yaḥ sudhīrmantramuddharet | tasyādhyayanamātreṇa mantraḥ siddhiṃ prayacchati || 17-51 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ varṇasaṃjñānirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 17 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1055 mantroddhāro nāma aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || śaktimantroddhāraḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - śaktiṃ samuddharet pūrvamagnīṣomātmanā sthitām | viṣṇusthāṃ paramātmasthāṃ spṛśantīṃ vyāpinīṃ punaḥ || 18-1 || vānīhṛdayamādāya yojayedantarātmanā | hṛdā punaḥ samāyojya yojayedūṣmaṇo dvayam || 18-2 || pañcabinduṃ mahāśaktiṃ smaredatha tadāsanām | vyomeśamāśrayantīṃ tāṃ smaredatha dhiyā punaḥ || 18-3 || saṃkṣepatastatprabhāvaḥ iyaṃ divyā mahāśaktiḥ somasūryāgnibhūṣaṇā | māyā nāma tanurviṣṇostrailokyaiśvaryadojjvalā || 18-4 || sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena śaktireṣā nidarśitā | saudarśanānāṃ mantrāṇāmiyaṃ yonirmahāmune || 18-5 || p. 164) viṣṇusaṃkalparūpāṇāṃ ye cānye vaiṣṇavā bhuvi | iyam sā paramā śaktirahaṃteyaṃ hareḥ parā || 18-6 || vicitrānekaśabdārthatattatsaṃkalpakorakā | yugmāntairādibhiḥ ṣaḍbhirādyantasvaraṣaṭkayoḥ || 18-7 || aṅgakḷptiḥ samuddiṣṭā śaktyā melitayā svayā | sudarśanadaśākṣaramantroddhāraḥ manasābhyasya tāṃ śaktiṃ saṃtoṣāvadhi vaiṣṇavīm || 18-8 || samuddharenmahāmantraṃ saudarśanamananyadhīḥ | amṛtaṃ śaktihṛdbhūtamaprameyena varṇayet || 18-9 || divyaṃ tadantarātmānaṃ paramātmānamañjasā | yojayet prathamenaiva tatsthāṃ tṛptiṃ tu kevalām || 18-10 || kevalaṃ tatsthitaṃ somaṃ tatsthitaṃ ca smaret sudhīḥ | aśeṣabhuvanādhāraṃ tatsthamānandameva ca || 18-11 || kālapāvakamādāya duṣṭapāpendhanānalam | yojayed vyāpakenaiva nānāvidhavibhāvinā || 18-12 || saṃkṣepatastatprabhāvavarṇanam daśākṣarī mahāvidyā śaktiḥ saudarśanī tviyam | sthūlasūkṣmaparākārā viṣṇusaṃkalparūpiṇī || 18-13 || p. 165) tattadvicitrasaṃkalpasadasadbhāvabhāvinī | sarvabhāvānugā viṣṇo parā saudarśanī sthitiḥ || 18-14 || ākāśādipṛthivyantabhūtibhedānuyāyinī | sūkṣmā saudarśanī śaktiḥ kāraṇādivibhāginī || 18-15 || tattadduritadaityaughatamovidhvaṃsanātmikā | sthūlacakrasvarūpāḍhyā viṣṇoḥ sāṃkalpikī sthitiḥ || 18-16 || svaravyañjanakūṭasthaiḥ pūrṇeyaṃ caturakṣarī | nidānaṃ sarvasiddhīnāmapadaṃ lābhanāśayoḥ || 18-17 || kūṭe tryarṇamaye tvasyāḥ parataḥ prāyaśaḥ sthiteḥ | yābhyāṃ ṣaḍakṣarī saiṣā vidyā bhuvanakārikā || 18-18 || tredhā pañcamabījakathanam paramātmānamādāya yojayedudayena tu | pradhānaṃ saṃspṛśedbhūyaḥ paraṃ bījaṃ tu pañcamam || 18-19 || sūryamuddāmakālāḍhyaṃ sūkṣmaṃ tadbījamucyate | saprāṇaṃ bhuvanādhāraṃ rakṣoduritamardanam || 18-20 || sthūlaṃ tu pañcamaṃ bījaṃ saudarśanamanuttamam | tredhā ṣaṣṭhabījakathanam p. 166) yattat sāṃkarṣaṇaṃ ghoraṃ lāṅgalaṃ paramāyudham || 18- 21 || yojayedaprameyeṇa candrikākevalena ca | paraṃ tat paramaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ dīptiśāli sudarśane || 18-22 || sarvaśāstrārthakūṭasthamiti tejo'prameyakam | ṣaṣṭhe parā sthitirbīje seyaṃ nārada darśitā || 18-23 || tat phullanayanākāraṃ phullairyannayanairvṛtam | prathitaṃ prathamākrāntaṃ viśvāpyayakṛdujjvalam || 18-24 || sūkṣmaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ samuddiṣṭaṃ bījaṃ saudarśanaṃ param | yasmānnayati sanmārgaṃ chittvāghaṃ bāhyamāntaram || 18-25 || prathate ca muhurvṛddhyā viśvamāpyāyayatyapi | iyaṃ te madhyamāvasthā sūkṣmā ṣaṣṭhī pradarśitā || 18-26 || śvetākhyā vyāpakākrāntā āhlādena tu kevalam | ṣaṣṭhī sthūlā samuddiṣṭā vidhā nārada te mune || 18-27 || sthāṇuṃ chittvā yathā dagdhvā pūrvaṃ kedārakārakaḥ | phalaprāpaṇabījāni prathayitvā ca vāriṇā || 18-28 || āpyāyya śāntasaṃtāpo vyāpnuvan vividhaṃ phalam | āhlādaṃ labhate'tīva seyaṃ ṣaṣṭhī parā mune || 18-29 || p. 167) iti te darśitā śaśvacchaktiḥ sā ṣoḍaśākṣarī | sudarśanagāyatrī svaśaktyā tu samākrāntā gāyatrī seyamīritā || 18-30 || punaḥ śaktimantravaibhavaḥ eṣā saudarśanī śaktirbhavabījakṣayaṃkarī | japtārcitā hutā dhyātā tārayatyeva sādhakam || 18-31 || asyāḥ prātisvikaṃ bījaṃ caturthaṃ kūṭamuttamam | smṛtā prātisvikī śaktistṛptiḥ somāmṛtātmikā || 18-32 || śaktimantrasya prathamadvitīyākṣarābhyāṃ puruṣasūktaśrīsūktayorāvirbhāvaḥ akṣarādādimādasyāḥ sūktaṃ pauruṣamudgatam | dvitīyākṣarasaṃbhūtaṃ śrīsūktaṃ nāma yanmune || 18-33 || saṃkṣepato mantrārthavarṇanam sahayoryat smṛtaṃ jñānaṃ tat sahasrāramucyate | saho balaṃ samākhyātaṃ tat sravatyakhilena yat || 18-34 || tat sahasraṃ samākhyātamanantaṃ prāṇanaṃ ca tat | araṃ jñānaṃ samākhyātaṃ nityaśuddhaṃ nirañjanam || 18-35 || p. 168) jñānakriyātmikā śaktiriti saudarśanī kalā | saṃprāpyodayamuddāmaṃ bhuvanasya kṛte svayam || 18-36 || prāṇasūryātmikā bhūtvā paramātmasvarūpiṇī | nihatya duritaṃ śaśvadviśvamāpyāyayantyapi || 18-37 || śvetā prasannabhūyiṣṭhā svayamānandate muhuḥ | saṃhṛtairvigṛhītaiśca vākyairvarṇaiḥ padairapi || 18-38 || leśato'rthagatiḥ proktā vistṛtyā naiva śakyate | sudarśanasaptākṣarī praṇavena samākrāntā seyaṃ saptākṣarī smṛtā || 18-39 || sudarśanāṣṭākṣarī svaśaktyā ca samākrāntā seyamaṣṭākṣarī smṛtā | sudarśananavākṣarī śriyā sametā bhūyo'pi smṛtā saiṣā navākṣarī || 18-40 || athāṅgasiddhyarthāṅgamantraḥ athāsyā aṅgasiddhyarthamekamaṅgaṃ niśāmaya | candrāṃśumuddharet pūrvamaprameyeṇa bhūṣayet || 18-41 || p. 169) aśeṣabhuvanādhāraṃ paraprakṛtisaṃyutam | ānandena samākrāntaṃ dvitīyaṃ kūṭamuddharet || 18-42 || caturgatimathādāya hyaprameyeṇa bhūṣayet | tato'mṛtamupādāyāpyamṛtādhārabhūṣitam || 18-43 || ānandayojitaṃ paścāt paramātmānamuddharet | ānandapūritaḥ so'yaṃ mantraḥ sarvāṅgamantrarāṭ || 18-44 || aticañcaladīptāgniḥ phullatkamalasaṃnibhaḥ | sūryānalasahasrābha ādidevasamadyutiḥ || 18-45 || nityatṛptaśca mantrātmā sūkṣmāvastha udāhṛtaḥ | karālākāravarṇābhā sphuraccakrāyutānvitā || 18-46 || nihatya duritaṃ sarvaṃ prāṇena svena tejasā | somasūryātmikā bhūtvā gopāyati jagattrayam || 18-47 || iti sthūlā gatirdivyā cakramantrasya darśitā | idaṃ nānāvidhairbījairhṛdayādyaṅgasaṃtatau | yojayeccakramantraṃ tu yathā tanme niśāmaya || 18-48 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tatrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ mantroddhāro nāma aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 18 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1103 aṅgopāṅgamantroddhāro nāma ekonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || hṛdayamantraḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - yattajjñānamayaṃ divyaṃ guṇānāṃ prakṛtiḥ parā | pañcānāṃ tu balādīnāṃ nityaśuddhaṃ nirañjanam || 19-1 || tannāma hṛdayaṃ mantraṃ sa ṣāḍguṇyamayo yataḥ | tasya vācakamākāramuddharenmanasā sudhīḥ || 19-2 || jñānatvādaprameyaśca prathamo vyāpakaḥ smṛtaḥ | ānanda ādidevaśca gopanaśceti ṣaḍvidhāḥ || 19-3 || kramāt saṃhṛtya tajjñānaṃ sāṃkarṣaṇamanuttam | tattadviśeṣasaṃyogādviśeṣyastanmayaḥ sadā || 19-4 || ityābhāvasamāyogājjñānātmā mantrarāṭ svayam | hṛdayāya namaḥ paścādvyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet || 19-5 || śiromantraḥ p. 171) ramaṇīyā samiddhā ca yecchā devasya śāśvatī | sarvatrāpratighā divyā hyamṛtādhārabheditā || 19-6 || vīti bījena nirdiṣṭā taccaiśvaryaṃ mahaddhareḥ | aiśvaryaṃ ca śiraḥsthāne yattat sarvopari sthitam || 19-7 || avighātātmakaṃ yattadicchāyā rūpamuttamam | samiddhaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ tadamṛtasyāśrayaḥ paraḥ || 19-8 || vīti taddyotakaṃ bījaṃ tena saṃyojayecchiraḥ | tena saṃyojitaścakramantra aiśvaryabṛṃhitaḥ || 19-9 || icchāmindhāna evāsya mantriṇaḥ saṃprakāśate | tatastacchirase svāhā vyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet || 19-10 || śikhāmantraḥ amṛtā somarūpā ca yā sā tṛptimayī parā | jagatprakṛtirīśānā viṣṇuśaktiḥ parāvarā || 19-11 || tasyā yo bhuvanākāra uddāma udayo'malaḥ | su ityevaṃ samākhyātā śaktistenoditā satī || 19-12 || viśeṣayati rūpeṇa cakramantraṃ sanātanam | tayā sa bheditaḥ śaktyā śaktyātmā saṃprakāśate || 19-13 || yā sā kuṇḍalinī śaktirhṛdayasthā samīritā | p. 172) yogibhiryā śikhā tasyā divyā dīpākṛtiḥ parā || 19-14 || prasaratyūrdhvabhāge tu śikhāsthāne virājate | ataḥ śakteḥ śikhāsthāne nyāsastasyāstataḥ smṛtaḥ || 19-15 || śikhāyai vaṣaḍityevaṃ vyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet | kavacamantraḥ ūrjo nāma samuddiṣṭo balaṃ viṣṇoḥ svamūrjitam || 19-16 || prajñādhāraṇasāmarthyaṃ nityatṛptimayaṃ param | sarvakāryaiḥ samudyuktaḥ śramābhāve hi tṛpyati || 19-17 || aśeṣabhuvanādhārastadbalaṃ parigīyate | bale balaṃ dhāraṇeddhā bibharti sakalaṃ jagat || 19-18 || caturgatimayaṃ yattat prāṇānāṃ parigīyate | vyānāpānādikā sā ca proktā gaticatuṣṭayī || 19-19 || caturgatimayaḥ prāṇo balaṃ tat parigīyate | ajito bhagavān yena jayatyakhilamacyutaḥ || 19-20 || etairguṇaiḥ samāyuktaṃ balaṃ tadvaiṣṇavaṃ mahat | aprameyamanādyaṃ tat sūryaśabdena gīyate || 19-21 || balena bhedito mantro balātmā vyavatiṣṭhate | balaṃ cākhilagātreṣu mūrchitaṃ vipulaṃ mahat || 19-22 || aṃsayostadabhivyaktiratastatraiva vinyaset | p. 173) kavacāya humityeva vyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet || 19-23 || astramantraḥ mahattā nyūnatābhāvaḥ sa ca syādavikāritā | avyāhatasvasaṃkalpaḥ suśabdārtho nirūpitaḥ || 19-24 || cetanācetanaṃ viśvaṃ svasaṃkalpena bhāvayan | yaḥ syādavikṛtaḥ so'sya bhāvo mahāsudarśanaḥ || 19-25 || tadvīryaṃ tacca śāstroktaṃ yad duṣṭadamanātmakam | śāntidaṃ sarvapāpānāṃ śaṃkaraṃ jagatāmapi || 19-26 || vikāraviraho daityamardinaḥ paramātmanaḥ | mahāsudarśanetyevaṃ tadviryaṃ bahudhocyate || 19-27 || vīryeṇa bhedito mantro vīryātmā vyavatiṣṭhate | tasya hastatale sthāne tatastat tatra vinyaset || 19-28 || tato'strāya phaḍityevaṃ vyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet | netramantraḥ antarbodhasvarūpo yaḥ prākṛtadhvāntanāśanaḥ || 19-29 || sūryavat tapatastasya yā jvālāpyūrdhvagāminī | puruṣāṇāmaśeṣāṇāmaiśvaryānnirapekṣatā || 19-30 || amṛtādhārarūpatvamaniśaṃ janmaghātakam | p. 174) nairapekṣyeṇa yat tasya tat tejaḥ samudāhṛtam || 19-31 || jvālāśabdena tat tejo vaiṣṇavaṃ bahudheryate | tejasā bhedito mantrastejorūpo'vatiṣṭhate || 19-32 || tejaso nayanaṃ sthānamatastat tatra vinyaset | vauṣaṇnetratrayāyeti vyatyāsād vyaktaye paṭhet || 19-33 || iti ṣāḍguṇyarūpeyaṃ darśitā te'ṅgasaṃtatiḥ | upāṅgasaṃtatiścaiva nyasanīyā vipaścitā || 19-34 || upāṅgamantraḥ kukṣipṛṣṭhāṃsayugmorujānupādayugeṣu ca | śādyarṇān vyāpisaṃyuktān jñānādyairnamasā saha || 19-35 || vinyaset ṣaḍguṇātmaiva mantridehaḥ prajāyate | aprameyo gadadhvaṃsī panthāḥ svargāpavargayoḥ || 19-36 || icchāmayo hi yo bhāvo viṣṇusaṃkalpajṛmbhitaḥ | aśeṣaduritaploṣāt so'gnirityucyate budhaiḥ || 19-37 || agninā bhedito mantrastvagnyātmā vyavatiṣṭhate | prākāraṃ kalpayet tena paritaḥ pāvakākṛtim || 19-38 || agniprākāramadhyastho durnirīkṣo'bhijāyate | saṃsmaraṃścakragāyatrīṃ paritaścakramudrayā || 19-39 || ūrdhvādhastiryagākāraṃ mudrayedātmano bahiḥ | agniprākārataḥ pūrvaṃ cakramudrāthavā bhavet || 19-40 || cakragāyatrī hṛdayaṃ cātha cakrāya vidmahepadamādimam | mantranāthasya netrādipadaṃ sūkṣmo'tha dhīmahi || 19-41 || gāyatryā ādyanavame tataścaivānivāritaḥ | tataḥ samastarūpaṃ tu gāyatryā daśamaṃ padam || 19-42 || uditā cakragāyatrī saptaviṃśatikīrtitā | atha saudarśanāstrāṇāṃ mantrānetān nibodha me || 19-43 || cakrādyastramantrāḥ oṃ namo bhagavan viṣṇo sarveṣāmādimaṃ samam | cakramūrtidharetyevaṃ gadāmūrtidhareti ca || 19-44 || śārṅgamūrtidharetyevaṃ khaḍgamūrtidhareti ca | cakrādyastracatuṣkaṃ tu tataḥ senāpatepadam || 19-45 || sarvatra samamuccārya vadet prātisvikaṃ tataḥ | mantranātho bhaveccakre ṣaḍvarno'tha gadādiṣu || 19-46 || kaumodaki mahāśarṅga mahākhaḍgetyudīrayet | varmāstre ca tato yuñjyādeṣa maunavidhikramaḥ || 19-47 || imāścatasro gāyatryaścakrādīnāmudīritāḥ | śaṅkhādīnāṃ caturṇāṃ tu mantrānetānnibodha me || 19-48 || śaṅkhādimantrāḥ p. 176) oṃ namo bhagavan viṣṇo sarveṣāmāditaḥ samam | śaṅkhamūrtidharetyevaṃ halamūrtidhareti ca || 19-49 || musalamūrtidharetyevaṃ śūlamūrtidhareti ca | senāpatepadaṃ paścāt sarveṣāṃ tulyamuccaret || 19-50 || mahātha pāñcajanyāya svāhetyekādhiko manuḥ | mahāhalāya svāheti mantro'pyekādhikaḥ smṛtaḥ || 19-51 || mahā ca musalāyātha svāhetyabhyadhiko manuḥ | mahāśūlāya svāheti sa cāpyabhyadhiko manuḥ || 19-52 || imāścatasro gāyatryaḥ śaṅkhādīnāṃ pradarśitāḥ | daṇḍādīnāmathāṣṭānāmimān mantrān nibodha me || 19-53 || daṇḍādyastramantrāḥ oṃ namo bhagavan viṣṇo sarveṣāmāditaḥ samam | daṇḍamūrtidharetyevaṃ kuntamūrtidhareti ca || 19-54 || śaktimūrtidharetyevaṃ pāśamūrtidhareti ca | aṅkuśamūrtidharāya kuliśamūrtidhareti ca || 19-55 || paraśumūrtidharāyātha tataḥ śatamukheti ca | analamūrtidharetyevaṃ prātisvikapadakramaḥ || 19-56 || senāpatepadaṃ paścāt sarveṣā samamuccaret | p. 177) mahādaṇḍāyātha namo mantra evādhikaḥ smṛtaḥ || 19-57 || mahākuntāyātha namo mantro'pyeko'dhikaḥ smṛtaḥ | mahāśaktaye ca namo mantro'pyeko'dhikaḥ smṛtaḥ || 19-58 || mahāpāśāyātha namo mantro'pyeko'dhikaḥ smṛtaḥ | mahāṅkuśāya nama ityeṣo'pyadhika ucyate || 19-59 || mahā ca kuliśāyātha nama ityapi tādṛśaḥ | mahāparaśave cātha nama ityapi tādṛśaḥ || 19-60 || mahāśatamukhetyevamanalāya tato namaḥ | ayaṃ mantrastrayastriṃśadvarṇo vahnyayutaprabhaḥ || 19-61 || ityastrāṇāmime mantrā rūpataste nidarśitāḥ | atrānuktasya saṃhitāntarāt grahaṇam ādhārādyāsanākāro dvāraparyantapūjanam || 19-62 || mudrā ca vividhākārā yasya yasya ca yādṛśī | abhiṣekavidhiścaiva dīkṣāniyama eva ca || 19-63 || bhūtaśuddhividhiścaiva dhyānāni vividhāni ca | sarvaṃ jayāśrutaṃ kāryaṃ tattadvaiśeṣikaṃ vinā || 19-64 || amudrāṇāmihāstrāṇāṃ daṇḍādīnāṃ mahāmune | kāryā samanvitā divyā śaktimudrāstramudrayā || 19-65 || p. 78) iti te leśataḥ proktaḥ saudarśanavidhikramaḥ | grahaṇādiprakāro'yaṃ vakṣyate śṛṇu taṃ mune || 19-66 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām aṅgopāṅgamantroddhāro nāma ekonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 19 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1169 mantragrahaṇādidīkṣāvidhānaṃ nāma viṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || ācāryalakṣaṇam ahirbudhnyaḥ - vedavedāntatattvajño vidyāsthānavicakṣaṇaḥ | ūhāpohavidhānajño daivapitryakriyāparaḥ || 20-1 || avaktā cāpavādānāmakartā pāpakarmaṇām | amatsarī parotkarṣe paraduḥkhe ghṛṇāparaḥ || 20-2 || dayāvān sarvabhūteṣu hṛṣṭaḥ parasukhodaye | puṇyeṣu muditāyukta upekṣāvān kubuddhiṣu || 20-3 || tapaḥasaṃtoṣaśaucāḍhyo yogasvādhyāyatatparaḥ | pāñcarātravidhānajñastantrāntaravicakṣaṇaḥ || 20-4 || tantrāṇāmantarajñaśca mantrāṇāṃ kṛtyatattvavit | padavākyapramāṇajño hetuvādavicakṣaṇaḥ || 20-5 || p. 180) sāmānyasyāpavādasya vettā yantravicakṣaṇaḥ | kuṇḍamaṇḍalabhedajñaḥ kriyākāravicakṣaṇaḥ || 20-6 || adhyātmajñānakuśalaḥ śānto dānto jitendriyaḥ | sadanvavāyasaṃbhūta ācāryo nāma vaiṣṇavaḥ || 20-7 || śiṣyalakṣaṇam ācāryamāśrayecchiṣyaḥ śreyo'rthī susamāhitaḥ | vinayavrataśālī ca dvijātiḥ saṃskṛtaḥ śuciḥ || 20-8 || brahmacaryaparo dhīmān svadāranirato'thavā | acchalena yathāvat svakṛtākṛtanivedakaḥ || 20-9 || saṃsārāṅgāramadhyasthaḥ pacyamānaḥ svakarmabhiḥ | bhavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ prāpta upasanno'smyadhīhi bhoḥ || 20-10 || ityevaṃ pratipadyeta śiṣya ācāryasattamam | dīkṣākramaḥ ityevaṃ saṃprapannāya śiṣyāyācchalavādine || 20-11 || pratyakṣābhiḥ parokṣābhirupādhibhiranekadhā | śodhitāyaikarūpāya rahasyāmnāyagopine || 20-12 || aśaṭhāyānasūyāya lobhamohādyasevine | saṃvatsaraṃ parīkṣyaivaṃ paritaḥ parito dhiyā || 20-13 || p. 181) niṣkampāya vadedvidyāṃ yāvatī yādṛśī ca sā | aṅganyāsakaranyāsau mātṛkāmādito devīṃ vinyasedvapuṣi svake || 20-14 || aṅganyāsakaranyāsau mantravarṇaiḥ samācaret | mṛjet prakoṣṭhamekaikaṃ trirmantreṇa trirūpiṇā || 20-15 || evaṃ pāṇitaladvandvamaṅgulīṣvatha vinyaset | ubhābhyāṃ madhyamāgrābhyāmubhayasmiṃstaladvaye || 20-16 || tārakaṃ tārikāṃ lakṣmīṃ praṇavādyantagāṃ nyaset | praṇavādyantagaṃ somaṃ madhyame'ṅguṣṭhaparvaṇi || 20-17 || sabinduṃ vinyaset prāṇameva tarjaniparvaṇi | nyasedvarṇāṃstṛtīyādīnaṅgulyantaraparvasu || 20-18 || lāṅgalaṃ paramāstraṃ tu nyasedūrdhvāṅgulīṣvatha | ṛṣyādīnāṃ sthānabhedaḥ ṛṣiṃ śirasi vinyasyecchando vadanagocaram || 20-19 || nārāyaṇamanādyantaṃ devatāṃ hṛdaye smaret | parasūkṣmasthūlamantrāṇāmṛṣayaḥ parākārasya mantrasya paramātmā ṛṣiḥ smṛtaḥ || 20-20 || saṃkarṣaṇastu sūkṣmasya sthūlasyāhamṛṣiḥ smṛtaḥ | sudarśanamantrasyātharvaṇavedasāratamatvam p. 182) atharvāṅgiraso nāma pañca śākhā mahāmune || 20-21 || tāsu tvantarhito divyaḥ kṛtānto mantrarāṭ svayam | saṃkarṣaṇājñayā ahirbudhnyena taduddharaṇam mayā tretāyugādau tu taptvā varṣāyutaṃ tapaḥ || 20-22 || divyāt saṃkarṣaṇādeśāt parameṇa samādhinā | sarva ātharvaṇo vedo mathitastu śanaiḥ śanaiḥ || 20-23 || mathyamānāt tatastasmād dadhno ghṛtamivoddhṛtaḥ | mantro'yaṃ saparīvāraḥ sāṅgopāṅgaḥ sanātanaḥ || 20-24 || sthūlasya mantranāthasya tato māmṛṣimūcire | daivī brāhmī tathārṣī ca gāyatrī chanda ucyate || 20-25 || paraḥ sūkṣmastathā sthūlaḥ paramātmā ca devatā | dehe saṃhāranyāsakramaḥ vinyasedatha gātreṣu mantranāthaṃ sanātanam || 20-26 || parasūkṣmādibhāvena somārkānaladīdhitim | praṇavāditrayaṃ mūrdhni lalāṭe somameva ca || 20-27 || āsye sūryaṃ gale srāṃ ca hṛdi raṃ nābhigaṃ tu huṃ | mūlādhāre tu phaṭkāraṃ tārāditritayaṃ hṛdi || 20-28 || p. 183) nābhau samūlagaṃ haṃ ca pādayoḥ srāṃ ca raṃ hṛdi | huṃ vaktre phaṭ śirodeśe tataḥ sarvātmanā kriyā || 20-29 || aṅgopāṅganyāsaḥ hṛdayādīnyathāṅgāni sveṣu sthāneṣu vinyaset | upāṅgeṣu tathā nyāsaṃ māntrairvarṇaiḥ samācaret || 20-30 || dehasya tredhā vibhāvanam sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena dehaṃ vidyāt tatastridhā | aṅgapratyaṅgakośāḍhyaṃ pratyakṣaṃ sthūlamucyate || 20-31 || puryaṣṭakaṃ tu sūkṣmākhyaṃ paramāṇava ucyate | vahnyarkakoṭisaṃkāśajvālākolāhalākule || 20-32 || trividhe mantranāthe'smiṃstrividhaṃ bhāvayedvapuḥ | tejo divyaṃ mahacchubhraṃ manaḥsthaṃ hṛtsthamavyayam || 20-33 || nārāyaṇamayaṃ dhyāyedātmānaṃ jyotiṣāṃ patim | tatastaccakramadhyākṣasomasūryānalātmani || 20-34 || majjayitvā svamātmānaṃ nirvāsanamathoddharet | sṛṣṭinyāsaḥ tataḥ parādibhāvasthān mantranāthān sanātanān || 20-35 || p. 184) tenaiva kramayogena tanūstā visṛjet punaḥ | tāsu praveśya cātmānaṃ punarnyāsaṃ samācaret || 20-36 || hastadehādigo nyāso yāvat pūrvamudāhṛtaḥ | śiṣyāvekṣaṇam atha mantratanurdivyo mantrātmā mantrasārathiḥ || 20-37 || viṣṇusaṃkalpajaṃ rūpaṃ vahan saudarśanaṃ vapuḥ | netraiḥ śiṣyamavekṣeta vahnyarkendumayaiḥ kramāt || 20-38 || śiṣyasya saṃhāranyāsaḥ atha sthūlādibhāvena dahenmantreṇa taddhiyā | pūrvoktakramayogena śiṣyātmānaṃ parātmani || 20-39 || sṛṣṭinyāsaḥ nimajjayitvetyādyaṃ tu kramaṃ sarvaṃ samācaret | manasā śuṣkadagdhotthe śiṣyadehe tathā tathā || 20-40 || vinyaset kramayogena mantranyāsaṃ dhiyā tataḥ | mantropadeśaḥ atha tasyopadeṣṭavyaḥ sahāṅgo mantranāyakaḥ || 20-41 || sārthaḥ sapratipattiśca yo yo bhāvaḥ puroditaḥ | p. 185) evaṃ gṛhītamātre tu mantranāthe sanātane || 20-42 || utpadyate svayaṃ citte pratyayo devanirmitaḥ | śiṣyakṛtyam samyagitthaṃ gṛhītena mantreṇānena mantravit || 20-43 || kṛtārthaṃ manyamānaḥ svaṃ gurave'tha nivedayet | ātmānamatha cātmīyaṃ yat kiṃciduta vidyate || 20-44 || vinā pāpamaniṣṭaṃ ca sarvaṃ tasmai nivedayet | evaṃ nivedya manvīta kṛtārtho'hamiti svayam || 20-45 || evaṃdhiyo hyacchalena mantraḥ svena prakāśate | bhāvasya tāratamyena tattaddīkṣādisādhanam || 20-46 || dīkṣayā dīkṣayitvātha pātrayitvāthavā dhiyā | saṃskāreṇātharvaṇena yadvā saṃskṛtya mantrataḥ || 20-47 || mantro'yamupadeṣṭavyo guruṇā gurusevinaḥ | itthaṃ grahaṇasiddhena sādhanenātha vāgyataḥ || 20-48 || mantreṇānena siddhena kuryāllokahitaṃ sudhīḥ | kṣudrārthaṃ mantro na prayojyaḥ na jātu yasya kasyāpi kṣudrasyātmana eva vā || 20-49 || p. 186) laukike'rthe vidhiḥ kāryaḥ kṣudrakṛtyaṃ hi tat smṛtam | mantraprayogaviṣayāḥ trailokyasyātha rakṣāyai bhuvaścakrasya vā kṛte || 20-50 || rāṣṭrasya vātha rājño vā rājamātrasya vā kṛte | bhāvāyaiva vidhiḥ kāryo naivābhāvāya karhicit || 20-51 || puraścaraṇārthapradeśavidhiḥ parvatāgre nadītīre viṣṇorāyatane'pi vā | ṛṣīṇāmāśrame vāpi siddhānāmālaye'pi vā || 20-52 || gavāmāyatane vāpi vahnyāyatana eva vā | kṛcchrādibhiḥ śarīraśodhanam tribhiḥ kṛcchrairviśodhya svaṃ gāyatrīniyutena vā || 20-53 || tribhirvā brahmakūrcotthaiḥ snānaiḥ sāttvatacoditaiḥ | puraścaraṇāṅganiyamāḥ aharekaṃ harerbimbamāpādamavalokayet || 20-54 || tato bhaikṣahaviṣyāśī yāvakenota vartayet | payovrato haviṣyāśī yathā vā śaknuyānnaraḥ || 20-55 || mantrajapādisaṃkhyā p. 187) japellakṣāṇi ṣaṇmantrī juhuyāccāyutāni ṣaṭ | tāvacca tarpayet toyairbrāhmaṇānatha tarpayet || 20-56 || mantrasiddhiḥ acchalenetivṛttasya mantranāthaḥ prasīdati | tena lokasaṃrakṣā prasannenātha mantreṇa rakṣā lokānukampayā || 20-57 || rājārthitena vai kāryā nārthakārpaṇyataḥ kvacit | iti te darśitaḥ samyaṅ mantranāthasya vistaraḥ | mantrānadhikāriṇaḥ nādāntaiḥ śrāvaṇīyo'yaṃ naiva yādṛśatādṛśaiḥ || 20-58 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ mantragrahaṇādidīkṣāvidhānaṃ nāma viṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 20 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1227 jyotirmayarakṣānirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || rakṣāprakārapraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - namo nikhilagīrvāṇagaṇaśreyovidhāyine | namaste tripurārāte bhūyo gaurīguro namaḥ || 21-1 || atyadbhutamidaṃ divyaṃ vedānteṣvapi durlabham | śrutaṃ bhagavato vākyaṃ kṛtārtho'hamanena vai || 21-2 || bhūyo'haṃ śrotumicchāmi tvadvākyāmṛtamuttamam | kā rakṣā kīdṛśī caiva kāryā mantreṇa mantriṇā || 21-3 || rakṣāyā dvaividhyam ahirbudhnyaḥ - rakṣā tu dvividhā māntrī mantranityena dhīmatā | kāryā jyotirmayī pūrvaṃ paścāt tatra ca vāṅmayī || 21-4 || akṣakalpanam yat tad divyaṃ mahajjyotirakṣaraṃ brahma śāśvatam | p. 189) sūryasya yaḥ paraḥ sūryaścandraścandrasya yaḥ paraḥ || 21-5 || agneragniḥ paro dīptestejastattejasāmapi | nityatṛptaṃ sadānandamudayāstamayojjhitam || 21-6 || tadakṣaṃ kalpayed divyamatha nābhiṃ smared budhaḥ | nābhikalpanam taddharmadharmiṇīṃ śaktiṃ brahmaṇo'napagāminīm || 21-7 || anākārāmanaupamyāṃ lakṣayantīṃ sadā jagat | śakteḥ śrīśabdavācyatvaṃ tannirvacanaṃ ca śrayantīṃ śrīyamāṇāṃ ca śṛṇantīṃ śṛṇvatīmapi || 21-8 || mahānandāṃ mahābhāsāṃ nirvikārāṃ nireṣaṇām | śriyaḥ ṣāḍguṇyapūrṇatā jñānaśaktibalaiśvaryavīryatejaḥprabhāvatīm || 21-9 || anantānantarūpāṃ tāmabhedyāṃ sarvabhedinīm | nandāṃ bhadrāṃ jayāṃ pūrṇāṃ riktāṃ caivāmṛtāṃ harām || 21-10 || trirūpāmatrirūpāṃ ca sarvapratyakṣasaṃmatām | niṣedhairaniṣedhyāṃ tāmavidheyāṃ vidhikramaiḥ || 21-11 || avācyāṃ vācikāṃ nityāṃ gaurīṃ lakṣmīṃ sarasvatīm | arakalpanam arāṇi pañca kṛtyāni śaktestasyāḥ prakalpayet || 21-12 || p. 190) tirobhāvaṃ sṛjiṃ caiva sthitiṃ saṃhṛtyanugrahau | nemikalpanam vyūhaṃ vyūhāntaraṃ caiva nemibhāvaṃ prakalpayet || 21-13 || saccidānandasaṃdohamaspandaspandalakṣaṇam | sarvakriyāspadaṃ śuddhamakriyāspadasevitam || 21-14 || udayāstamayasthaṃ tadudayāstamayojjhitam | avasthāvidhuraṃ nityaṃ śaśvaccaturavasthitam || 21-15 || apadaṃ cākramaṃ caiva kramāsthitacatuṣpadam | anāyudhamasaṃrambhaṃ sarvāyudhasamanvitam || 21-16 || śāstraśāstrārthatadbhedaṃ phalakḷptivicakṣaṇam | candrārkāgnisahasraughakoṭikoṭyarbudopamaiḥ || 21-17 || svabhāsāṃ nicayairdhvastasamastaduritodayam | vibhaveśādīnāṃ nemibāhyasthānakalpanam nemibāhyasthitān jvālān vibhaveśānanusmaret || 21-18 || candrārkāgnisahasrābhān saṃvidānandalakṣaṇān | sarvākārān nirākārān sarvābhīṣṭaphalapradān || 21-19 || kāntijvālākulālīḍharakṣodaityendradānavān | dhūmrāṃ jvālākulotthāṃ ca sṛṣṭiṃ śuddhetarāṃ smaret || 21-20 || trailokyaṃ dharaṇīṃ cakraṃ maṇḍalaṃ vā tadīśvaram | p. 191) akṣasthaṃ kalpayet tasya yadīcchedrakṣituṃ dhiyā || 21-21 || evaṃ dhyāyina ānuṣaṅgikaṃ phalam itthaṃ vicintayed yatra mantrī mantrārthatatparaḥ | tatra naśyati pāpmāna ādhayo vyādhayo'pi vā || 21-22 || ītayo'rātayaścaiva na kleśā dadhate padam | rājā vijayate nityaṃ śaśvat snihyanti mantriṇaḥ || 21-23 || nityaṃ mādyanti mitrāṇi sukhyanti suhṛdastathā | badhnanti bāndhavāḥ prītiṃ santaḥ santi ca saṃtatam || 21-24 || poṣyāḥ puṣyanti cārthānāṃ śrayanti śriya eva ca | ṛdhnuvanti prajā nityaṃ prasīdantyaḥ parasparam || 21-25 || kāmairdhamān nibandhnanti dharmairarthānanekaśaḥ | arthaiḥ kāmān nibadhnanti tathā dharmānaśeṣataḥ || 21-26 || dharmairarthān nibadhnanti tathā kāmānaśeṣataḥ | dharmārthābhyāṃ tathā kāmaṃ kāmārthābhyāṃ tathetaram || 21- 27 || arthaṃ ca dharmakāmābhyāṃ saṃcinvanti sadā narāḥ | mukhyaphalakathanam sarve svadharmaniratāstathā kalyāṇabhāginaḥ || 21-28 || saṃprāpya bhagavajjñānaṃ prāpnuvanti paraṃ padam | p. 192) adhyāyārthanigamanam iti jyotirmayī rakṣā leśataste nidarśitā | rakṣāṃ tu vāṅmayīṃ proktāṃ gṛṇato me niśāmaya || 21-29 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jyotirmayarakṣānirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 21 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1256 mantramayarakṣānirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || tatrādau caturarabrahmacakram ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇu mantramayīṃ rakṣāṃ vāṅmayī yā nigadyate | yasmin viśvamidaṃ protaṃ sadevāsuramānuṣam || 22-1 || mantranāthaḥ purā yo hi ṣaḍvarṇaḥ samudāhṛtaḥ | kāmadhuk sādhakendrāṇāmacintyāścaryabṛṃhitaḥ || 22-2 || taṃ tāraśaktiśrībījairgrathitaṃ kalpayenmanum | tāreṇa veṣṭayet tristaṃ tathā śaktyā tathā śriyā || 22-3 || vilikhet parito bhūyaḥ sahagrathitamātṛkam | parito vilikhed bāhye sādhyanāma vidarbhitam || 22-4 || mantreśvaraṃ bahirbhūyastāraśaktiśriyo likhet | akṣakḷptiriyaṃ divyā devairapi sudurlabhā || 22-5 || p. 193) srākāraṃ kalpayennābhiṃ śaktiśrīkāralolitam | srākāragrathitenaiva mantranāthena veṣṭayet || 22-6 || śaktiśrītāragrathitāṃ mātṛkāṃ bahirālikhet | aprameyaṃ tatastāraṃ prathamaṃ śaktimapyataḥ || 22-7 || vyāpakaṃ ca śriyaṃ ceti kramāt pūrvamaraṃ likhet | aprameyeṇa grathitaṃ pārśvayormantramālikhet || 22-8 || uddāmādikrameṇaiva dakṣiṇaṃ cāramālikhet | prāsādādikrameṇaiva praścimaṃ cāramālikhet || 22-9 || vyomeśādikrameṇaivamuttaraṃ cāramālikhet | iyaṃ caturarī divyā surairapi supūjitā || 22-10 || ādyantayorarāṇāṃ ca rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ likhet | kālānalasamajyotirbhavedaracatuṣṭayam || 22-11 || paritaḥ kalpayennemiṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ tu ṣaḍakṣaram | śaktitāraramābījairgrathitaṃ varmaveṣṭitam || 22-12 || śaktitāraramāścaiva paritastristrirālikhet | phaṭkāraśaktitāraśrīgrathitāṃ mātṛkāṃ punaḥ || 22-13 || pradhibhūmau likheccakrametaccaturaraṃ smṛtam | ṣaḍaraviṣṇucakram tārakātmakametattu cakramakṣaṃ prakalpayet || 22-14 || p. 195) tāraśaktiramābījairgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam | parito vilikheccakraṃ pūrvamakṣīkṛtaṃ hi yat || 22-15 || nāmavarṇān likhed bāhye tārāditrayadarbhitān | vaiṣṇavena ṣaḍarṇena grathitaṃ mantranāyakam || 22-16 || parito vilikhed bāhye tadbahiḥ sahadarbhitām | mātṛkāṃ vilikhet sarvamidamakṣaṃ vicintayet || 22-17 || vaiṣṇavena ṣaḍarṇena śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ | grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākārāṃ paramādbhutam || 22-18 || srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet | rephaṃ ca praṇavaṃ rephaṃ praṇavaṃ śaktimeva ca || 22-19 || rephaṃ ca praṇavaṃ paścācchriyaṃ paścānmahāmune | rephaṃ ceti likhet pūrvamaraṃ kālānaladyutim || 22-20 || praṇavālolitaṃ mantramāgneyamaramālikhet | rephaṃ viṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ viṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22-21 || viṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ cāramālikhet | rephaṃ ṣṇaṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ ṣṇaṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22-22 || ṣṇaṃ [śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ nair-ṛtaṃ cāpyaraṃ likhet | rephaṃ veṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ veṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22-23 || veṃ śriyaṃ] rephamityevaṃ vāruṇaṃ cāpyaraṃ likhet | p. 196) rephaṃ naṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ naṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22- 24 || naṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ vāyavyaṃ cāramālikhet | rephaṃ moṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ moṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22-25 || moṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevamaiśānaṃ cāpyaraṃ likhet | tattadakṣarasaṃdiṣṭaṃ mantraṃ tatpārśvayorlikhet || 22-26 || daśākṣarāṇyarāṇi syuḥ pratyekaṃ ṣaḍimāni tu | iyaṃ hi ṣaḍarī divyā devairapi supūjitā || 22-27 || parito vilikhennemiṃ mantramaṣṭākṣaraṃ budhaḥ | haṃkāraṃ vilikhennemiṃ śaktiśrītāralolitam || 22-28 || śaktitāraramāstristrirālikhet parito bahiḥ | phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet || 22-29 || etattu ṣaḍaraṃ cakraṃ ṣaḍviṃśārṇavinirmitam | aṣṭāranārāyaṇacakram ṣaḍaraṃ kalpayeccakramakṣametanmahādyuti || 22-30 || aṣṭākṣareṇa mantreṇa cakramaṣṭāramālikhet | mahābalaṃ mahābhīmaṃ kālānalasamadyuti || 22-31 || vidhānamasya cakrasya yathāvadavadhāraya | vilikhet parito mantraṃ tārāditrayalolitam || 22-32 || p. 197) nāmavarṇān likhedbāhye tārāditrayalolitān | aṣṭākṣareṇa mantreṇa grathitaṃ mantranāyakam || 22-33 || parito vilikhed bāhye tadbahiḥ sahadarbhitām | mātṛkāṃ vilikhet sarvamidamakṣaṃ vicintayet || 22-34 || aṣṭākṣareṇa mantreṇa śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ | grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 22-35 || srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet | eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā bahiraṣṭākṣaraṃ likhet || 22-36 || rephaṃ ca praṇavaṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ tāraṃ ca tārikām | rephaṃ tāraṃ śriyaṃ caiva raṃ ceti prāgaraṃ likhet || 22-37 || rephaṃ naṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ naṃ śaktiṃ rephanau tathā | śriyaṃ rephamiti prājño'pyāgneyaṃ kalpayedaram || 22-38 || rephaṃ moṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ moṃ śaktiṃ rephamoṃdvayam | śriyaṃ rephaṃ ca matimānaraṃ yāmyaṃ kramāllikhet || 22-39 || rephaṃ nāṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ nāṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca | nāṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ nair-ṛtaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-40 || rephaṃ rāṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ rāṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca | rāṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ vāruṇaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-41 || rephaṃ yaṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ yaṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca | yaṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ vāyavyaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-42 || p. 198) rephaṃ ṇāṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ ṇāṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca | ṇāṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ kauberaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-43 || rephaṃ yaṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ yaṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca | yaṃ śriyam rephamityevamaiśānaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-44 || tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ | aṣṭārīyaṃ mahāpuṇyā surāsuranamaskṛtā || 22-45 || paritaḥ kalpayennemiṃ dvādaśākṣaramadbhutam | tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet || 22-46 || śaktitāraramāstristriḥ parito bahirālikhet | phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet || 22-47 || nārāyaṇaṃ mahācakrametannārāyaṇeritam | akṣaṃ kṛtvā cakrametad dvādaśāraṃ bahirlikhet | vāsudevaṃ mahācakraṃ vidhiṃ tasya niśāmaya || 22-48 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ mantramayarakṣānirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 22 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1304 vāsudevādiyantranirūpaṇaṃ nāma trayoviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || dvādaśāracakram ahirbudhnyaḥ - dvādaśārasya cakrasya kramo'yaṃ parigīyate | pāpmāno vipradūyante yasya smaraṇamātrataḥ || 23-1 || nārāyaṇāhvayaṃ cakraṃ yat pūrvaṃ samudīritam | tadakṣaṃ kalpayenmantrī vakṣyamāṇavidhānataḥ || 23-2 || tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam | parito vilikhed bāhye cakrānnārāyaṇāhvayāt || 23-3 || nāmavarṇān likhed bāhye tārāditrayalolitān | dvādaśākṣaramantreṇa grathitaṃ mantranāyakam || 23-4 || parito vilikhed bāhye tadbahiḥ sahadarbhitām | mātṛkāṃ vilikhet sarvametadakṣaṃ vicintayet || 23-5 || p. 200) dvādaśākṣaramantreṇa śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ | grathitāṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 23-6 || srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet | eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā dvādaśārāṇyatho likhet || 23-7 || dikṣu dve dve are likhyādvidikṣvekaikamapyuta | rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārike || 23-8 || rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā | arāṇi dvādaśaivaṃ ca dvādaśākṣaravidyayā || 23-9 || prāgādīśānaparyantaṃ kalpayenmantravittamaḥ | tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ || 23-10 || dvādaśārī mahāvidyā seyaṃ sarveśvarapriyā | paritaḥ kalpayennemiṃ jitaṃtākhyamahāmanum || 23-11 || tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet | śaktitāraramāstristrirālikhet parito bahiḥ || 23-12 || phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet | vāsudevāhvayaṃ cakrametad devairabhiṣṭutam || 23-13 || asya cakrasya māhātmayaṃ vaktuṃ śakyaṃ na mādṛśaiḥ | ajitākhyadvātriṃśadaracakram akṣaṃ kṛtvā cakrametad dvātriṃśadaramālikhet || 23-14 || p. 201) ajitākhyamidaṃ cakraṃ surāsuranamaskṛtam | asya cakrasya vidhivad vidhānamupadiśyate || 23-15 || vāsudevāhvayaṃ cakramasyākṣaṃ parikalpayet | yathā tathā vidhānena vidhānaṃ śṛṇu sāṃpratam || 23-16 || tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam | parito vilikhenmantrī vāsudevāhvayād bahiḥ || 23-17 || tārādigrathitān sādhyanāmavarṇān likhedbahiḥ | jitaṃtāgrathitaṃ mantraṃ parito bahirālikhet || 23-18 || mātṛkāṃ vilikhed bāhye sahadvandvavidarbhitām | vidyādajitacakrasya samyagakṣamidaṃ budhaḥ || 23-19 || jitaṃtākhyena mantreṇa śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ | grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 23-20 || srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet | eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā puṇḍarīkākṣasaṃmatā || 23-21 || dvātriṃśatamarāṇyasya parito nābhimālikhet | dikṣu catvāri catvāri likhedaṣṭasu vai kramāt || 23-22 || rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārike | rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā || 23-23 || dvātriṃśatamarāṇyevaṃ likhet samyagjitaṃtayā | p. 202) tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ || 23-24 || sā dvātriṃśadarī divyā devadevajayapradā | paritaḥ kalpayennemiṃ nṛsiṃhānuṣṭubhaṃ parām || 23-25 || tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet | śaktitāraramāstristriḥ parito bahirālikhet || 23-26 || phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet | ajitākhyamidaṃ cakraṃ puṇḍarīkākṣasaṃmatam || 23-27 || yenādya puṇḍarīkākṣo daityān vijayate'khilān | etadatyadbhutaṃ cakraṃ kathyate vaiṣṇavaṃ yaśaḥ || 23-28 || nityayukto'tra sanmantrī jagadvijayate'khilam | nārasiṃhadvātriṃśadaracakram akṣīkṛtyaitaccakraṃ tu cakramanyat pravartate || 23-29 || mahāviṣṇumayaṃ ghoraṃ bhadraṃ mṛtyuvimardanam | vidhānaṃ śṛṇu tasyedaṃ kathyamānaṃ mayānagha || 23-30 || tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam | ajitākhyānmahācakrāt parito bahirālikhet || 23-31 || tārādigrathitān sādhyanāmavarṇān bahirlikhet | ugravīrādimantreṇa grathitaṃ mantranāyakam || 23-32 || parito vilikhed bāhye sahagrathitamātṛkam | p. 203) mahāviṣṇumayaṃ hyetadakṣaṃ cakrasya śobhanam || 23-33 || ugravīrādimantreṇa śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ | grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 23-34 || srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet | eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā mahāviṣṇumayī parā || 23-35 || dvātriṃśatamarāṇyasya parito nābhimālikhet | dikṣu catvāri catvāri likhedaṣṭasu vai kramāt || 23-36 || rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārake | rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā || 23-37 || dvātriṃśatamarāṇyevaṃ nṛsiṃhānuṣṭubhā likhet | tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ || 23-38 || sā dvātriṃśadarī vidyā duṣṭadaityanibarhaṇī | asya cakrasya nemiṃ tu trīṇi chandāṃsi kalpayet || 23-39 || gāyatrīṃ triṣṭubhaṃ caiva tathānuṣṭubhameva ca | tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet || 23-40 || śaktitāraramāstristriḥ parito bahirālikhet | phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet || 23-41 || etadatyadbhutaṃ ghoraṃ duṣṭadānavasūdanam | nārasiṃhaṃ mahācakraṃ mṛtyuṃjayamiti śrutam || 23-42 || p. 204) pretāpasmārakuśmāṇḍadaityadānavarākṣasāḥ | ḍākinyo bhūtayoginyo yāścānyāḥ krūrajātayaḥ || 23-43 || smaraṇādasya cakrasya vinaśyantyeva sarvadā | śatārajyotiścakram akṣīkṛtyaitaccakraṃ tu jyotiścakraṃ pravartate || 23-44 || jyotīṃṣi trīṇi cchandāṃsi gāyatryādīnyasaṃśayam | vidhijñaistasya cakrasya vidhānaṃ vihitaṃ śṛṇu || 23-45 || yadetat prathitaṃ jyotirdivi pratyakṣamuttamam | eṣā taditi gāyatrī vedānāṃ jananī parā || 23-46 || yadetadagnihotrasthaṃ jyotirvahati vai hutam | jātavedasa ityeṣā triṣṭubagnimayī tanuḥ || 23-47 || rasaiḥ puṣṇāti yadviśvaṃ jyotirnayananandanam | tat triyambakamityeṣānuṣṭubindumayī tanuḥ || 23-48 || jyotirbhirdhāryate viśvaṃ bodhatāpanaharṣaṇaiḥ | viruddhopakramairviśvaṃ bhoktṛbhogyamayātmabhiḥ || 23-49 || yat pūrvamuditaṃ cakraṃ mahāviṣṇumayaṃ mahat | tadakṣaṃ kalpayenmantrī tribhirjyotirbhiruttamaiḥ || 23-50 || chandobhiḥ kalpayedakṣaṃ tārādigrathitaṃ purā | mahāviṣṇumayād bāhye vilikhenmantranāyakam || 23-51 || p. 205) tārādigrathitāṃścāpi sādhyavarṇān likhed bahiḥ | chandobhirgrathitaṃ mantraṃ mantrī tadbahirālikhet || 23-52 || mātṛkāṃ vilikhed bāhye sahadvayavidarbhitām | etadakṣaṃ samuddiṣṭaṃ jyotiścakrasya nārada || 23-53 || tribhistadādyaiśchandobhiḥ śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ | grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 23-54 || srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ bahirālikhet | eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā vedavedāntapūjitā || 23-55 || arāṇi śatamasya syurvidhānaṃ tasya me śṛṇu | vāyuto vahniparyantaṃ rakṣasaḥ śarvagocaram || 23-56 || sūtradvayaṃ pātayitvā caturdhā pravibhajya tu | arāṇi pañca pañcaiva kṣetramekaikamālikhet || 23-57 || arāṇi śatamevaṃ syurvidhānaṃ tasya me śṛṇu | gāyatryādīni yāni syustatra cchandastrayaṃ likhet || 23-58 || rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārake | rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā || 23-59 || vilikhedaragāyatrīṃ gāyatryādau samāhitaḥ | arāṇāṃ triṣṭubhaṃ caiva triṣṭubhaiva samālikhet || 23-60 || anuṣṭubhamarāṇāṃ cānuṣṭubhaiva samālikhet | p. 206) prāgādikramayogena yāvadīśānagocaram || 23-61 || tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ | śatārīyaṃ mahāpuṇyā sā brahmāstramayī parā || 23-62 || pādaiḥ padairakṣaraiśca tridhaiva pratilomayā | brahmadaṇḍabrahmaśirobrahmāstramayatejasā || 23-63 || āntaraṃ nemi bhāgaṃ tu gāyatryā kalpayet sudhīḥ | āgneyāstrasvarūpiṇyā triṣṭubhā pratilomayā || 23-64 || madhyamaṃ nemibhāgaṃ tu kalpayenmantravittamaḥ | anuṣṭubhā tṛtīyaṃ tu nemibhāgaṃ prakalpayet || 23-65 || traiyambakāstrarūpiṇyā varṇaśaḥ pratilomayā | vilikhet pratilomāstā mantreṇa grathitāḥ sudhīḥ || 23-66 || tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet | śaktitāraramāstristriḥ parito bahirālikhet || 23-67 || phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet | triṣu lokeṣu vikhyātaṃ trijyotiścakramuttamam || 23-68 || nānāstragrāmasaṃbhinnaṃ brahmajyotiranāmayam | brahmacakram asmāccakrād bahiḥ pañca hotāraḥ sagrahāḥ smṛtāḥ || 23-69 || saṃbhārāḥ patnayaścaiva dakṣiṇā hṛdayāni ca | p. 207) tadbahiḥ śatarudrāṇi pañca brahmāṇi tadbahiḥ || 23-70 || tvaritāṃ tadbahiścaiva sūktaṃ pauruṣameva ca | śrīsūktaṃ tadbahiścaiva gāyatrīṃ vyāhṛtitrayam || 23-71 || praṇavaṃ ceti paritaḥ paṅktīretāḥ kramāllikhet | etad brahmamayaṃ cakraṃ sarvacchandovinirmitam || 23-72 || sarvaduḥkhopaśamanaṃ sarvapāpanibarhaṇam | smṛtimātreṇa sarveṣāmabhīṣṭārthapradaṃ sadā || 23-73 || sahasrāramātṛkācakram bahiḥ pravartate cāsmānmātṛkācakramuttamam | somasūryaurvabindūnāṃ kūṭaṃ tu parito likhet || 23-74 || tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam | tadbahirvilikhenmantrī tārādigrathitān punaḥ || 23-75 || nāmavarṇān likhed bāhye tadbahirmantramiśritān | mātṛkāṃ vilikhed bāhye sahagrathitamātṛkām || 23-76 || etadakṣaṃ samuddiṣṭaṃ mātṛkācakrasaṃbhavam | tāratārānutārābhirvarṇamātṛkayāpi ca || 23-77 || grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam | srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ bahirālikhet || 23-78 || p. 208) eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā śabdabrahmamayī parā | arāṇyasya sahasraṃ syustadvidhānamidaṃ śṛṇu || 23-79 || pūrvādiṣu vibhakteṣu sūtraiḥ kṣetreṣu pūrvavat | pañca pañcāśataṃ kuryādarāṇi pratibhāgaśaḥ || 23-80 || pañcāśadbhistu viṃśatyā sahasrāraṃ bhavet talam | tāratārānutārābhirvāgbhavādyaistribhistathā || 23-81 || caturbhirmātṛkābījairādyairaurvāntimaiḥ svaraiḥ | ādidvisaptasaṃbhinnaiḥ kādyaiḥ kṣāntaiśca varṇakaiḥ || 23-82 || trailokyaiśvaryadopetaiḥ śataiḥ pañcabhirakṣaraiḥ | tāvadbhiścaiva sṛṣṭyantaiḥ sahasreṇeti saṃhataiḥ || 23-83 || arāṇi kalpayedevaṃ sahasraṃ tadvidhiṃ śṛṇu | rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārake || 23-84 || rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā | prāgādikramayogena likhedarasahasrakam || 23-85 || sahasrārīyamuddiṣṭā śabdabrahmamayī parā | aiśvaryaṃ bindusaṃyuktaṃ vāgbhavaṃ saṃpracakṣate || 23-86 || karālavibudhākhyasthā māyā vyāpisamanvitā | kāmarājamayaṃ bījaṃ somaurvavyāpisaṃyutā || 23-87 || p. 209) bījaṃ sārasvatamidaṃ vāgbhavādyā ime trayaḥ | kālānalasthakamalabhāskarānilagāminī || 23-88 || māyā vyāpisamāyuktā mātṛkābījamādimam | aśeṣabhuvanādhārasūryānalavihāriṇī || 23-89 || pañcabindurvyāpiyutā dvitīyaṃ bījamucyate | somānalasthasūkṣmasthānandavyāpisamanvayaḥ || 23-90 || tṛtīyaṃ bījamuddiṣṭaṃ caturthamapi me śṛṇu | somatālāṅkasūkṣmasthakālapāvakagopanā || 23-91 || kūṭīkṛtā vyāpiyutā caturthaṃ bījamuttamam | bījānīmāni catvāri mātṛkāyāṃ mahāmune || 23-92 || tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cobhayapārśvayoḥ | arāṇāṃ vilikhenmantrī sahasrāravidhikrame || 23-93 || mantrārṇagrathitāṃ mantrī mātṛkāṃ pratilomikām | vilikhet parito mantrī tārādigrathitaṃ ca hum || 23-94 || bahirlikhecchaktitāraramāstristrirvicakṣaṇaḥ | phaṭkāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet || 23-95 || etat tanmātṛkācakraṃ yatra sarvaṃ pratiṣṭhitam | p. 210) yadbījaṃ mātṛkākṣādyaṃ tadbahiḥ pradhimālikhet || 23-96 || tataścintāmaṇiṃ bāhye tadbahiśca likhet parām | parāvarāṃ tadbahiśca tadbahiḥ śriyamālikhet || 23-97 || tadbahistārikāṃ caiva tadbahistārakaṃ param | tadbahiścāṅkuśāṃstristriḥ pāśāṃstristriśca tadbahiḥ || 23-98 || ācakrādīni cāṅgāni tadbahiḥ parito likhet | tadbahiścāpi digbandhaṃ tasya rūpamidaṃ śṛṇu || 23-99 || puruṣāya tataḥ svāhā diṅnāmāmarṣaṇaṃ tataḥ | saheti ca tataḥ paścādbandhayāmīti diggatam || 23-100 || ātmane ca tataḥ svāhā vidiṅnāmāpyamarṣaṇam | saheti ca tataḥ paścādbandhayāmi vidiggatam || 23-101 || vilikheccakragāyatrīmagniprākāramantataḥ | ākāśamaṇḍalaṃ bāhye tadbījena samanvitam || 23-102 || vāyubījaṃ tu tadbāhye svabījena samanvitam | vahnibījaṃ tu tadbāhye svabījena samanvitam || 23-103 || āpyaṃ tu maṇḍalaṃ bāhye svabījena samanvitam | tadbāhye pārthivaṃ bimbaṃ svabījena samanvitam || 23-104 || prāṇaḥ sūkṣmo'nalaścaiva vāruṇaḥ puruṣeśvaraḥ | p. 211) savyāpinaḥ kramādetad vyomāderbījapañcakam || 23-105 || analaḥ kamalaścaiva bhāskaro mardanastathā | analaḥ sūkṣma aurvaścāpyūrjaḥ piṇḍīkṛtā ime || 23-106 || savyāpinaḥ smrtaṃ bījaṃ cintāmaṇiridaṃ param | parā nāma mahāvidyā somasthaurvasthasṛṣṭikā || 23-107 || savyāpī somago viṣṇuriyaṃ proktā parāvarā | saudarśanena kūṭena pṛthivīṃ pariveṣṭayet || 23-108 || yoniṃ sudarśanasyātha veṣṭayet tārayā bahiḥ | somaḥ sūryastataḥ somaḥ kālapāvakayordvayam || 23-109 || saudarśanamidaṃ kūṭaṃ niracāṃ pañcakaṃ halām | etat saudarśanaṃ rūpaṃ kālānalasamadyuti || 23-110 || śamayet kūṭametadvai tārayāmṛtarūpayā | agnīṣomātmakaṃ cakrametatte darśitaṃ mune | vaiṣṇavaṃ paramaṃ tejo dhyāhi cakramidaṃ sadā || 23-111 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ vāsudevādiyantranirūpaṇaṃ nāma trayoviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 23 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1415 yantradevatādhyānanirūpaṇaṃ nāma caturviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || uktānāmaṣṭānāṃ cakrāṇāṃ saṃkṣepeṇa phalakathanam ahirbudhnyaḥ - somasūryadahanaprabhojjvalaṃ cakrametaduditaṃ mahāmune | vāṅmayaṃ sakalamantrasaṃmitaṃ śabdaśabdyamakhilaṃ yadudgatam || 24-1 || brahmacakramuditaṃ yadāntaraṃ kevalaṃ vimaladhīpradaṃ mune | viṣṇucakramuditaṃ yadadbhutaṃ vyāptikāntimativikramapradam || 24-2 || yat tṛtīyamuditaṃ mahādbhutaṃ cakramujjvalayaśo'rthadaṃ tu tat | yattu cakramuditaṃ turīyakaṃ mokṣadaṃ munigaṇoditaṃ mune || 24-3 || p. 213) pañcamaṃ vijayadāyi kīrtidaṃ ṣaṣṭhamugragadamṛtyunāśanam | brahmavarcasavidhāyi saptamaṃ saṃpadarthavijayārthamaṣṭamam || 24-4 || vistareṇa tanmahimavarṇanasyāśaktyatvam ekaikaśo'lpaśa idaṃ gaditaṃ phalaṃ te cakrāṣṭake sakalayogimunīndravandye | varṣāyutairbahubhirapyakhilātmakasya śakyā na vistṛtiramuṣya mayābhidhātum || 24-5 || mantrākṣaraprathitabhāvavibhedapūrvaṃ mantrī yajeta vidhivanmanudevatāstāḥ | ākāraśaktiparivāravibhūṣaṇāstra- vīryaprabhāvaviṣayaiśca vicintayet tāḥ || 24-6 || tattaccakradevatāsvarūpataddhyānādiprapañcanam ādyaṃ nirañjanamaśeṣajagatprasūti- trāṇapramāthaniyamodyadanugrahastham | saṃpūrṇaśaktimataraṅgamahārṇavābhaṃ dhyāyeddhariṃ praṇavagocaramādicakre || 24-7 || p. 214) śvetaṃ prasannavadanaṃ kamalāyatākṣaṃ pītāmbaraṃ pṛthulavakṣasamātmayonim | pīnorudīrghabhujabṛndadhṛtāriśaṅkha- kaumodakīsarasijaṃ khalu viṣṇucakre || 24-8 || śyāmaṃ kirīṭinamudāracaturbhujastha- kaumodakīkamalavārijavaryacakram | nārāyaṇaṃ nayananandanamādidevaṃ dhyāyecchriyā saha tṛtīyapadasthacakre || 24-9 || kundendugauramaravindadalāyatākṣaṃ śuddhākṣamālamamalodyatabodhamudram | bāhudvayīvidhṛtacakraviśuddhaśaṅkhaṃ taṃ vāsudevamiti cintaya turyacakre || 24-10 || śaṅkhāripaṅkajagadāṅkuśapāśaśārṅga- saunandakān dadhatamaṣṭabhirugrahastaiḥ | tārkṣyasthitaṃ rajataśailanibhaṃ purāṇaṃ saṃcintayedajitacakragataṃ pumāṃsam || 24-11 || krūrogravakranakhakoṭinikṛttadaitya- vakṣaḥsthaloccalitaśoṇitadigdhadeham | ghoraprakāranayanatrayadurnirīkṣaṃ ṣaṣṭhe vicintaya mune narasiṃhamīśam || 24-12 || p. 215) somāgnisūryakiraṇodgamapuñjakuñja- madhyasthitaṃ vidhṛtapadmagadāriśaṅkham | chandaḥsthitaṃ bhuvanakāraṇamaprameyaṃ śrīśaṃ vicintaya mune puruṣaṃ purāṇam || 24-13 || mātṛkācakre lakṣmyā dhyeyatvam gokṣīraśaṅkhahimadīdhitidevasindhu- kundaprabhāvimalapaṅkajaśaṅkhahastā | smeraprasannavadanā kamalāyatākṣī dhyeyā svacakrabhavanopari mātṛkā sā || 24-14 || ālolaśūladaśakaṃ triyugādhikaṃ svai- rhastairdviraṣṭabhiratho dadhatī japābhā | cintāmaṇisthitimatī nayanatrayāḍhyā śaktirhareriti mune manasā vicintyā || 24-15 || pūrṇenduśītalarucirdhṛtabodhamudrā bāhvantarasthanijabodhanapustakāḍhyā | devī parā paramapūruṣadivyaśakti- ścintyā prasannavadanā sarasīruhākṣī || 24-16 || padmāruṇābhayavarāṅkuśapāśahastā raktāmbarā vipulavārijapatranetrā | p. 216) sūkṣmaprabhāsthitaparāvaratattvajātā cintyādiśaktirapi sā ca parāvarākhyā || 24-17 || bāhusthapāśavalitākhilajīvavargā bandhūkapadmakusumāruṇadehakāntiḥ | pīnastanī madavighūrṇitanetrapadmā lakṣmīśapārśvanilayākhiladevateyam || 24-18 || vakrāgranāsiniśitāṅkuśakīlitena namreṇa jīvanikareṇa samīḍyamānā | divyāṅkuśasthitimatī hariśaktirādyā dhyeyā samādhiniratena mahāprabhāvā || 24-19 || aṅgamantradevatātaddhyānādiprapañcanam aṅgaṃ tu cakramayadevasamānarūpa- mācakrapūrvamakhilaṃ gaditaṃ yadādau | gāyatryapi jvalitapāvakatulyavarṇā cakreśatulyavibhavā vipulastanāḍhyā || 24-20 || jvālākuladrutasamastasurārivargaṃ prākāramagnimayameva vadanti santaḥ | p. 217) vyomasthaśaktirapi sūryasahasramālā nīlāmbujadyutimatī manasā vicintyā || 24-21 || mālāṃ caturgatimayīṃ vapuṣā dadhānā vāyusthaśaktirapi dhūmratanurvicintyā | kālānalākhyataruṇārkasahasramālā tejaḥsthaśaktirapi raktatanurvicintyā || 24-22 || pīyūṣarūparacanā salilasthaśakti- rdhyeyā varāhaniyutāyutakḷptamālā | uttaptakāñcanaruciḥ puruṣeśvarāḍhyā bhūśaktirādipuruṣasya vicintanīyā || 24-23 || sudarśanamayasarvacakrakūṭadhyānam kālānalāyutasahasrasamānarūpaṃ kūṭaṃ sudarśanamayaṃ manasā vicintyam | tāpāturakvathadaśeṣasurārimedo- niṣyandameduritadīptiśikhājaṭālam || 24-24 || saudarśanasarvamantramūlabhūtaśaktidhyānam sūryenduvahninayanā taruṇārkavarṇā vyāpya sthitā jagadaśeṣamaśeṣavandyā | p. 218) cakrāṇi bāhunivahairdadhatī sahasraṃ yoniḥ sudarśanamanoriti cintanīyā || 24-25 || ukteṣu yantreṣu dvijasyaivādhikāraḥ leśato gaditametadudāraṃ rakṣaṇaṃ sakalalokahitāya | bhūpateranumato dvijavaryo bhāvayedaniśametadatandrī || 24-26 || uktayantrāṇāmānuṣaṅgikaphalapūrvakamuktirūpaparamaphala- sādhanatvam nādravanti duritāni kadāci- dvidravanti nikhilā graharogāḥ | vardhate vasumatī bahusasyā na trivargavihatirmanujānām || 24-27 || dharmārthakāmabahulāścirajīvinaśca hīnāśca pāpmabhirudārayaśaḥpratāpāḥ | ārādhya śāstraniratā vihitakriyābhi- rante viśanti vimalāḥ paramaṃ pumāṃsam || 24-28 || saudarśanamantreṣvabhikramanāśādyabhāvaḥ p. 219) divyo vidhiḥ kathita eṣa mune samasto viprairnṛpairdhṛtasamādhibhiratra bhāvyam | asmin samādhivirahī lalitakriyo'pi yatnocitaṃ labhata eva phalaṃ manuṣyaḥ || 24-29 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ yantradevatādhyānanirūpaṇaṃ nāma caturviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 24 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1444 sudarśanayantravaibhavavarṇanaṃ nāma pañcaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || yantravaibhavaṃ pradarśayitumuktārthānuvādaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan samyagākhyātaṃ vistareṇa yathātatham | yatkāraṇaṃ yadādhāraṃ yatpramāṇamidaṃ jagat || 25-1 || tathā dharmārthakāmānāṃ svarūpaṃ sādhanaṃ tathā | paravidyā tathā vidyā tathā cādhyātmasaṃjñitā || 25-2 || muktiśca paramā proktā bandhastatsādhanaṃ tathā | varṇāśramavibhāgaśca taddharmāśca viśeṣataḥ || 25-3 || sarveṣāmeva varṇānāṃ rājñāṃ rakṣāvidhistathā | rājñāṃ tu rakṣaṇavidhirdivyo'yaṃ varṇitastathā || 25-4 || kathaṃ kila kalau prāpte rājñāṃ rakṣāvidhirbhavet | saṃkṣepataḥ kalisvarūpakathanam na yakṣyanti na dāsyanti na hoṣyanti dvijātayaḥ || 25-5 || p. 221) na sarve sveṣu dharmeṣu kariṣyanti matiṃ kalau | śaktayaḥ sarvamantrāṇāṃ prayāsyanti tiraskṛtim || 25-6 || nirvīryāśca bhaviṣyanti rājānaḥ sattvavarjitāḥ | nirdhanā hṛtarājyāśca dasyubhiḥ paripīḍitāḥ || 25-7 || alpakṣīrā bhaviṣyanti gāvaḥ prāpte kalau yuge | prajāḥ kṣudhārtāśca kalāvavagrahanipīḍitāḥ || 25-8 || pāṣaṇḍadharmaniratā bhagavantaṃ janārdanam | nindanādīn kariṣyanti tamaḥprāyā hyavedinaḥ || 25-9 || tādṛśe kalau rājñāṃ rakṣāvidhyupāyapraśnaḥ itthaṃ doṣāspade kāle rājñāṃ rakṣāvidhiḥ katham | saṃpatsyate śaktihīnairdvijaiḥ sattvavivarjitaiḥ || 25-10 || yenopāyena rakṣā syāttaṃ me brūhi suniścitam | sarvajña tvadṛte vaktuṃ kaḥ śaknoti maheśvara || 25-11 || tatprativacanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - sādhu sādhu yadetat tvaṃ pṛṣṭavānasi nārada | satyametat kalau rakṣāvidhirmantrairna yujyate || 25-12 || tathāpi bhakta iti te kathayāmi śṛṇuṣva tam | p. 222) sarveṣāmeva bhūtānāṃ rājñāṃ caiva viśeṣataḥ || 25-13 || rakṣāvidhiṃ paraṃ guhyaṃ tantrāṇāṃ sāramuttamam | svakṛtapitāmahaśiraśchedamahāpāpapraśamāya nārāyaṇāt sudarśanayantraprāptikathanam mama nārāyaṇenoktaṃ puṇye badarikāśrame || 25-14 || pitāmahaśiraśchedamahāpātakaśāntaye | sarvabādhāpraśamanaṃ sarvaduḥkhanivāraṇam || 25-15 || tanmahimasaṃkṣepaḥ sarvasiddhipradaṃ sarvasaṃpadāmekakāraṇam | parābhicāraśamanaṃ pararājyapradaṃ śubham || 25-16 || kalidoṣāpaharaṇaṃ sarvaśatrunibarhaṇam | yasya saṃsmaraṇenaiva nṝṇāṃ naśyanti śatravaḥ || 25-17 || dasyavo naṣṭaviṣayā vidravanti diśo daśa | yantraṃ yasya gṛhe nyastaṃ tasya sarvaṃ prasidhyati || 25-18 || yo rājā yantrametattu sādaraṃ kārayed gṛhe | tasya bhūmaṇḍalaṃ sarvaṃ bhaved vaśyaṃ na saṃśayaḥ || 25-19 || saudarśanasya yantrasya māhātmyaṃ varṇitaṃ mayā | sudarśananārasiṃhayantraphalapradarśanam p. 223) sudarśanena yuktasya nārasiṃhasya yantrakam || 25-20 || yaḥ kārayati tasyānyo loko vaśyo bhavedapi | etallekhanamātreṇa sarvaṃ saṃpadyate nṛṇām || 25-21 || viṣṇupañjarayantraphalapradarśanam viṣṇupañjarayantrasya karaṇenaiva devatāḥ | sarvāḥ prasīdanti sadā kiṃ punarmanujādayaḥ || 25-22 || samuditayantratrayaphalasyāśakyavarṇanatvam eṣāṃ trayāṇāṃ yantrāṇāṃ samāhāraphalaṃ mayā | vaktuṃ na śakyate sarvaṃ sarvajñenāpi nārada || 25-23 || mahāsudarśanayantraphalam mahāsudarśanasyeha yantrasya karaṇād dvijaḥ | trailokyaṃ samavāpnoti kiṃ punarmaṇḍalaṃ bhuvaḥ || 25-24 || ekatra kalpitasudarśananārasiṃha- manyatra kevalasudarśanamujjvalāṅgam | saṃkalpitobhayamukhaṃ ghaṭitāstrajālaṃ śrīviṣṇupañjaragataṃ yutamantrajālam || 25-25 || p. 224) māhāsudarśanamapuṇyakṛtāṃ janānā- maprāpyamāśritasukhapradamekayantram | tejomayaṃ sakalalokanamaskṛtaṃ yat tat kārayet sakalalokajayaṃ yadīcchet || 25-26 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ sudarśanayantravaibhavavarṇanaṃ nāma pañcaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 25 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1470 mahāsudarśanayantralakṣaṇaṃ nāma ṣaḍviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || vistareṇa mahāsudarśanayantralakṣaṇapraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - vistareṇāsya yantrasya saṃsthānaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ tathā | śrotumicchāmi bhagavaṃstanmamācakṣva pṛcchataḥ || 26-1 || tatprativacanapratijñā ahirbudhnyaḥ - vistareṇa pravakṣyāmi svarūpaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ tathā | asya yantrasya devarṣe tanme kathayataḥ śṛṇu || 26-2 || yantranirmāṇadravyāṇi rajatena suvarṇena lohairvā śilayāpi vā | yathādhikāraṃ yantrasya kuryādarcāṃ tu sādhakaḥ || 26-3 || yantralekhanasādhanadravyāṇi dhātucandanakarpūrakuṅkumāgurujai rasaiḥ | suvarṇasūcyā yadi vā yantrametallikhet paṭe || 26-4 || p. 226) yantramadhye saudarśanapuruṣalekhanam candramaṇḍalamadhye tu tāraṃ kuryāt samāhitaḥ | tasya madhye likhed devaṃ raktavarṇaṃ sudarśanam || 26-5 || tatsvarūpavarṇanam piṅgākṣaṃ piṅgakeśāḍhyaṃ raktāmbaradharaṃ vibhum | yuktaṃ ṣoḍaśabhirhastairaṣṭābhirvā mahādyutim || 26-6 || pāśāṅkuśābjamusaladhanuḥśaṅkhagadāribhiḥ | bhīṣaṇairāyudhavarairupetaṃ jayināṃ varam || 26-7 || tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ rūpaṃ nityaṃ taijasavigraham | daṃṣṭrāniṣṭhyūtasaptārcirjvālāpallavitānanam || 26-8 || bhūṣaṇairbhūṣitaṃ citrairbhīṣaṇaṃ romaharṣaṇam | svatejasā jagat sarvaṃ pūrayantaṃ mahābalam || 26-9 || nirbhidyamānadaiteyaśoṇitāśanalampaṭam | udyatpradyotanaśataprakhyaṃ vikhyātapauruṣam || 26-10 || manastattvena satataṃ saṃśritaṃ vegavattayā | nārāyaṇakarāmbhojasevārasaviśāradam || 26-11 || javena viṣṇucintāyāḥ paramaṃ mārgadarśinam | smṛtyaiva svānuraktānāṃ dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthasādhanam || 26-12 || svabhaktapratyanīkānāṃ māraṇaṃ surapūjitam | p. 227) saṃstūyamānacaritaṃ siddhagandharvadānavaiḥ || 26-13 || tasya sarvaśaraṇyatvaṃ nirdoṣatvaṃ kalyāṇaguṇākaratvaṃ ca bhaktāribhañjanaparaṃ śaraṇyaṃ śaraṇārthinām | nityaniḥsīmanirdoṣakalyāṇaguṇasāgaram || 26-14 || tatpādaprānte sādhakanāmalekhanam evaṃbhūtaṃ samālikhya sadānandaṃ sudarśanam | tatpādapadmaparyante sādhakaṃ nāma vinyaset || 26-15 || tataḥ paryante ṣaṭkoṇacakralekhanam indubimbasya paryante ṣaṭkoṇaṃ cakramālikhet | āgneyamamitaprakhyamamoghaṃ sarvasādhakam || 26-16 || tatra ṣaḍakṣaravinyāsaḥ prācyādidikṣu koṇeṣu ṣaḍ varṇān vinyasenmanoḥ | aṅgamantranyāsaḥ ṣaṭsu koṇāntarāleṣu tvaṅgamantrān nyaset kramāt || 26-17 || tataścaturdalapadmalekhanam asmādbahistathā padmaṃ caturdalasamanvitam | tatra nyasanīyā varṇāḥ sabinduvarma phaṭ cāsya daleṣveṣu kramānnyaset || 26-18 || antarāleṣvantaḥsthavarṇavinyāsaḥ p. 228) dalāntarāleṣvantaḥsthān vinyaset sādhakastathā | tataḥ ṣoḍaśakesarāṣṭadalapadmalekhanam bāhye tatrāṣṭapatrābjamantaḥ ṣoḍaśakesaram || 26-19 || kesareṣu ṣoḍaśasvaravinyāsaḥ kesareṣu kramādasya vilikhet ṣoḍaśa svarān | daleṣvaṣṭākṣaramantranyāsaḥ aṣṭākṣaraṃ mahāmantraṃ daleṣvasya samālikhet || 26-20 || dvātriṃśatkesaraṣoḍaśadalapadmalekhanam dvātriṃśatkesaraṃ cāsya bahiḥ ṣoḍaśapatrakam | kesareṣu kādisāntavarṇavinyāsaḥ kakārādi sakārāntaṃ kesareṣvasya cālikhet || 26-21 || daleṣu ṣoḍaśārṇamantravarṇanyāsaḥ daleṣvasya likhenmantraṃ ṣoḍaśārṇaṃ tu vaiṣṇavam | dvātriṃśatkesaradalapadmalekhanam dvātriṃśatkesaradalaṃ bāhye tasya samālikhet || 26-22 || kesareṣu vārāhānuṣṭubhamantravarṇanyāsaḥ kesareṣvasya padmasya prācyādiṣu yathākramam | p. 229) mantramānuṣṭubhaṃ samyagvārāhaṃ vilikhet param || 26-23 || daleṣu nārasiṃhānuṣṭubhamantravarṇanyāsaḥ dvātriṃśati daleṣvasya nārasiṃhaṃ kramāllikhet | ānuṣṭubhaṃ mahāmantramamoghaṃ sarvasādhakam || 26-24 || catuḥṣaṣṭidalapadmalekhanam tasya bāhye likhet padmaṃ catuḥṣaṣṭidalairyutam | taddaleṣu pātālanārasiṃhamantranyāsaḥ pātālanārasiṃhākhyaṃ taddaleṣu nyasenmanum || 26-25 || punaraṣṭadalapadmalekhanam punaśca padmaṃ vinyasya dalairaṣṭabhirāvṛtam | taddaleṣvaṣṭākṣaranārasiṃhamantranyāsaḥ aṣṭākṣaraṃ nārasiṃhaṃ taddaleṣu samālikhet || 26-26 || tadbahirmāhendramaṇḍalakalpanam tadbāhye maṇḍalaṃ kuryānmāhendraṃ vajrabhūṣitam | jājvalyamānaṃ svenaiva sarvālaṃkāramaṇḍitam || 26-27 || tadbahiḥ sādhakanāmnā saha tadbījanyāsaḥ tasya bāhye mahādikṣu prāgādiṣu yathākramam | p. 230) tadbījaṃ vinyaseddhīmānnijanāmnā samanvitam || 26-28 || bahiṣkoṇeṣvantaḥsthavarṇanyāsaḥ bahiṣkoṇeṣu caturṣu tathāntaḥsthān prakalpayet | koṇāntarāleṣu tadbījanyāsaḥ koṇābhyantarabhāgeṣu tadbījaṃ vinyaset punaḥ || 26-29 || tatparitaḥ svarāṇāṃ prātilomyena vinyāsaḥ paritastat svarān sarvān prātilomyena cālikhet | tatparitaḥ sādikāntākṣaravinyāsaḥ sakārādi kakārāntaṃ vinyaset paritastathā || 26-30 || svanāmnā pāśāṅkuśābhyāṃ cāveṣṭanam vidarbhitaṃ svanāmnaiva parito'ntyayugaṃ nyaset | pāśenāveṣṭayedetadaṅkuśena tathāturaḥ || 26-31 || bhūpurakalpanam puṭitaṃ bhūpuraṃ tasya bāhye kuryādatandritaḥ | samantāt keśavādimūrtinyāsaḥ keśavādīn mūrtimataḥ samantādasya vinyaset || 26-32 || keśavasvarūpavarṇanam p. 231) taptajāmbūnadaprakhyaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam | apārakaruṇaṃ padmaśaṅkhacakragadādharam || 26-33 || pītāmbaradharaṃ devaṃ vanamālāvibhūṣitam | hārakeyūrakaṭakakuṇḍalairupaśobhitam || 26-34 || caturbāhumudārāṅgaṃ prasannavadanaṃ vibhum | prāgādi vinyased devaṃ keśavaṃ kleśanāśanam || 26-35 || nārāyaṇasvarūpavarṇanam śaṅkhapadmagadācakradharaṃ nīlāmbudacchavim | sarvālaṃkārasaṃyuktaṃ kuryānnārāyaṇaṃ tataḥ || 26-36 || mādhavasvarūpavarṇanam padmakaumodakīśaṅkhacakradhāriṇamavyayam | devamindīvaraśyāmaṃ mādhavaṃ bhāvayet tataḥ || 26-37 || govindasvarūpavarṇanam cakrakaumodakīśaṅkhapadmāyudhavirājitam | indubimbanibhaṃ kuryād govindamamitaujasam || 26-38 || viṣṇusvarūpavarṇanam gadābjaśaṅkhacakrāstradharaṃ paramabhūṣitam | viṣṇuṃ viśvapatiṃ kuryāt padmakiñjalkasaṃnibham || 26-39 || madhusūdanasvarūpavarṇanam p. 232) cakraśaṅkhāmbujagadādhāriṇaṃ karuṇānidhim | raktapadmadalaprakhyaṃ bhāvayenmadhusūdanam || 26-40 || trivikramasvarūpavarṇanam cakrakaumodakīpadmaśaṅkhasevitamīśvaram | ujjvalatkanakaprakhyaṃ taṃ kurvīta trivikramam || 26-41 || vāmanasvarūpavarṇanam śaṅkhacakragadāpadmadharaṃ paramabhūṣitam | taruṇādityasaṃkāśaṃ vāmanaṃ bhāvayet tataḥ || 26-42 || śrīdharasvarūpavarṇanam padmacakragadāśaṅkhadharaṃ sadguṇasāgaram | puṇḍarīkanibhaṃ devaṃ śrīdharaṃ parikalpayet || 26-43 || hṛṣīkeśasvarūpavarṇanam gadāsudarśanayute śaṅkhapadme ca bibhratam | vidyutprabhaṃ hṛṣīkeśaṃ kurvīta kamalekṣaṇam || 26-44 || padmanābhasvarūpavarṇanam śaṅkhapadme gadācakre tathā bibhrāṇamujjvalam | sahasrādityasaṃkāśaṃ padmanābhaṃ tu kārayet || 26-45 || dāmodarasvarūpavarṇanam padmaśaṅkhagadācakradharaṃ bandhūkasaṃnibham | p. 233) bhaktyekasulabhaṃ devaṃ dāmodaramatha smaret || 26-46 || namo'ntānāṃ tattannāmnāmapi lekhanam evaṃ krameṇa nyasyaitāneṣāṃ nāmāni ca nyaset | namo'ntānyamukaṃ rakṣa rakṣeti ca samantataḥ || 26-47 || prāgādiṣu prādakṣiṇyena bījākṣaranyāsaḥ yaṃ śaṃ raṃ ṣaṃ tathā laṃ saṃ vaṃ haṃ ceti dvayaṃ dvayam | prācyādiṣu mahādikṣu prādakṣiṇyena vinyaset || 26-48 || aiśānyādiṣvaprādakṣiṇyena bījākṣaranyāsaḥ yaṃ śaṃ raṃ ṣaṃ tathā laṃ saṃ vaṃ haṃ ceti yugaṃ yugam | aiśānyādiṣu koṇeṣu vinyasedapradakṣiṇam || 26-49 || punaḥ pāśāṅkuśābhyāṃ veṣṭanam pāśena tu samāveṣṭya aṅkuśenāpi veṣṭayet | sarvametat sabījena hṛllekhamanunā vṛtam || 26-50 || prāgādicaturdikṣu viṣṇuvinyāsasteṣāmāyudhāni ca prāgādiṣu caturdikṣu vinyased viṣṇumavyayam | cakrakaumodakīśārṅgakhaḍgairyuktaṃ yathākramam || 26-51 || sādhāraṇau ca sarveṣāṃ śaṅkhacakrau varāyudhau | āgneyādikoṇeṣu hṛṣīkeśanyāsaḥ p. 234) āgneyādiṣu koṇeṣu hṛṣīkeśaṃ tato nyaset || 26-52 || teṣāmāyudhaviśeṣāḥ śaṅkhaṃ halaṃ ca musalaṃ śūlaṃ caiteṣu dhārayet | koṇāntarāleṣvaṣṭasu janārdanavinyāsaḥ vikoṇeṣvaṣṭasu tathā janārdanamatho nyaset || 26-53 || teṣāmāyudhaviśeṣāḥ daṇḍaṃ kuntaṃ tathā śaktiṃ pāśamaṅkuśameva ca | vajraṃ tathaiva paraśuṃ tathā śatamukhānalam || 26-54 || kareṣvamīṣāmetāni vilikhettu yathākramam | tattatpārśveṣu tattatparivāralekhanam pratyekaṃ parivārāṃstu teṣāṃ pārśveṣu vinyaset || 26-55 || tato bhūmau bhūmyā saha puruṣottamasmaraṇam varāharūpiṇaṃ devaṃ śaṅkhacakragadādharam bhūmau ca sahitaṃ bhūmyā saṃsmaret puruṣottamam || 26-56 || ambare narasiṃhasmaraṇam ambare nārasiṃhaṃ tu cintayedamitaujasam | bhīṣaṇaṃ ghaṭitānekabhūṣaṇaṃ dāritāsuram || 26-57 || prāgādiṣu cakragadāśārṅgakhaḍgasmaraṇam p. 235) prācyāṃ diśi mahājvālāgataṃ cakraṃ smaredbudhaḥ | dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi tathā smarejjvālāgatāṃ gadām || 26-58 || pratīcyāṃ śārṅgamatyugrajvālāmadhyagataṃ smaret | uttarasyāṃ diśi tathā smaret khaḍgaṃ sudāruṇam || 26-59 || asya yantrasyāparāṅgakalpanāya madhye caturviṃśatyaracakrakalpanam aparāṅge'tha yantrasya madhye cakrābjasaṃsthitam | caturviṃśatyaraṃ cakraṃ sunemi rucirākṛti || 26-60 || tanmadhye dvādaśadalapadmalekhanam madhyecakraṃ nyaset padmaṃ yuktaṃ dvādaśabhirdalaiḥ | tatkarṇikāyāmāgneyamaṇḍalanyāsaḥ cakrābjakarṇikāsthāne nyasedāgneyamaṇḍalam || 26-61 || tanmadhye yoganṛsiṃhalekhanam tanmadhye yogapaṭṭena pinaddhāṅgaṃ sanātanam | nārasiṃhaṃ caturbāhuṃ catuścakradharaṃ param || 26-62 || samāsīnamaśokasya mūle kālānaladyutim | sarvābharaṇasaṃyuktaṃ sarvabhaktārtihāriṇam || 26-63 || apārasaṃkhyakalyāṇaguṇapūrṇamahārṇavam | bhaktānukampinaṃ nityaṃ sarvalokaikanāyakam || 26-64 || tatpādaparyante dvayostadbhṛtyayorvinyāsaḥ p. 236) evaṃ vinyasya tatpādaparyante vinyasedubhau | tadājñākāriṇau bhīmau nīlanīradavigrahau || 26-65 || udagrakāyau bhīmākṣau bhīmāyudhadharau varau | daṃṣṭrākarālavadanau vinyased vṛttalocanau || 26-66 || cakrasya prāgādiṣvaṣṭaśaktidhyānam cintayedatha cakrasya samantādaṣṭa yoṣitaḥ | ūrdhvamābaddhakeśāḍhyāstacchaktīḥ prāptayauvanāḥ || 26-67 || sarvālaṃkārasaṃyuktā dvibhujā mālyadhāriṇīḥ | prācyāṃ diśi jayāṃ devīṃ pītavarṇāṃ vicintayet || 26-68 || āgneyyāṃ mohinīṃ devīṃ śyāmalāmāyatekṣaṇām | yāmyāmanusmared devīṃ vijayāṃ kṛṣṇarūpiṇīm || 26-69 || raktavarṇāṃ tathā devīṃ nair-ṛtyāṃ hlādinīṃ tathā | ajitāṃ pītavarṇāṃ tu pratīcyāṃ saṃsmaret parām || 26-70 || vāyavyāṃ diśi māyāṃ tu kṛṣṇavarṇāṃ sanātanīm | udīcyāṃ raktavarṇāṃ tāmāśāyāmaparājitām || 26-71 || aiśānyāṃ saṃsmaret siddhiṃ dhūmravarṇāmataḥ param | yathoktalakṣaṇayantramahimā evametanmahāyantraṃ mahāpātakanāśanam || 26-72 || p. 237) āyurārogyadhanadaṃ putramitrakalatradam | sarvavighnopaśamanaṃ sarvaduṣṭanivāraṇam || 26-73 || yo yadarthī likhedyantraṃ tat tadasya prayacchati | maṇividrumamuktāḍhyaṃ kuryād yantraṃ hiraṇmayam || 26-74 || rājā cedrājyamāpnoti niṣkaṇṭakamanāmayam | bhūrjapatralikhitasyāpi yantrasya sarvaphalasādhanatā bhūrjapatre likhitvaitat kuṅkumaiścandanena tu || 26-75 || yo martyaḥ śirasā dhatte tasya syāt sarvamīpsitam | piśācoragarakṣāṃsi kṣipraṃ naśyanti tasya vai || 26-76 || etadyantraśilāpratiṣṭhāyā muktisādhanatvam śilāpratiṣṭhāṃ yaḥ kuryādetasya jagatītale | sarvān kāmānihāvāpya viṣṇusāyujyamāpnuyāt || 26-77 || lohādibhiryantrapratimānirmāṇaphalam lohairvā rajatenātha yaḥ kuryāt pratimāṃ budhaḥ | trivargaphalamāpnoti nirvāṇamacirāt punaḥ || 26-78 || karṣaṇādipratiṣṭhāntāyatananirmāṇaphalam karṣaṇādi pratiṣṭhāntaṃ kuryādāyatanaṃ ca yaḥ | āpnuvanti ca tadvaṃśyāḥ puṇyalokānanuttamān || 26-79 || bhayādiṣu yantrasmaraṇe phalam p. 238) bhayāgame ca saṃgrāme vāde vā yaḥ smaredidam | vijayastasya hastastho nātra kāryā vicāraṇā || 26-80 || trisaṃdhyaṃ yantrārcanaṃ muktisādhanam arcayedyastrisaṃdhyaṃ vai yantrametadanuttamam | tāpatrayavinirmukto viṣṇuloke mahīyate || 26-81 || rākṣāvidhau rājñāṃ vaiśeṣikavidhyārambhaḥ rājñāṃ rakṣāvidhāne tu viśeṣaṃ śṛṇu nārada | rājyārthī hṛtarājyo vā paribhūto'thavā nṛpaiḥ || 26-82 || tatra prathamamācāryapūjāvidhiḥ saudarśanasya yantrasya pradātāraṃ guruṃ param | sarvebhyo hyadhikaṃ matvā tamabhyarcya mahādhanaiḥ || 26-83 || tato bhagavadārādhanavidhiḥ tato nārāyaṇaṃ devaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam | śyāmalaṃ pītavasanaṃ sarvābharaṇabhūṣitam || 26-84 || ārādhayeccaturbāhumācāryoktavidhānataḥ | tato yantranirmāṇam taptajāmbūnadamayaṃ maṇividrumacitritam || 26-85 || sarvālaṃkārasaṃyuktaṃ kārayedyantramuttamam | yantranirmāṇasya rājyaprāptihetutvam p. 239) etatkaraṇamātreṇa rājyamāpnotyanāmayam || 26-86 || pratiṣṭhāpūrvakārcanasya saptadvīpāntabhūmiprāptihetutvam pratiṣṭhāpyārcayedetat sādaraṃ sarvasiddhidam | tato bhūmimavāpnoti saptadvīpāṃ sapattanām || 26-87 || antatastrailokyapālayitṛtvasiddhiḥ vaśyā bhavanti satataṃ siddhagandharvadānavāḥ | trailokyarājyamakhilaṃ pālayatyavanītale || 26-88 || parakṛtābhicāraparāvartanasiddhiḥ abhicārāḥ parakṛtāścainamaprāpya bhīṣitāḥ | praviśanti prayoktāramāpagevācalāhatā || 26-89 || avagrahādiparihārasiddhiḥ avagrahāśca naśyanti śatravo vidravanti ca | apamṛtyumṛgavyālacorarogādibhirbhayam || 26-90 || na tasya rājye bhavati vidyate tatkule balam | sarveṣāṃ svadharmapravṛttisiddhiḥ sarve sveṣveva dharmeṣu pravartante sadāmune || 26-91 || durvāsasā śaptasyendrasya yantreṇānena punaḥ svapadaprāptiḥ p. 240) purā durvāsasaḥ śāpāddhṛtarājye śacīpatau | etatprasādādakhilaṃ punaḥ prāpa triviṣṭapam || 26-92 || caturmukhasya bhagavatsakāśādyantraprāptiḥ etat purā mahāyantraṃ brahmaṇe proktavān hariḥ | caturmukhena viśvakarmaṇā yantravimānayornirmāpaṇam brahmā ca viśvakarmāṇamāhūyaitadakārayat || 26-93 || vimānaṃ ca tadārabhya devagandharvadānavāḥ | tadā prabhṛti yantrasyaiva rakṣāsādhanatvam anena rakṣaṇavidhiṃ cakruḥ pūrve nṛpāstathā | tasmādrājñāṃ ca sarveṣāmeṣa rakṣāvidhiḥ paraḥ || 26-94 || adhyāyārthanigamanam abhinavadinanāthaprojjvaladbimbatulyaṃ kamalabhavamukhādyaiḥ saṃśritaṃ devabṛndaiḥ | parigatamapi bhūtaiḥ pañcabhiḥ sevyamānaṃ prakṛtimahadahaṃkāraiḥ smaredyantrarājam || 26-95 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ mahāsudarśanayantralakṣaṇaṃ nāma ṣaḍviśo'dhyāyaḥ || 26 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1565 dhārakayantranirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || vṛttānuvādapūrvakaṃ dhārakayantraviṣayakaḥ praśnaḥ nāradaḥ - kathito yantrarājasya devadevasya vistaraḥ | svarūpaṃ sādhanaṃ cāsya prakāraśca phalaṃ tathā || 27-1 || adyedaṃ śrotumicchāmi bhagavān parameśvara | etadatyadbhutaṃ divyaṃ dhriyate kena bhūṣaṇam || 27-2 || na cāsya dhāraṇe śaktiṃ kasyacit kalayāmyaham | atiśaktitayāsyemaṃ saṃśayaṃ chettumarhasi || 27-3 || tatprativacanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - satyaṃ na kenaciddhartuṃ pāryate tanmahādyuti | ṛte yantrāntarādasmād devarṣe śaktiśālinaḥ || 27-4 || śṛṇu tasya muniśreṣṭha svarūpaṃ vīryamadya vai | prathamaṃ māhendramaṇḍalanirmāṇam p. 242) prathamaṃ maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā māhendraṃ vasudhātmakam || 27-5 || sarvālaṃkārasaṃyuktaṃ yantralāñchanalāñchitam | tatkoṇeṣu bhūbījākṣaranyāsaḥ bhaumametasya koṇeṣu vinyased bījamuttamam || 27-6 || śeṣādyairaṣṭabhirnāgairdhāryamāṇaṃ samantataḥ | maṇḍalaprāgbhāge śeṣagulikayornyāsaḥ prāgbhāge maṇḍalasyāsya bhīṣaṇau bhīmalocanau || 27-7 || vilikheccheṣagulikau lokayantau parasparam | dakṣiṇabhāge vāsukiśaṅkhayoḥ vāsukiṃ śaṅkhapālaṃ ca vīkṣamāṇau parasparam || 27-8 || dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi tathā vinyasedasya sādhakaḥ | paścime takṣakamahāmbujayoḥ paścimāyāṃ likhedevaṃ tau takṣakamahāmbujau || 27-9 || uttarabhāge kārkoṭakāmbujayoḥ kārkoṭakaṃ cāmbujaṃ ca likheduttarato mune | tasya madhye mahājvālāmālāvartavirājitam || 27-10 || madhye vahnimaṇḍalakalpanā p. 243) koṇasaṭkayutaṃ vahnimaṇḍalaṃ bījasaṃyutam | tanmadhye vāyumaṇḍalavinyāsaḥ samālikhya ca tanmadhye vāyavyaṃ maṇḍalaṃ likhet || 27-11 || vartulaṃ bindusaṃyuktaṃ tadbījena samanvitam | tanmadhye daśāracakralekhanam tanmadhye cakramatulaṃ projjvalannemimaṇḍalam || 27-12 || arairdaśabhirākīrṇaṃ vinyasedarimardanam | areṣu sudarśananārasiṃhamantranyāsaḥ mantraṃ saudarśanasyāsya nārasiṃhasya vinyaset || 27-13 || dvābhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ tu varṇābhyāmareṣu navasu kramāt | daśame hanaśabdaṃ tu vinyasedarake'sya vai || 27-14 || cakramadhye aṣṭadalapadmalekhanam cakramadhye nyaset padmaṃ dalairaṣṭabhiranvitam | karṇikāghaṭitaṃ ramyaṃ kesarairupaśobhitam || 27-15 || karṇikāyāṃ praṇavanyāsaḥ tatkarṇikāyāṃ vilikhet tāraṃ saṃsāratārakam | tatraivābhīṣṭārthasādhyanāmnorvilekhanam abhīṣṭamarthaṃ sādhyasya nāmadheyamataḥ param || 27-16 || evaṃ bhūtena dhārakayantreṇa sakalārthasiddhiḥ p. 244) tadetat paramaṃ divyaṃ maṅgalānāṃ ca maṅgalam | pavitrāṇāṃ pavitraṃ ca corapīḍānivāraṇam || 27-17 || sarvārthasādhakaṃ ghoraṃ viśvavandyamanuttamam | yantreṇānenendrasya śatrujayaprāptiḥ purā deveṣu daiteyairabhibhūteṣu vāsavaḥ || 27-18 || bṛhaspatiṃ samāhūya provācedaṃ vacastadā | bādhante nitarāmasmānime daiteyadānavāḥ || 27-19 || kenopāyena bhagavan vijeṣyāmo mahāsurān | balahāniḥ kathaṃ vaiṣāṃ bhavitā bhagavan vada || 27-20 || evaṃ maghavatā proktaḥ provācedaṃ bṛhaspatiḥ | saudarśananṛsiṃhasya yantrasya karaṇādiha || 27-21 || naśyanti śatravaḥ sarve surāṇāṃ balasūdana | ityuktvā sthāpayāmāsa yantraṃ maghavataḥ pure || 27-22 || maṇividrumamuktāḍhyaṃ sauvarṇamamitaprabham | tataḥ prabhṛti daiteyā naṣṭaśrīkā hatatviṣaḥ || 27-23 || parājitā vidravanti diśo naṣṭaniketanāḥ | tadetadativīryaṃ tu yantraṃ surasupūjitam || 27-24 || asyaiva yantrasya pūrvoktamahāsudarśanayantradhārakatvam p. 245) tadetenaiva yantreṇa yantraṃ saudarśanaṃ param | dhāryate tat suramune vicitraṃ viṣṭarātmanā || 27-25 || yantrametanmayākhyātamevaṃ māhāsudarśanam | dhṛtaṃ yantreṇa vīryāttu sudarśananṛsiṃhayoḥ || 27-26 || rājanvaddeśasyaiva yathoktayantrabharaṇakṣamatvam etasya tu viśiṣṭasya bharaṇe saiva bhūḥ kṣamā | yasyāḥ pālayitā rājā dhārmiko dṛḍhavikramaḥ || 27-27 || devadvijaguruprājñapūjakaḥ paramāstikaḥ | rājño nityametadabhyarcanavidhiḥ etadabhyarcayedrājā cakrākāramatandritaḥ || 27-28 || puruṣākāramapi vā tathaivobhayatomukham | etanmantrapradāturviśeṣataḥ pūjyatvam etanmantrapradātāraṃ viśiṣṭaṃ pūjayed budhaḥ || 27-29 || etanmantravidhinā karṣaṇādipratiṣṭhāntakarmavidhiḥ karṣaṇādīni karmāṇi pratiṣṭhāntānyamuṣya tu | etanmantroktamārgeṇa kārayennṛpatiḥ svayam || 27-30 || tantrasyāsya sāttvatādibhirekatantratvam p. 246) sāttvatādiṣu tantreṣu vihitenaiva cādhvanā | sudarśanasya mantrasya nārasiṃhasya vā mune || 27-31 || kalpaprayuktā vidhayaḥ sarve caitasya saṃnidhau | bhavanti sakalāścaitatprabhāveṇa prayojitāḥ || 27-32 || tasmādyathoktamārgeṇa pratiṣṭhāpyaitadarcayet | rājñāmetadarcanena rājyādilābhaḥ rājā rājyaṃ jayaṃ bhūtimāyurārogyamāpnuyāt || 27-33 || nityamarcayataḥ phalaviśeṣaḥ nityamarcayato rājñaḥ saptadvīpavatī mahī | samudravasanā caiṣā viśvā vaśyā bhaviṣ.yati || 27-34 || homārthaṃ prāsādakuṇḍayornirmāṇam prāsādaṃ lakṣaṇopetaṃ vidhāya paramāsanam | tatraiva kārayet kuṇḍaṃ mantrasyāsya yathāvidhi || 27-35 || sādhakena tatra homādinirvartanam bhūpateryāni karmāṇi sādhayaṃstāni sādhakaḥ | mantreṇānena juhuyādasmin kuṇḍe samāhitaḥ || 27-36 || vaikalpikapradeśāntaravidhiḥ p. 247) anenaiva tu mantreṇa rājño rakṣāvidhiryadi | viṣṇorāyatane ramye maṇḍape maṇḍite'thavā || 27-37 || kṛtvaitat kuṇḍamatraiva rājābhyarcya mahādhanaiḥ | etanmantrapradātāraṃ svakarmāṇyeva kārayet || 27-38 || punaryantrārcanaphalaviśeṣakathanam anena kṛtakṛtyastu rājā rājyamavāpnuyāt | nīrogo niḥsapatnaśca dīrghāyuśca bhaviṣyati || 27-39 || nāgairanekasāhasrairasaṃkhyeyaiśca vājibhiḥ | syandanairnaravaryaiśca pūrṇā tasya purī bhavet || 27-40 || yaścainamarcayedrājā yantrarājamanuttamam | sarvamantraviśiṣṭatvādarcitāstena devatāḥ || 27-41 || yadarthaṃ yo'rcayedenamātmārthe yatate param | sarveṣāmeva bhūtānāṃ rājñaśca kurute hitam || 27-42 || asmin mantre yantre ca rājñāmevādhikāraḥ ayaṃ mantraśca yantraṃ ca rājñāmeva vidhīyate | sarvasādhāraṇārthāni mantrajātāni nārada || 27-43 || p. 248) etadabhyarcanaparā mantriṇo yasya bhūpateḥ | abhirakṣanti rājānamariṣṭamukhato'pi te || 27-44 || etatpraṇāmādīnāmapi tattatphalasādhanatvam etatpraṇāmena samarcanena saṃkīrtanena smaraṇena vā'pi | saṃtoṣayet saṃtatamasya sarvaṃ manīṣitaṃ hastagataṃ prapaśyet || 27-45 || adhyāyārthanigamanam iti nigaditametadyantrarūpaṃ samantraṃ sakaladuritabhedavyāpṛtaṃ saṃśritānām | tadiha kṛtavidheyo bhūpatiḥ pūrṇakāmo bhuvanatalamaśeṣaṃ prāpnuyāccakravartī || 27-46 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ dhārakayantranirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 27 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1611 bhagavadārādhanavidhinirūpaṇaṃ nāma aṣṭāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || ārādhanavidhinirūpaṇārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - ārādhanavidhiṃ vakṣye samāsenaiva nārada | āyurārogyavijayabhūpradaṃ dhanadhānyadam || 28-1 || tasyaihikāmuṣmikaphalasādhanatvam putrapaśvannakāmānāṃ tattatsādhanamuttamam | bhuktimuktipradaṃ śāntaṃ parābhibhavakāraṇam || 28-2 || tatrādau snānavidhiḥ tīrthaṃ gatvā śucau deśe mṛdamādāya mantrataḥ | dvidhā kṛtvaikabhāgena kuryād dehasya śodhanam || 28-3 || snātvācamya gṛhītvānyaṃ mṛdbhāgaṃ vinyaset tridhā | vāme pāṇau diśābandhaṃ vidadhyādekabhāgataḥ || 28-4 || gātrālepaṃ tataḥ kuryādanyenāṃśena nārada | p. 250) saṃkalpayet tṛtīyāṃśaṃ tīrthapīṭhamataḥparam || 28-5 || gaṅgāṃ tatra smaredviṣṇorvāmapādaviniḥsṛtām | arghyamasyai nivedyātha tato hṛtvā jalāñjalim || 28-6 || svamūrdhni siñcet tristāvat saptakṛvo'bhimantritam | nimagnastatra devasya pādābjanyastamastakaḥ || 28-7 || yathāśakti japenmantraṃ tasya dhyānaparāyaṇaḥ | tata uttīrya cācamya dhṛtvā vastrottarīyake || 28-8 || dhṛtordhvapuṇḍraḥ svācānto devādīnacyutātmakān | dhyātvā saṃtarpayedanyadāhnikaṃ vidhivaccaret || 28-9 || yāgabhūmimathāgamya kṣālitāṅghrikaro vaśī | ārādhanopakramaḥ ācamya vāgyato bhūtvā prārabheta samarcanam || 28-10 || caturdvārayutaṃ ramyaṃ gatvā śaraṇamātmavān | dvāḥsthānaśeṣānabhyarcya tato maṇḍapamāśrayet || 28-11 || maṇḍapavarṇanam tuṅgaṃ maṅgalasaṃyuktaṃ maṇikuṭṭimabhūṣitam | sauvarṇairbahubhiḥ stambhairmaṇividrumabhūṣitaiḥ || 28-12 || upetaṃ dīpikājālairjātarūpamayairvṛtam | p. 251) vicitrābhiḥ patākābhistoraṇairupaśobhitam || 28-13 || maṇikiṅkiṇijālaiśca vitānaiḥ kṣaumakalpitaiḥ | virājamānaṃ sarvatra maṇipīṭhavirājitam || 28-14 || tatra vedikānirmāṇam tasya maṇḍaparatnasya madhye paramabhāsvarām | padmarāgamayaiḥ stambhaiścaturbhirupaśobhitām || 28-15 || muktāmayavitānena yuktāṃ ratnicatuṣkikām | vaiḍūryaghaṭitottuṅgavedikāṃ dīpikāyutām || 28-16 || evaṃ kartumaśaktaścedevaṃ dhyāyīta pūjakaḥ | tatra saparivārabhagavaddhyānam evaṃ catuṣkikāmadhye cakrābjamayaviṣṭare || 28-17 || ādhāraśaktikamaṭhānantadharmādidhārite | padme somaravijyotiḥsattvādiparivārite || 28-18 || evamuktaprakāreṇa parivārairniṣevitam | vedairmantraistathā śastrairastraiḥ śaktibhirāvṛtam || 28-19 || dhyāyet tadāsane devaṃ samāsīnaḥ samāsane | bhagavatprārthanā arcayāmi tvadīyo'haṃ tvaddattairaupacārikaiḥ || 28-20 || p. 252) sāṃsparśikairiti brūyād devamābhyavahārikaiḥ | bhūtaśuddhikramaḥ saṃhared dehatattvāni pratisaṃcaravartmanā || 28-21 || tataḥ sthūlamidaṃ dehaṃ śoṣayitvātha saṃdahet | prāṇāyāmena cādyena mantraṃ nābhyāṃ tu vinyaset || 28-22 || tadudbhūtena nādena suṣumnāmadhyavartinā | vāyumaṇḍalamabhyetya tadutthenaiva vāyunā || 28-23 || saṃśoṣayedimaṃ dehaṃ sthūlaṃ suramune tataḥ | prāṇāyāmadvitīyena hṛdaye vinyasenmanum || 28-24 || mantrotthenāgninā dehaṃ dahenmaṇḍalavartinā | tṛtīyena svamātmānaṃ prāṇāyāmena deśikaḥ || 28-25 || adho niveśayan viṣṇorvāmapādāmbujasya vai | svaṃ tadaṅguṣṭhaniṣṭhyūtapīyūṣāplāvitaṃ smaret || 28-26 || pañcaupaniṣadairmantraistataḥ saṃjātavigrahaḥ | nyastāṅgo mantravinmantraiścintayitvā sudarśanam || 28-27 || āvāhya brahmarandhreṇa hṛtpadme sūryamaṇḍalāt | prārabheta tataḥ pūjāṃ karanyāsaṃ vidhāya vai || 28-28 || hṛdyāgaṃ prathamaṃ kuryānniyatendriyamānasaḥ | pātrādisthāpanam p. 253) ātmano dakṣiṇe pārśve vāsitaiḥ pāvanairjalaiḥ || 28-29 || pūritaṃ sthāpayet pātraṃ mūlamantreṇa mantritam | vāmapārśve tathā sarvaṃ vinyaset sādhanāntaram || 28-30 || tato vistīrya purataḥ śāṭikāmatinirmalām | tasyāmāgneyadigbhāge vinyasedarghyapātrakam || 28-31 || pādyapātramatho nyasyet koṇe dakṣiṇapaścime | pātramācamanīyasya vinyaset paścimottare || 28-32 || snānīyapātraṃ digbhāge vinyasecchāṃkare tataḥ | arghyādiṣu prakṣepyadravyāṇi siddhārthamakṣataṃ caiva kuśāgraṃ tilameva ca || 28-33 || yavaṃ gandhaṃ phalaṃ puṣpamaṣṭāṅgaṃ cārghyamucyate | dūrvā ca viṣṇuparṇī ca śyāmākaṃ padmameva ca || 28-34 || pādyadravyāṇi catvāri sodakāni prakalpayet | lavaṅgajātītakkoladravyāṇyācamanīyake || 28-35 || siddhārthakādi snānīye pūrvavat kalpayed budhaḥ | p. 254) tatra mantrāsanaṃ prathanam arghyaṃ saṃkalpayāmīti spṛśejjaptvārghyamāditaḥ || 28-36 || pādyapātrādikeṣvevaṃ brūyāt suramune kramāt | gandhatoyena saṃpūrya pātrāṇyetāni sarvaśaḥ || 28-37 || arghyāt kiṃcit samuddhṛtya jalaṃ pātrāntareṇa tu | devasya dakṣiṇe pāṇau mūlamantreṇa vinyaset || 28-38 || puṣpaṃ dattvātha pādyena pādau devasya secayet | vastreṇa mārjayitvātha dadyādācamanīyakam || 28-39 || arghyādidattaśiṣṭāni kṣipet pātrāntare tadā | candanaṃ mālyadānaṃ ca dhūpaṃ dīpaṃ diśet tataḥ || 28-40 || punarācamanīyaṃ ca mukhavāsamataḥ param | tāmbūlaṃ ca nivedyātha praṇamyātmanivedanam || 28-41 || snānāsanaṃ dvitīyam vidhāya snānapīṭhaṃ tu gandhapuṣpādinārcayet | vijñāpya pāduke dattvā deve snānāsanaṃ gate || 28-42 || vastrabhūṣaṇamālyāni vyapanīya tataḥ param | snānārthaṃ śāṭikāṃ dadyāt pādyamācamanīyakam || 28-43 || pādapīṭhapradānaṃ ca dantakāṣṭhaṃ diśet tataḥ | p. 255) jihvānirlekhanaṃ caiva mukhaśodhamatho diśet || 28-44 || punarācamanīyaṃ ca tathādarśopadarśanam | punastāmbūladānaṃ ca tailābhyaṅgamataḥ param || 28-45 || udvartanavidhānaṃ ca dānamāmalakasya ca | toyadānaṃ tataḥ kuryāt kaṅkataplotameva ca || 28-46 || tato vidadyād devasya dehaśodhanaśāṭikām | haridrālepanaṃ kuryāt prakṣālanamataḥ param || 28-47 || vastrottarīyake dadyādupavītaṃ tathaiva ca | pādyācamanake kuryād vicitraṃ candanaṃ tathā || 28-48 || gandhaṃ puṣpaṃ tathā dhūpaṃ dīpamācamanaṃ tathā | nṛttavāditragītādisarvamaṅgalasaṃyutam || 28-49 || abhiṣekaṃ tataḥ kuryānnīrājanavidhiṃ tataḥ | plotavastrottarīye ca upavītamataḥ param || 28-50 || tata ācamanīyaṃ ca dattvā devāya deśikaḥ | tṛtīyamalaṃkārāsanam alaṃkārāsanaṃ paścādabhyarcya prokṣaṇādinā || 28-51 || vijñāpya pāduke dattvā deve viṣṭaramāśrite | arghyādīnyatha pātrāṇi pūrvavat kalpayet tataḥ || 28-52 || arghyaṃ pādyaṃ tato dadyāt tata ācamanīyakam | p. 256) gandhavaccandanādyaiśca dravyaiścārghyādikaṃ caret || 28-53 || tataścitrāṇi vāsāṃsi prayacched bhūṣaṇāni ca | yajñopavītadānaṃ ca tata ācamanīyakam || 28-54 || gandhapuṣpapradānaṃ cāpyādarśasya pradarśanam | dhūpadīpau tathā dadyāt punarācamanīyakam || 28-55 || tataḥ stotraṃ japecchatracāmarāṇāṃ pradarśanam | darśanaṃ vāhanānāṃ ca tataḥ śaṅkharavaṃ tathā || 28-56 || vīṇākāhalabheryādininādaśrāvanaṃ tathā | nṛttavāditragītādyairarcayenmantratastataḥ || 28-57 || mūlamantreṇa dadyāttu puṣpaṃ devāya deśikaḥ | puṣpāñjaliṃ pratidiśaṃ pradakṣiṇapuraḥsaram || 28-58 || dattvā punaḥ praṇamyātha stotrairdevaṃ stuvīta vai | svamātmānaṃ bhagavate kiṃkaratvāya vedayet || 28-59 || tato dhyātvā japenmantraṃ yathāśakti samāhitaḥ | ācāryaṃ gandhapuṣpādyaiḥ samabhyarcya mune tataḥ || 28-60 || sarvabhogaistu saṃpūrṇān mantrāṃstasmai nivedayet | mukhavāsaṃ tato dadyāt tāmbūlaṃ cārghyameva ca || 28-61 || caturthaṃ bhojyāsanam bhojyāsanamathābhyarcya devaṃ vijñāpya pāduke | dadyāt tatropaviṣṭe'smin pādyamācamanaṃ tataḥ || 28-62 || p. 257) arhaṇaṃ ca tataḥ kṛtvā dadhyājyakṣīramākṣikān | gandhaṃ ca pātre nikṣipya śoṣaṇādikamācaret || 28-63 || saṃprokṣyārghyajalenaiva madhuparkamatho diśet | tato dadyāt suvarṇaṃ ca gāṃ ca ratnāni pūjakaḥ || 28-64 || havirnivedanam susaṃskṛtānnamājyaṃ ca dadhikṣīramadhūni ca | mūlāni modakān snigdhān vyañjanāni phalāni ca || 28-65 || yāni kālopapannāni śucīni guṇavanti ca | svādiṣṭhāni prabhūtāni hṛdyānyanyāni yāni ca || 28-66 || viśodhya śoṣaṇādyaistu saṃprokṣyārghyajalena tu | vidhāya rakṣāmastreṇa havirarhaṇapūrvakam || 28-67 || mudrāṃ tu surabhiṃ kṛtvā devāyaitannivedayet | anuvāsaṃ tato dadyād darpaṇaṃ ca tataḥ param || 28-68 || dadyādācamanīyaṃ ca hastamārjanacandanam | mukhavāsaṃ ca tāmbūlaṃ pradāyāsmai praṇamya ca || 28-69 || punarmantrāsanaṃ pañcamam atha mantrāsanaṃ nyasya kūrcena parimṛjya ca | gandhapuṣpādinābhyarcya dadyād vijñāpya pāduke || 28-70 || tathādhirūḍhe deveśe mālyādikamapohya tu | pādyācamanake dattvā tato dhūpaṃ nivedayet || 28-71 || p. 258) svādiṣṭhāni phalānyasmai dadyāt tāmbūlameva ca | gītavāditranṛttādyairdevamabhyarcayet tataḥ || 28-72 || pradakṣiṇaṃ vidhāyāsmai praṇametad daṇḍavat tataḥ | ṣaṣṭhaṃ paryaṅkāsanam atha paryaṅkamabhyarcya devaṃ vijñāpayet tataḥ || 28-73 || tataḥ pādūpradānena deve paryaṅkamāsthite | pādyamācamanīyaṃ ca punardattvā samāhitaḥ || 28-74 || mālyabhūṣaṇakādīni vyapanīya mahāmate | śayanocitamālyāni bhūṣaṇānyaṃśukāni ca || 28-75 || sukhasparśāni cānyāni dadyādyajñopavītakam | dadyādācamanīyaṃ ca gandhaṃ puṣpamatho diśet || 28-76 || mukhavāsaṃ ca tāmbūlaṃ dattvā stotraḥ stuvīta tam | aṣṭāṅgena praṇāmena praṇamya śaraṇaṃ vrajet || 28-77 || pradakṣiṇasametena devaṃ yogāsanasthitam | manobuddhyabhimānena saha nyasya dharātale || 28-78 || kūrmavaccaturaḥ pādāñchirastatraiva pañcamam | dāsyaprārthanā ajñānādathavā jñānādaśubhaṃ yat kṛtaṃ mayā || 28-79 || p. 259) kṣantumarhasi tat sarvaṃ dāsyena ca gṛhāṇa mām | evamārādhanaṃ kuryādubhayatra mukhe harim || 28-80 || sudarśanaṃ nṛsiṃhaṃ ca viṣṇurūpaṃ sudarśanam | evamanuṣṭhitasyārādhanasya mokṣasādhanatvam samārādhayatastvevamekāhamapi nārada || 28-81 || muktiḥ kare sthitā tasya sarve kāmāśca kiṃ punaḥ | ānuṣaṅgikaphalasādhanatvaṃ kaimutikam anena lokapālāśca sarve devagaṇāstathā || 28-82 || siddhagandharvayakṣāśca nāgāścāpsarasāṃ gaṇāḥ | sarve vaśyā bhavantīha kiṃ punarbhuvi mānavāḥ || 28-83 || bhūtapretapiśācāśca kuśmāṇḍāśca vināyakāḥ | preṣyāstasya bhaviṣyanti sādhakasya mahātmanaḥ || 28-84 || parivārādhyarcanavidhiḥ tathāsya parivārāṇāṃ devānāṃ śaktiyoṣitām | mantrāṇāmastraśastrāṇāṃ svaiḥ svairnāmabhirarcanam | namo'ntairupacāraiśca kuryāt ṣoḍaśabhiḥ kramāt || 28-85 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ bhagavadārādhanavidhinirūpaṇaṃ nāmāṣṭāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 28 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1696 kāmyārādhanavidhinirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekonatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || bhagavadārādhanasyānuṣaṅgikaphalasādhanatvakathaṃtāpraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - etadārādhanaiḥ kasya kathaṃ devādayaḥ surāḥ | anye coktā vaśaṃ yānti tanme brūhi yathātatham || 29-1 || tatprativacanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - kṣatriyasya viśeṣeṇa jayārthitvānmahāmune | yenārcanaviśeṣeṇa viśve vaśyā bhavanti hi || 29-2 || śṛṇuṣva taṃ samāsena kathayāmi yathātatham | tattadārādhanaviśeṣāṇāṃ tattaddigvijayasādhanatvam yadīcchedvijayaṃ dikṣu sarvāsu ca mahīpatiḥ || 29-3 || ārādhanaviśeṣaistu tattadvijayamāpnuyāt | tatra prācīdigviṣaye nṛpebhyo vijayākāṅkṣī prācyebhyaścenmahīpatiḥ || 29-4 || p. 261) ārādhayedviśiṣṭaistu dravyairdevaṃ sudarśanam | sitapuṣpaiḥ sitairvastrairaṅgarāgaiḥ sitairapi || 29-5 || śālyodanaiśca dadhyāḍhyairarcayitvā sudarśanam | maṇḍape maṇḍite śuddhe pūrvokte devasaṃnidhau || 29-6 || prāsādalakṣaṇe kuṇḍe catuṣkoṇaparistṛte | tatra vahnimathādāya kāṣṭhaiḥ prajvālya bailvakaiḥ || 29-7 || āsīnaḥ prāṅmukho bhūtvā śucistatra samāhitaḥ | tasmin phalāni bailvāni sarpiḥsiktāni nārada || 29-8 || niyutaṃ mūlamantreṇa juhuyājjvalite'nale | homairebhiḥ samudrāntā prācī vaśyā bhavenmahī || 29-9 || phalānāṃ koṭihomena bailvānāṃ vaśameṣyati | plakṣadvīpasya deśastu prācyaḥ sahamahīpatiḥ || 29-10 || koṭidvayena caiteṣāṃ śālmalo vaśameṣyati | deśaḥ prācyaḥ sabhūpālaḥ svadeśa iva nārada || 29-11 || kuśaḥ krauñcastathā śākaḥ puṣkaradvīpasaṃjñitaḥ | ekadvitricatuḥpañcaṣaṭkaiḥ prācyāḥ krameṇa vai || 29-12 || koṭīnāṃ phalahomānāṃ vaśaṃ yāsyanti bhūpateḥ | dvīpānāmapi caiteṣāṃ prācī māghavatī purī || 29-13 || daśakoṭyā tu homānāṃ vaśaṃ yāsyati sā dhruvam | p. 262) pālanārthaṃ tu lokānāmekenāṃśena vāsavaḥ || 29-14 || tatraiva vartate so'pi sāhāyyaṃ tasya yāsyati | strībhirannaiśca pānaiśca vājibhiḥ paramairgajaiḥ || 29-15 || yathā svasmin pure rājā viharatyaviśaṅkayā | cintitopanataireva tairdravyai raṃsyate nṛpaḥ || 29-16 || asya prabhāvataḥ sarve viṣṭabdhāḥ sarvasāgarāḥ | gantuṃ yogyā bhaviṣyanti syandanena yathā sthalī || 29-17 || hāraṃ ca vāsavastasya cakravartitvalakṣaṇam | sarvaratnamayaṃ divyamupaneṣyati ca svayam || 29-18 || dakṣiṇadigviṣaye dakṣiṇāśājayāśā cedajaniṣṭa mahīpateḥ | pūrvokte maṇḍape devaṃ dakṣiṇābhimukhaṃ nayet || 29-19 || raktamālyāmbaradharaṃ raktacandanarañjitam | raktāmbaradharaṃ devamabhyarcyoktena vartmanā || 29-20 || guḍaudanaṃ havistasmai nivedya tilamiśritam | ardhacandropamaṃ kuṇḍaṃ kṛtvā prāsādalakṣaṇam || 29-21 || kuśaiḥ puṣpaiśca lājaiśca pariṣkṛtamavikṣatam | dakṣiṇābhimukhastatra samāsīno'grato vibhoḥ || 29-22 || p. 263) mantreṇa vahnimādāya kāṣṭhaiḥ prajvālya khādiraiḥ | padmānāṃ caiva raktānāṃ niyutairhomamācaret || 29-23 || tataḥ sā dakṣiṇā pṛthvī sāgarāntā vaśā bhavet | sopahārāśca rājānastatratyā dvāri vāritāḥ || 29-24 || pratīkṣamāṇāḥ sthāsyanti kālaṃ tasya mahātmanaḥ | tato dakṣiṇadigbhāge ṣaṭsu dvīpeṣu saṃmatāḥ || 29-25 || ekadvitricatuḥpañcaṣaḍbhirvaśyāḥ sabhūbhujaḥ | raktapadmāhutīnāṃ ca koṭīnāṃ tu yathākramam || 29-26 || eṣā dakṣiṇato ramyā yāmyā saṃyaminī purī | sā raktapadmahomānāṃ daśakoṭyā vaśā bhavet || 29-27 || yamo'pi tasya bhāvena prasannaḥ prītamānasaḥ | rājño manīṣitaṃ yat tannānyathā vartayiṣyati || 29-28 || akālamaraṇaṃ kiṃcit taddeśe na bhaviṣyati | ye puryāṃ saṃyaminyāṃ ca yamasya vaśavartinaḥ || 29-29 || te sarve tasya vaśagā bhaviṣyanti na saṃśayaḥ | divye raktāṅgade ramye sārvabhaumatvalakṣaṇe || 29-30 || yamastu svayamādāya prītastasmai prayacchati | paścimadigviṣaye p. 264) paścimāśāṃ prati yadā jigīṣurnṛpatistadā || 29-31 || maṇḍape'laṃkṛte devaṃ paścimābhimukhaṃ nayet | citramālādharaṃ citrairaṃśukaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam || 29-32 || citrāṅgarāgaiścitrābhirbhūṣābhirupaśobhitam | madhvodanaṃ haviḥ kṛtvā devāyaitannivedayet || 29-33 || padmopamānaṃ prāsādaṃ kuṇḍaṃ kṛtvā svalaṃkṛtam | tatrādhāyāgnimāsitvā devasya purato vaśī || 29-34 || kāṣṭhaiḥ śamīmayairagniṃ prajvālyātha samāhitaḥ | madhvaktaiḥ karavīraistu niyutaṃ juhuyānmanum || 29-35 || tataḥ sasāgarā pṛthvī jambūdvīpasya paścimā | vartiṣyate vaśe tasya rājñaḥ sanṛpatistadā || 29-36 || karavīrāhutīnāṃ ca koṭyā koṭidvayena ca | koṭitrayacatuḥpañcasaṭkaiste ca yathākramam || 29-37 || saḍ dvīpakhaṇḍāḥ pāścāttyā vaśaṃ yāsyanti bhūpateḥ | sukhākhyā vāruṇī ramyā purī paramabhāsvarā || 29-38 || sadā saṃnihitairbhojyairlehyaiḥ peyaiśca pūritā | divyapādapasaṃyuktairnandanairupaśobhitā || 29-39 || p. 265) sadotphullāmbujāḍhyābhiḥ sarasībhiḥ pariṣkṛtā | ākrīḍaparvatairyuktā nānāratnavibhūṣitaiḥ || 29-40 || prāsādairmaṇḍapaistuṅgairmaṇḍitā sā hiraṇmayaiḥ | evaṃ vidhā purī tasya rājño bhogyā bhaviṣyati || 29-41 || varuṇo'pi svayaṃ chatraṃ maṇividrumabhūṣitam | muktādāmabhirākīrṇamamṛtasyandi vanditam || 29-42 || cihnaṃ taccakravartīnāṃ rājñe prītaḥ pradāsyati | uttaradigviṣaye udīcīṃ diśamudyukto jetuṃ yadi mahīpatiḥ || 29-43 || cakrābjaviṣṭare devamuttarābhimukhaṃ nayet | pītāmbarāṇi bibhrāṇaṃ pītapuṣpairalaṃkṛtam || 29-44 || vidrumābharaṇairyuktaṃ kuṅkumakṣodarañjitam | ghṛtaudanaṃ haviḥ kṛtvā tenābhyarcya sudarśanam || 29-45 || kuryāt tasyāgrataḥ kuṇḍaṃ vṛttaprāsādalakṣaṇam | udaṅmukho'gnimādhāya kuṇḍe maṇḍapasaṃśrite || 29-46 || kāṣṭhairaudumbarairvahniṃ prajvālya jvalite'nale | nandyāvartaprasūnaistu niyutaṃ juhuyāt puraḥ || 29-47 || tenedaṃ bhārataṃ varṣaṃ kāñcanācalasaṃyutam | p. 266) sarājakaṃ tasya vaśe bhaviṣyati na saṃśayaḥ || 29-48 || lakṣadvayena homānāṃ varṣaṃ kiṃpuruṣāhvayam | sabhūpaṃ bhūpatestasya vaśameṣyatyasaṃśayam || 29-49 || lakṣatrayeṇa vaśyaṃ syāddharivarṣaṃ sarājakam | homalakṣacatuṣkeṇa bhadrāśvaṃ vaśameṣyati || 29-50 || pañcaṣaṭsaptabhirhomalakṣāṇāṃ pṛthivīpateḥ | ilāvṛtaṃ ketumālaṃ ramyakaṃ ca vaśe bhavet || 29-51 || hiraṇmaye meruvarṣe aṣṭābhirnavabhistathā | vaśe bhaviṣyato homalakṣāṇāṃ samahīśvare || 29-52 || ṣaṇṇāṃ plakṣamukhānāṃ tu dvīpānāṃ bhogabhūmayaḥ | uktasaṃkhyāyutairhomairvaśameṣyanti nārada || 29-53 || sarveṣāṃ dvīpavarṣāṇāmuttaratra purī varā | vibhāvarīti vikhyātā somasya paramādbhutā || 29-54 || daśakoṭyā vaśe tasya homānāṃ sā bhaviṣyati | ye tasyāṃ devatāvargāḥ somasya vaśavartinaḥ || 29-55 || te sarve bhūpatestasya vartiṣyante vaśe mune | tasya prabhāvataḥ somaḥ svayamādāya cāmare || 29-56 || svajyotsnāsaṃcayaprakhye ratnanālasamanvite | viśvādhirājyacihne te śubhre śītaladarśane || 29-57 || p. 267) prītaḥ pradāsyati śrīmānasmai vismitakarmaṇe | vidiśāṃ viṣaye mahādiśāṃ jayāt siddho vidiśāṃ vaśino jayaḥ || 29-58 || upahārān pradāsyanti tattaddikpālakāḥ pare | ūrdhvalokasya viṣaye ūrdhvalokajayodyogo yadyavartiṣṭa bhūpateḥ || 29-59 || devaṃ maṇḍaparatne tu prāṅmukhāsanamarhayet | gandhavanmālyasaṃvītaṃ muktābhūṣaṇabhūṣitam || 29-60 || divyacandanaliptāṅgaṃ kṣaumaiḥ kalpitavāsasam | evamabhyarcya vidhinā pāyasaṃ khaṇḍasaṃmitam || 29-61 || ājyāḍhyaṃ havirāvedya sarvapakvaphalānvitam | prāsādakuṇḍamaṣṭāśraṃ sarvamaṅgalasaṃyutam || 29-62 || kārayitvāstramantreṇa vahnimādāya mantravit | kṛṣṇāgurumayaiḥ kāṣṭhairjvalayejjātavedasam || 29-63 || tatrājyahomaṃ kuryādvai śatakoṭisamanvitam | antarikṣaṃ tatastena homena vaśameṣyati || 29-64 || tallokavāsinaḥ sarve siddhagandharvakiṃnarāḥ | yakṣāḥ kiṃpuruṣāścaiva cāraṇāḥ sāṅganāgaṇāḥ || 29-65 || p. 268) vīṇāveṇumṛdaṅgaiśca vādyaistālaiśca sarvaśaḥ | tasyāpadānacaritagarbhā bhogavalīḥ parāḥ || 29-66 || gāyantaḥ parivāryainaṃ harṣayiṣyanti bhūpatim | koṭikoṭyā tu homānāṃ svargo vaśyo bhaviṣyati || 29-67 || tatra devairmahendro'pi devyā śacyā samanvitaḥ | āruhyairāvataṃ nāgamapsarāṇāṃ gaṇaiḥ saha || 29-68 || tamabhyetya mahātmānamavaruhya mudānvitaḥ | maṇipīṭhaṃ samāropya vācayitvā ca maṅgalam || 29-69 || nṛttairgītaiśca vādyaiśca divyadundubhinisvanaiḥ | śaṅkhakāhalanādaiśca saha tīrthāhṛtairjalaiḥ | vāsavaścakravartitve rājānamabhiṣekṣyati || 29-70 || maṇimukuṭamathāsmai vāraṇaṃ divyamekaṃ hayamanilasamānaṃ puṣpakābhaṃ vimānam | sarasijaparikḷptāṃ kāñcanīṃ divyamālā- mapi ca haruṣajuṣṭo dāsyati svātmasāmyam || 29-71 || hayamedhaśatena yājayitvā nṛpatiṃ sarvamahīpatiṃ vidhāya | śatamapsarasaḥ pradāya tasmai tridivaṃ yāsyati vṛtrahā sadevaḥ || 29-72 || nāgalokasya viṣaye p. 269) nāgalokeṣu jātā cejjigīṣā cakravartinaḥ | padmarāgamayairdivyairbhūṣaṇairupaśobhitam || 29-73 || raktacandanaliptāṅgaṃ devaṃ padmaiḥ samarcayet | piṣṭaudanaṃ guḍāḍhyaṃ ca havistasmai nivedya ca || 29-74 || prāsādalakṣaṇe kuṇḍe ṣaṭkoṇe jvalitānale | apūpānāṃ tu koṭīnāṃ koṭyā homaṃ samācaret || 29-75 || tena takṣakamukhyānāṃ nāgānāṃ paramā purī | vaśyā bhavedbhogavatī svapurīvāsya bhūpateḥ || 29-76 || tasya prabhāvamavalokya sa nāgarājo ratnāni bhāsvaratarāṇi mahānti bhānti | dve kuṇḍale maṇimaye ca sahāṅganābhi- rādāya satyamupayāsyati sārvabhaumam || 29-77 || sāmānyaparibhāṣā uktānāmapyanuktānāṃ śṛṇu nārada lakṣaṇam | sāmānyaṃ yena siddhiḥ syādīpsitārthasya mantriṇaḥ || 29-78 || ekadvitricatuḥpañcaṣaṭsaptāṣṭanavātmakāḥ | p. 270) vihārāstricatuḥpañca samukhāntāyatocchritāḥ || 29-79 || digvidikṣu tathā madhye navakāḥ parikīrtitāḥ | dikṣu madhye tathā pañca śeṣāḥ prāṅmukhapaṅktayaḥ || 29-80 || ekadvyādiyugāścaiva śāntipuṣṭyoḥ prakīrtitāḥ | ekatryādyayujaścaiva kṣudreṣu navakaṃ vinā || 29-81 || palāśaudumbarāśvatthakhadirādyāśca yajñiyāḥ | dūrvādyāśca tilādyāśca praśastāḥ śubhakarmaṇi || 29-82 || kāraskarādayaḥ kṣudre kaṭubījādayastathā | sahasrādyā lakṣamadhyāḥ koṭyantā homajātayaḥ || 29-83 || eko dvau bahavo vāpi yatharddhyā ṛtvijaḥ smṛtāḥ | ekasmin vahnikuṇḍe cejjuhuyuḥ prāgudaṅmukhāḥ || 29-84 || vāsudevālayodyānamandireṣu śubhā kriyā | aśubhā tu śmaśānādāvatha kālavidhikramaḥ || 29-85 || yukṣu kuryād dinarkṣeṣu śubhāmanyāmathānyathā | vyastairatha samastairvā yadvā kāmavikalpitaiḥ || 29-86 || samidājyādibhirlakṣakoṭihomādayaḥ smṛtāḥ | evamabhyūhya kurvīta mantreṇeṣṭasya sādhanam || 29-87 || p. 271) anuktamiva yat kiṃcit tān svagṛhyoktamācaret | apūrvo vā bhaveddhomo nāghārādisamanvitaḥ || 29-88 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ kāmyārādhanavidhinirūpaṇaṃ nāmaikonatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 29 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1784 astrāṇāṃ janmanāmanirūpaṇaṃ nāma triṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || brāhmādyastrāṇāṃ devaparivāratvakathaṃtāpraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - kathaṃ brahmāstramukhyānāṃ mahatāṃ śaktiśālinām | astrāṇāmaprameyāṇāṃ devasya parivāratā || 30-1 || teṣāṃ janmanāmapraśnaḥ kasmādetāni jātāni mahāstrāṇi maheśvara | amīṣāṃ kāni nāmāni tanmamācakṣva pṛcchataḥ || 30-2 || tatprativacanārthamākhyāyikārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - purā nārāyaṇo devaḥ svayameva vyavasthitaḥ | prāk sṛṣṭerna ratiṃ lebhe līlopakaraṇādṛte || 30-3 || līlārthaṃ bhagavato bahubhavanam tato līlārthamātmānaṃ bahvakalpayadīśvaraḥ | puruṣādhiṣṭhitapradhānasṛṣṭiḥ p. 273) atha pradhānamasṛjat puruṣādhiṣṭhitaṃ svataḥ || 30-4 || pradhānānmahataḥ sṛṣṭiḥ tato mahāntamavyaktājjanayāmāsa nārada | mahato'haṃkārasṛṣṭiḥ guṇatrayātmakaṃ tasmādahaṃkāramataḥ param || 30-5 || sāttvikāhaṃkārādekādaśendriyasṛṣṭiḥ indriyāṇi daśaitāni jñānakarmātmakāni vai | manaśca sāttvikāt tasmādahaṃkārādajījanat || 30-6 || tāmasāhaṃkārāt bhūtasūkṣmāṇāṃ bhūtānāṃ ca sṛṣṭiḥ bhūtāni bhūtasūkṣmāṇi daśaitāni mahāmune | asṛjat tāmasāt tasmādahaṃkārājjanārdanaḥ || 30-7 || saptāvaraṇaveṣṭitāṇḍasṛṣṭiḥ mahadādiviśeṣāntairetairaṇḍamajījanat | daśottarairāvaraṇai saptabhiḥ pariveṣṭitam || 30-8 || aṇḍe caturmukhasṛṣṭiḥ tasminnaṇḍe svayaṃ viṣṇuḥ prajāpatimathākarot | uccāvacānāṃ bhūtānāṃ kartāraṃ nijaśaktibhiḥ || 30-9 || bhagavacchaktibhūtasya kālasya sṛṣṭau sahakāritvam hariḥ svaśaktirūpeṇa kālena ca samanvitaḥ | mahadādiṣu sṛjyeṣu sṛṣṭiṃ cakre jaganmayaḥ || 30-10 || caturmukhavyājena bhagavata eva vicitrajagatsraṣṭṛtvam viṣṇurbrahmāpadeśena cidacinmiśritaṃ jagat | vicitraṃ janayāmāsa tattacchaktisamanvitaḥ || 30-11 || vedaśabdebhya eva devādīnāṃ nāmarūpavyākaraṇam vedānālocya bhūtānāṃ devādīnāṃ yamaḥ prabhuḥ | nāmarūpe ca vividhe yathāpūrvamakalpayat || 30-12 || āptakāmasyāpi sraṣṭṛtvopapatiḥ sarvadāvāptasakalakāmo'pi parameśvaraḥ | jantubhirnijasṛṣṭaiśca līlārasamathānvabhūt || 30-13 || bhagavata eva pālakatvam anālocyaiva jagatāṃ trātāramaparaṃ hariḥ | svayamevāṃśarūpeṇa pālayatyakhilaṃ jagat || 30-14 || duṣṭanirasanaṃ vinā pālanasyāśakyatvam daiteyānāṃ dānavānāmantareṇa nibarhaṇam | na śakyate pālayituṃ sadevāsuramānavam || 30-15 || duṣṭanibarhaṇāya bhagavata eva cakrātmanāvasthānam p. 275) ataśca bhagavān viṣṇuścakrarūpī vyavasthitaḥ | hanyante tena cakreṇa viśve daiteyadānavāḥ || 30-16 || devādīnāṃ sudarśanadhāraṇāsāmarthyam devādīnāṃ surāṇāṃ ca viśeṣācca mahīkṣitām | na śakyate dhārayituṃ sudarśanamanuttamam || 30-17 || śāstrāstrarūpeṇa tasya vibhāgaḥ atasteṣāṃ vibhaktāni vividhāni bahūni ca | astrāṇi śastrajātāni śatrunāśāya nārada || 30-18 || bhagavadātmakāt sudarśanādastrāṇāmutpattiḥ astrāṇi tāni nirjagmurviṣṇurūpāt sudarśanāt | amoghāni tato'strāṇi bhīṣaṇāni mahānti ca || 30-19 || prajāḥ sraṣṭuṃ manaścakre cakrarūpī jagatpatiḥ | sraṣṭumastrāṇi sarvāṇi svasmādrūpānmahāmune || 30-20 || tasmāddevo bhīmamāpadya cograṃ rūpaṃ piṅgaṃ piṅgalāvṛttanetram | daṃṣṭrāniryatpāvakapluṣṭakāṣṭhaṃ bhīmaṃ keśaiḥ piṅgalairvidyudābhaiḥ || 30-21 || tatra mukhajātānyastrāṇi nārāyaṇaṃ pāśupataṃ brāhmamastraṃ tathaiva ca | p. 276) astraṃ brahmaśiro nāma viṣṇucakraṃ ca jṛmbhaṇam || 30-22 || kālapāśamathāgneyamastraṃ hayaśirastathā | prasvāpanaṃ tāpasaṃ ca kālāstramamitaprabham || 30-23 || daṇḍacakraṃ kālacakraṃ dharmacakraṃ tathaiva ca | śaivaṃ śūlaṃ raudramastraṃ triśūlaṃ ghorameva ca || 30-24 || astrāṇyetāni mukhyāni mukhato jajñire vibhoḥ | vakṣojātānyastrāṇi saṃmohanaṃ tathaiṣīkamaindraṃ cakraṃ mahādyuti || 30-25 || aśanī dve ca śuṣkārdrāsaṃjñite sarvabhīṣaṇe | painākamastraṃ kaṅkālaṃ kāpālamatidāruṇam || 30-26 || sauryaṃ vāruṇapāśaṃ ca saṃtāpanamariṃdamam | astraṃ vāruṇamatyugraṃ dharmapāśaṃ tathaiva ca || 30-27 || etānyastrāṇi devasya nirjagmurvakṣasastathā | ūrujātānyastrāṇi śaktidvayaṃ ca vāyavyamastraṃ mausalameva ca || 30-28 || gāndharvaṃ darpaṇaṃ cāstraṃ śoṣaṇaṃ paradāraṇam | tejaḥprabhaṃ ca paiśācamaindramastraṃ sudāruṇam || 30-29 || yāmyaṃ vilāpanaṃ cāstraṃ vaidyādharamamitraham | p. 277) kaṅkaṇīṃ modakīṃ caiva śikharaṃ krauñcameva ca || 30-30 || etāni janayāmāsa nijorvoruruvikramaḥ | pādajātānyastrāṇi asiratnaṃ praśamanaṃ kandarpadayitaṃ tathā || 30-31 || madanaṃ saumanaṃ cāstraṃ satyaṃ saṃvartanaṃ tathā | māyādharaṃ ca somāstraṃ tvāṣṭraṃ śīteṣumeva ca || 30-32 || bhagāstramastrāṇyetāni padbhyāṃ jātāni nārada | aparāṅgajātānyupasaṃhārāstrāṇi saṃdāmanaṃ satyavantaṃ dharaṇaṃ dhṛṣṭameva ca || 30-33 || bhṛśāśvatanayaṃ caiva satyakīrtiṃ tathaiva ca | mohanaṃ rabhasāstraṃ ca sarvanāhaṃ parāṅmukham || 30-34 || jṛmbhakaṃ pratihāraṃ ca tathā varaṇamuttamam | avāṅmukhaṃ dhanaṃ dhānyaṃ vṛṣākṣaṃ kāmarūpakam || 30-35 || dṛḍhanāhaṃ kāmaruciṃ sunābhaṃ makaraṃ tathā | daśākṣaṃ vṛttimantaṃ ca daśavaktraṃ tathāparam || 30-36 || ruciraṃ daśaśīrṣaṃ ca yogaṃdharamamitraham | anidraṃ makaraṃ caiva bhoktāraṃ kaṅkaṇīṃ tathā || 30-37 || p. 278) śatodaraṃ saumanasaṃ padmanābhaṃ tathaiva ca | mahānābhaṃ pramathanaṃ jyautiṣaṃ krathanaṃ tathā || 30-38 || trairāśiṃ sārcimāliṃ ca vimalāṃ dhṛtikāṃ tathā | sṛṣṭiṃ tathā viṣāmāstraṃ sudhyātāhaṃ tathaiva ca || 30-39 || vidhūtaṃ kṛśanaṃ caiva lakṣākṣaṃ karśanaṃ tathā | upasaṃhārarūpāṇi sarvāṇyastrāṇyamūni vai | janayāmāsa devo'sau svāparāṅgāt paraṃtapaḥ || 30-40 || adhyāyārthanigamanam evamuktāni nāmāni janmānyapi ca nārada | astrānāmapi māhātmyaṃ yantrasyāsya samāsataḥ || 30-41 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām astrāṇāṃ janmanāmanirūpaṇaṃ nāma triṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 30 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1825 yogāṅgayamaniyamāsananirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || hṛdyāgasvarūpapraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - prathamaṃ bāhyayāgasya hṛdayārādhanaṃ param | uktaṃ tvayā tatsvarūpaṃ yathāvadvaktumarhasi || 31-1 || taduttarakathanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - sādhu pṛṣṭaṃ tvayā tasya svarūpaṃ śṛṇu nārada | yena prīṇāti bhagavān sarvalokanamaskṛtaḥ || 31-2 || hṛdyāgalakṣaṇam yairbāhyayāgaḥ kriyate sādhanaistrividhairiha | saṃkalpasiddhaistaireva devaṃ prati samarcanam || 31-3 || hṛdayārādhanaṃ proktametat sarvārthasādhanam | ātmasamarpaṇasya hṛdyāgatulyatvam p. 280) yadvā bhagavate tasmai svakīyātmasamarpaṇam || 31-4 || viyuktaṃ prakṛteḥ śuddhaṃ dadyādātmahaviḥ svayam | viśiṣṭadaivatāyāsmai cakrarūpāya mantrataḥ || 31-5 || prakṛtiviyuktātmasvarūpaviṣayakaḥ praśnaḥ nāradaḥ - viyuktaṃ prakṛte rūpamātmano vaktumarhasi | kenopāyena tatprāptistanme brūhi suniścitam || 31-6 || taduttarakathanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇu tat paramaṃ sūkṣmaṃ sarvagaṃ sarvabhṛt tathā | jñānarūpamanādyantamavikāri nirāmayam || 31-7 || acakṣuḥśrotramasparśamapāṇicaraṇaṃ dhruvam | nāmajātyādirahitamavarṇamaguṇaṃ tvapi || 31-8 || viśvaśravo viśvacakṣurviśvapāṇipadaṃ param | asaktamacaraṃ śāntaṃ svayaṃjyotiranaupamam || 31-9 || dūrasthamantikacaraṃ jñānagamyaṃ nirañjanam | p. 281) bhūtabhartṛ samajyotirjyotiṣāṃ tamasaḥ param || 31-10 || akṣaraṃ sarvabhūtasthaṃ tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam | yogakarmaṇorviviktātmasvarūpaprāptisādhanatā tatprāptisādhanaṃ yogaḥ karma ca śruticoditam || 31-11 || tadviṣayakaḥ praśnaḥ nāradaḥ - kīdṛśaṃ karma vijñeyaṃ yogaḥ kīdṛśa ucyate | yābhyāṃ saṃprāpyate cātmā kevalaṃ prakṛteḥ paraḥ || 31-12 || taduttarakathanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇuṣva prathamaṃ karma dvividhaṃ tadihocyate | karmaṇāṃ dvaividhyam ekaṃ pravartakaṃ proktaṃ nivartakamathāparam || 31-13 || pravartakanivartakakarmaṇoḥ kramādabhyudayaniśreyasasādhanatvam pravartakaṃ ca svargādiphalasādhanamucyate | nivartakākhyaṃ devarṣe vijñeyaṃ mokṣasādhanam || 31-14 || jīvaparasaṃyogasyāṣṭāṅgayogaśabdārthatā saṃyogo yoga ityukto jīvātmaparamātmanoḥ | aṣṭāṅga eṣa kathito yenātmā dṛśyatāṃ gataḥ || 31-15 || yogāṅgaparigaṇanam p. 282) aṣṭāṅgānyasya vakṣyāmi pṛthak tāni niśāmaya | yamaśca niyamaścaivamāsanaṃ tadanantaram || 31-16 || prāṇāyāmastataḥ proktaḥ pratyāhāraśca dhāraṇā | dhyānaṃ tathā samādhiścāpyaṅgānyetāni nārada || 31-17 || yamasvarūpanirūpaṇam satyaṃ dayā dhṛtiḥ śaucaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṣamārjavam | mitāhārastathāsteyamahiṃseti yamā daśa || 31-18 || satyādīnāṃ svarūpanirūpaṇam hitarūpaṃ vacaḥ satyaṃ yathādṛṣṭārthagocaram | dayā duḥkhāsahiṣṇutvaṃ sarvabhūteṣu sarvadā || 31-19 || āpadyapi svakāryeṣu kartavyatvasthitirdhṛtiḥ | śaucaṃ sarvendriyāṇāṃ ca vaidhakarmasu yogyatā || 31-20 || brahmacaryaṃ svayoṣitsu bhogyatābuddhivarjanam | avikāramanastvaṃ tu kṣamā vikṛtihetuṣu || 31-21 || vāṅmanaḥkāyavṛttīnāmekarūpatvamārjavam | mitāhārastvāśramiṇāṃ śruticoditabhojanam || 31-22 || asteyamaspṛhānyeṣāṃ vitte vākkāyamānasaiḥ | ahiṃsā vāṅmanaḥkāyaiḥ parapīḍānivartanam || 31-23 || niyamasvarūpanirūpaṇam siddhāntaśravaṇaṃ dānaṃ matirīśvarapūjanam | saṃtoṣastapa āstikyaṃ hrīrjapaśca tathā vratam || 31-24 || ete tu niyamāḥ proktā daśa yogasya sādhakāḥ | siddhāntaśravaṇādīnāṃ svarūpanirūpaṇam siddhāntaśravaṇaṃ proktaṃ vedāntaśravaṇaṃ budhaiḥ || 31-25 || dānaṃ nyāyārjitārthasya satpātre pratipādanam | vihite karmaṇi śraddhā matirityabhidhīyate || 31-26 || yathāśaktyarcanaṃ bhaktyā viṣṇorīśvarapūjanam | saṃtoṣo'lamaneneti prītiryādṛcchikena vai || 31-27 || kṛcchracāndrāyaṇādyaiśca tapo dehaviśoṣaṇam | āstikyamsti vedaikagamyaṃ vastviti niścayaḥ || 31-28 || niṣiddhakarmakaraṇe vrīḍā hrīḥ procyate budhaiḥ | gurūpadiṣṭasvādhyāyamantrābhyāso japaḥ smṛtaḥ || 31-29 || sadācāryopadiṣṭeṣūpāyatvapragraho vratam | athāsanānāṃ svāsthyahetutvam āsanāni pravakṣyāmi mukhyāni vividhāni ca || 31-30 || āsthāyaiṣāmanyatamaṃ yogino yānti nirvṛtim | p. 284) mukhyāsanaparigaṇanam cakraṃ padmāsanaṃ kūrmaṃ māyūraṃ kaukkuṭaṃ tathā || 31-31 || vīrāsanaṃ svastikaṃ ca bhadraṃ siṃhāsanaṃ tathā | muktāsanaṃ gomukhaṃ ca mukhyānyetāni nārada || 31-32 || cakrāsanam savyoruṃ dakṣiṇe gulphe dakṣiṇaṃ dakṣiṇetare | nidadhyādṛjukāyastu cakrāsanamidaṃ param || 31-33 || padmāsanam ūrvorupari saṃsthāpya ubhe pādatale sukham | padmāsanamidaṃ proktaṃ sarvakilbiṣanāśanam || 31-34 || kūrmāsanam gudaṃ nipīḍya gulphābhyāṃ vyutkrameṇa samāhitaḥ | etat kūrmāsanaṃ proktaṃ yogasiddhikaraṃ param || 31-35 || mayūrāsanam niveśya kūrparau samyaṅ nābhimaṇḍalapārśvayoḥ | avaṣṭabhya bhuvaṃ pāṇitalābhyāṃ vyomni daṇḍavat || 31-36 || samonnataśiraḥpādo māyūrāsanamiṣyate | etat sarvaviṣaghnaṃ ca sarvavyādhinivāraṇam || 31-37 || kukkuṭāsanam p. 285) padmāsanamadhiṣṭhāya jānvantaraviniḥsṛtau | karau bhūmau niveśyaitadvyomasthaṃ kukkuṭāsanam || 31-38 || vīrāsanam ekatrorau tu saṃsthāpya pādamekamathetaram | ūruṃ pāde niveśyaitadvīrāsanamudāhṛtam || 31-39 || svastikāsanam ubhe pādatale kṛtvā jānūrvorantare dṛḍham | ṛjukāyaḥ samāsīta svastikaṃ tat pracakṣate || 31-40 || bhadrāsanam sīvanyāḥ pārśvayorgulphau niveśyāgrapade dṛḍham | baddhvā karābhyāṃ tat proktaṃ bhadrāsanamaghāpaham || 31-41 || siṃhāsanam sīvanyāḥ pārśvayorgulphau vyutkrameṇa niveśya ca | karau jānvornidhāyobhau prasārya nikhilāṅgulīḥ || 31-42 || nāsāgranyastanayano vyāttavaktra ṛjuḥ sudhīḥ | etat siṃhāsanaṃ proktaṃ sarvadevābhipūjitam || 31-43 || muktāsanam p. 286) meḍhrādupari vinyasya savyagulphamihetaram | gulphaṃ vinyasya pāṇī cāpyaṅgamadhye niveśya ca || 31-44 || muktāsanamidaṃ proktaṃ sthitā yatra mumukṣavaḥ | gomukhāsanam ubhayorgulphayoḥ kṛtvā pṛṣṭhapārśvāvubhāvapi || 31-45 || vyutkrameṇātha pānibhyāṃ vinyastābhyāṃ vigṛhya ca | pṛṣṭhagābhyāṃ padāṅguṣṭhāvetad gomukhamucyate || 31-46 || prāṇāyāmasiddhaye nāḍīśuddhyāvaśyakatā prāṇāyāmaprasiddhyarthaṃ nāḍīśuddhimanantaram | dehasthavāyubhiḥ kuryāt sāgnibhiśca tapodhana || 31-47 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ yogāṅgayamaniyamāsananirūpaṇaṃ nāmaikatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 31 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1872 nāḍīśuddhivāyujayayogāṅgaprāṇāyāmādinirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvātriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || nāḍīsaṃkhyāsthānādipraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - nāḍayaḥ kati tiṣṭhanti kīdṛśyaḥ kiṃpramāṇakāḥ | kva vartante śarīre'smin kathamāsāṃ viśodhanam || 32-1 || vāyusaṃkhyādipraśnaḥ vāyavaḥ kati tiṣṭhanti kiṃnāmānaśca kīdṛśāḥ | kāni karmāṇyamīṣāṃ tu tat sarvaṃ vaktumarhasi || 32-2 || taduttarakathanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - tadetat paramaṃ guhyaṃ śṛṇuṣvānanyamānasaḥ | śarīrasya ṣaṇṇavatyaṅgulaparimāṇatvam p. 288) śarīraṃ sarvajantūnāmaṅgulībhiranāmayam || 32-3 || svābhiḥ svābhiḥ suramune ṣaṇṇavatyaṅgulātmakam | śarīramadhyabhāganirṇayaḥ śarīramadhyaḥ ka iti śuśrūṣā cenmahāmune || 32-4 || śrūyatāṃ pāyudeśāttu dvyaṅgulāt parataḥ param | meḍhradeśādadhastāttu dvyaṅgulānmadhya ucyate || 32-5 || śarīrasthavahnimaṇḍalasvarūpam catuṣkoṇaṃ trikoṇaṃ tad vṛttamāgneyamaṇḍalam | catuṣpadāṃ nṛṇāṃ caiva vihaṃgānāṃ yathākramam || 32-6 || nāḍīmūlasthānam meḍhrānnavāṅgulādūrdhvaṃ nāḍīnāṃ kanda ucyate | caturaṅgulamutsedhaṃ caturaṅgulamāyatam || 32-7 || aṇḍākāraṃ parivṛtaṃ medomāṃsāsthiśoṇitaiḥ | nābhicakrasthānam tatraiva nābhicakraṃ tu dvādaśāraṃ pratiṣṭhitam || 32-8 || śarīraṃ dhriyate yena tasmin vasati kuṇḍalī | nābhicakrasyāreṣu sudarśanamantravarṇanyāsaḥ saudarśanasya mantrasya yāni varṇāni santi vai || 32-9 || p. 289) vibhajya tāni sarvāṇi vyañjanāni svarāṃstathā | cakre'smin vinyaset tāni prācyādyāreṣu ca kramāt || 32-10 || śiṣṭākṣarāṇāṃ cakramadhye nyāsaḥ śeṣāṇi vinyasenmadhye cakrasyāsya samāhitaḥ | nābhicakraṃ paritaḥ kuṇḍalyavasthitiḥ vartate paritaścakramaṣṭavaktrātha kuṇḍalī || 32-11 || aṣṭaprakṛtirūpeṇa bhogenāveṣṭya vaiṣṇavī | brahmarandhraṃ suṣumnāyāḥ pidadhāti mukhena vai || 32-12 || cakramadhye alambusāsuṣumnayoḥ sthitiḥ alambusā suṣumnā ca madhye cakrasya tiṣṭhataḥ | anyāsāṃ dvādaśanāḍīnāṃ sthānabhedāḥ are prācye suṣumnāyāḥ kuhūrnāḍī vasatyasau || 32-13 || anantarārayugme ca vāruṇā ca yaśasvinī | dakṣiṇāre suṣumnāyāḥ piṅgalā vartate kramāt || 32-14 || tadanantarayoḥ pūṣā vartate ca payasvinī | suṣumnāpaścime cāre sthitā nāḍī sarasvatī || 32-15 || śaṅkhinī caiva gāndhārī tadanantarayoḥ sthite | p. 290) uttare ca suṣumnāyā iḍākhyā nivasatyare || 32-16 || anantaraṃ hastijihvā tato viśvodarā sthitā | pradakṣiṇakrameṇaiva cakrasyāreṣu nāḍayaḥ || 32-17 || vartante dvādaśasvetā dvādaśa brahmaṇaḥ sutāḥ | mukhyānāṃ caturdaśanāḍīnāṃ nāmāni iḍā ca piṅgalā caiva suṣumnā ca sarasvatī || 32-18 || kuhūḥ payasvinī caiva vāruṇā ca yaśasvinī | viśvodarā hastijihvā gāndhārī śaṅkhinī tathā || 32-19 || alambusā ca pūṣā ca mukhyāstvetāścaturdaśa | dehavartināḍīsaṃkhyā dvisaptatisahasrāṇi nāḍīnāṃ dehavartinām || 32-20 || mukhyāstisro nāḍyaḥ tāsu tisro mukhyatamāḥ suṣumneḍā ca piṅgalā | tāsvapi suṣumnā mukhyatamā tāsāṃ suṣumnā mukhyā syādāmūrdhāntaṃ vyavasthitā || 32-21 || jīvasya nāḍīcakre bhramaṇam prāṇārūḍho bhavejjīvaścakre'smin bhramate sadā | ūrṇanābhiryathā tantupañjarāntarvyavasthitaḥ || 32-22 || suṣumnāyā madhyamarandhrasya kuṇḍalyā pidhānam p. 291) pañcarandhryāḥ suṣumnāyāścatvāro raktapūritāḥ | kuṇḍalyā pihitaṃ śaśvad brahmarandhraṃ tu madhyamam || 32-23 || nāḍīnāṃ parimāṇanirūpaṇam prācyaḥ pārśvaḥ suṣumnāyā lalāṭāntaṃ samucchritaḥ | pratīcyaḥ kandharāntastu dvau pārśvau savyadakṣiṇau || 32-24 || ā pārśvaśirasaḥ prāptau guhyametadudāhṛtam | alambusākhyā nāḍī syādāpādāntaṃ vyavasthitā || 32-25 || āmeḍhrāntaṃ kuhūḥ prāptā vāruṇā viśvadehagā | ādakṣiṇapadāṅguṣṭhaṃ saṃprāptātha yaśasvinī || 32-26 || prāptā dakṣiṇanāsāntaṃ piṅgalākhyā tu nāḍikā | pūṣā payasvinī caiva dakṣiṇākṣiśrutī gate || 32-27 || jihvāmūlamabhiprāptā nāḍī nāmnā sarasvatī | śaṅkhinī vāmakarṇaṃ ca gāndhārī vāmalocanam || 32-28 || vāmaghrāṇaṃ gatā nāḍī iḍā nāmneti viśrutā | prāptā vāmapadāṅguṣṭhaṃ hastijihvā tu nāḍikā || 32-29 || viśvodarodaraṃ prāptā proktā nāḍīgatirmayā | iḍāpiṅgalayoścandrasūryāvasthitiḥ iḍāyāṃ vartate candraḥ piṅgalāyāṃ prabhākaraḥ || 32-30 || p. 292) dvāveva kurutaḥ kālaṃ bhuṅkte taṃ brahmanāḍikā | śarīravāyuvṛttāntakathanam śrūyatāṃ vāyuvṛttāntaḥ śarīrāntaravasthitaḥ || 32-31 || śarīre daśa vāyavaḥ prāṇāpānasamānāścāpyudāno vyāna eva ca | nāgaḥ kūrmaśca kṛkaro devadatto dhanaṃjayaḥ || 32-32 || prāṇādivāyūnāṃ sthānanirūpaṇam sadā nivasati prāṇo nābhicakre samīraṇaḥ | āsyanāsikayormadhye hṛdi prāṇaḥ prakāśate || 32-33 || apāno vasati prāyo gudameḍhrorujānuṣu | udare vṛṣaṇe kaṭyāṃ jaṅghānābhyoḥ pradīpavat || 32-34 || gudāgnyagārayostiṣṭhan madhye'pānaḥ prakāśate | vyānaḥ śrotrākṣimadhye ca kṛkāṭyāṃ gulphayorapi || 32-35 || ghrāṇe gale ca sphigdeśe vasatyatra na saṃśayaḥ | udānaḥ sarvasaṃdhisthaḥ pādayorhastayorapi || 32-36 || samānaḥ sarvagātreṣu sarvaṃ vyāpya vyavasthitaḥ | prāṇādīnāṃ vṛttinirūpaṇam niśvāsocchvāsakādīni prāṇakarma itīṣyate || 32-37 || p. 293) hānopādānakarmaiva vyānakarmeti ceṣyate | udānakarma tat proktaṃ dehasyonnayanādikam || 32-38 || poṣaṇādi samānasya śarīre karma kīrtitam | udgārādiguṇo yastu nāgakarmeti ceritam || 32-39 || nimīlanādi kūrmasya kṣutaṃ kṛkarakasya ca | devadattasya devarṣe tandrīkarmeti ceritam || 32-40 || dhanaṃjayasya śophādi sarvakarma prakīrtitam | evaṃ vāyugatiḥ sarvā karma teṣāṃ ca kīrtitam || 32-41 || nāḍīśodhanavidhiḥ tataśca sarvanāḍīnāṃ kuryācchodhanamātmavān | tacchodhanaprakāraḥ iḍayā vāyumāpūrya bāhyaṃ ṣoḍaśamātrakaiḥ || 32-42 || dhārayannudare vāyuṃ mātrā dvātriṃśataṃ tataḥ | smaret svamaṇḍale vahniṃ tatra rephaṃ sabindukam || 32-43 || nāsāgre śaśino bimbaṃ smaret pīyūṣavarṣiṇam | smṛtvā candre vakāraṃ ca sabinduṃ recayet tataḥ || 32-44 || punaḥ piṅgalayāpūrya yathoktenaiva vartmanā | dhṛtvā ca mātariśvānamiḍayā recayet punaḥ || 32-45 || evaṃ trisaṃdhyāṃ triḥ kṛtvā kuryānnityaṃ samāhitaḥ | uktakrameṇa śodhayato māsatrayeṇa nāḍīśuddhisiddhiḥ p. 294) evaṃ niyamayuktasya kurvataḥ sarvanāḍayaḥ || 32-46 || māsatrayeṇa śuddhāḥ syuriti yogavido viduḥ | tato vāyujayaḥ tataśca marutāṃ kuryurvijayaṃ dehavartinām || 32-47 || vāyujayānmanasaḥ sthairyam tataśca vāyavo dehe yatra yatra vasanti vai | tatra tatra manaḥsthairyaṃ vahninā saha nārada || 32-48 || prāṇāyāmavidhiḥ prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kuryāt sarvapāpapraṇāśanam | śikhādisthāneṣu manoḥ ṣaḍakṣaranyāsaḥ śikhāsthāne nābhicakre hṛdayāmburuhe tataḥ || 32-49 || kaṇṭhakūpe bhruvormadhye jihvāmūle tathaiva ca | manoḥ ṣaḍakṣarāṇyeṣu krameṇaiva vicintayet || 32-50 || prāṇāyāmaprakāraḥ vāyuṃ ṣoḍaśamātrābhiriḍayāpūrya cintayet | hṛnmadhye paramātmānaṃ cakrarūpiṇamavyayam || 32-51 || p. 295) yāvacchakti japenmantramimaṃ saudarśanaṃ smaran | punaḥ ṣoḍaśamātrābhī recayet piṅgalāhvayā || 32-52 || anayā punarāropya dhṛtvā cetarayā tyajet | pūraṇe kumbhake caiva recane praṇavaṃ japet || 32-53 || daśa pañcāśataṃ caiva caturdaśa śataṃ kramāt | gāyatrīṃ yadi vā japtvā kuryāduktena vartmanā || 32-54 || evaṃ pratidinaṃ kuryāt prāṇāyāmāṃstu ṣoḍaśa | ete punanti māsena mahāpātakinaṃ naram || 32-55 || pratyāhāranirūpaṇam pratyāhāraṃ tataḥ kuryādaṅgaiḥ pañcabhiranvitam | svabhāvenendriyārtheṣu pravṛttaṃ mānasaṃ budhaiḥ || 32-56 || taddoṣadarśanāt tebhyaḥ samāhṛtya balena tu | niveśanaṃ bhagavati pratyāhāra iti smṛtaḥ || 32-57 || dhāraṇānirūpaṇam viṣayeṣu ca vairāgyādabhyāsād guṇadarśanāt | paramātmani saṃrodho manaso dhāraṇā smṛtā || 32-58 || dhyānanirūpaṇam tadevaṃ dhṛtacittastu cakrarūpaṃ janārdanam | dhyāyīta niyatastasmin yuñjānaḥ prathamaṃ manaḥ || 32-59 || varṇāśramadharmāṇāṃ dhyānetikartavyatātvam p. 296) ramaṇīye śucau deśe vivikte sajale vane | varṇāśramocite dharme vartamānaḥ prasannadhīḥ || 32-60 || śāntaḥ sarvaguṇopetaḥ samamāsanamāsthitaḥ | ṛjukāyaḥ svanāsāgranyastadṛg bhaktimān harau || 32-61 || prāṇāyāmotthitenaiva vāyunā sāgninā mukham | kuṇḍalyāstu vinirbhidya suṣumnāmadhyavartinā || 32-62 || vikāsya hṛdayāmbhoje tadākāśe śikhāspade | sphuradvahniśikhāmadhye cintayedadbhutākṛtim || 32-63 || dhyānālambanabhūtadhyeyasvarūpanirūpaṇam piṅgākṣaṃ piṅgakeśāḍhyaṃ jvalajjvalanatejasam | daṃṣṭrākarālavadanaṃ bhrukuṭībhīmadarśanam || 32-64 || vidyutpuñjapratīkāśairūrdhvakeśairvirājitam | vicitrānandamāṇikyamuktāḍhyamukuṭojjvalam || 32-65 || pūrṇacandrapratīkāśamaṇitāṭaṅkamaṇḍitam | bhujābhiraṣṭabhiryuktaṃ ratnāmbaradharaṃ vibhum || 32-66 || śaṅkhacakragadāśārṅgamusalaiḥ paramāyudhaiḥ | p. 297) pāśāṅkuśāmbujairanyairupetaṃ paradāruṇaiḥ || 32-67 || divyamālyāmbaradharaṃ divyacandanacarcitam | hārakeyūrakaṭakakāñcīmañjīramaṇḍitam || 32-68 || anyaiśca vividhaiścitrairbhūṣaṇairupaśobhitam | padmāsanasthaṃ bhaktānāṃ viśveṣāmabhayapradam || 32-69 || evaṃ dhyāyan vimucyeta muktaḥ sakalakilbiṣaiḥ | samādhinirūpaṇam tadevaṃ smṛtisaṃtānajanitotkarṣaṇaṃ kramāt || 32-70 || arthamātrāvabhāsaṃ tu samādhiṃ yogino viduḥ | samādhiniṣṭhasya mahimānuvarṇanam tataḥ samādhimāsthāya tanmayatvamupāgataḥ || 32-71 || tasya prabhāvamakhilamaśnute śaktiśālinaḥ | aṇimādiguṇāḥ sarve bhavantyasya mahātmanaḥ || 32-72 || niḥsahāyaḥ sapatnānāmanīkāni bahūnyapi | hinastyeṣa yathā cakraṃ cakraṃ daiteyarakṣasām || 32-73 || manīṣitāni sarvāni svayamasyopayānti vai | siddhā vidyādharā yakṣāḥ kaiṃkaryaṃ tasya kurvate || 32-74 || devāśca ṛṣayaḥ sarve gandharvāpsarasāṃ gaṇāḥ | p. 298) tadājñākāriṇaḥ sarve piśācoragarākṣasāḥ || 32-75 || nikhilabhuvanajanmasthemabhaṅgaikahetu- rbhavati sakalavettā sarvadṛk sarvaśaktiḥ | abhimatabahurūpo daityarakṣāṃsi nighnan parihṛtaparivāro vartate pūrṇakāmaḥ || 32-76 || iti pāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām nāḍīśuddhivāyujayayogāṅgaprāṇāyāmādinirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvātriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 32 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 1948 maṇiśekharopākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma trayastriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || uktārthānuvādaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan kathitaṃ sarvaṃ svarūpaṃ ca guṇāstathā | parivārāstathā mantrāḥ śastrairastraiśca daivataiḥ || 33-1 || śaktibhirmaṇḍalaiścitraiḥ padmairbahuvidhairapi | etairviśiṣṭamākhyātaṃ yantrarūpamanuttamam || 33-2 || sarveṣāmeva jantūnāṃ varṇānāṃ parameśvara | kṣatriyasya viśeṣeṇa rakṣārthaṃ yantramīritam || 33-3 || sudarśanaprabhāvaviṣayakastridhā praśnaḥ etasya yantrarājasya mahimā kathitaḥ purā | prabhāvaścakrarūpasya devasya kimayaṃ smṛtaḥ || 33-4 || sudarśananṛsiṃhasya kimu kiṃ parivārajaḥ | tamimaṃ saṃśayaṃ chindhi sarvajño'si yataḥ prabho || 33-5 || p. 300) vistareṇa taduttarakathanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - sudarśanaprabhāvo'yaṃ saṃkṣepāt kathito mayā | vistāramasya devarṣe kathyamānamimaṃ śṛṇu || 33-6 || sā bhūmānaṃ prati prāyo mahatāṃ parivāratā | na cedbhūmāsya nāstyeva parivāyatvasaṃbhavaḥ || 33-7 || sarvasyāpi sudarśanātmakatvam tataścakramayaṃ sarvaṃ jagat sthāvarajaṅgamam | sudarśanasyaiva kālacakrātmakatvam cakrātmānamanādyantaṃ kālaṃ prathamataḥ śṛṇu || 33-8 || kālacakrasvarūpanirūpaṇam trinābhiyuktaṃ ṣaṇnemi pañcāraṃ cakramavyayam | saṃvatsaramayaṃ yat tat kālacakramiti smṛtam || 33-9 || sarvasyāpi kālacakravaśavartitvam tadvaśe vartate viśvaṃ cetanācetanātmakam | paramātmā kālacakrapravartakaḥ parivartayate devastadetaccakrarūpadhṛt || 33-10 || jagaccakranirūpaṇam avyaktādiviśeṣāntatattvarūpairarairvṛtam | p. 301) caturviṃśatisaṃkhyākaiḥ puruṣātmakanemiyuk || 33-11 || paramātmanastatprerakatvam jagaccakramiti khyātaṃ tacca prerayati svayam | paramātmano nābhicakraprerakatvam sthīyate dvādaśāreṇa nābhicakreṇa dehinaḥ || 33-12 || śarīraṃ tacca tenaiva preryate cakrarūpiṇā | paramātmanaḥ sarvaprerakatvanigamanam ataḥ prerayitā devaḥ samastasya janārdanaḥ || 33-13 || sudarśanavapuḥ śrīmānanādiprabhavāpyayaḥ | tasyaiva jagatsargasthitisaṃhārahetutvam jñānasvarūpo bhagavān pūrṇaṣāṅguṇyavigrahaḥ || 33-14 || sa eva sarvabhūtānāṃ sraṣṭā pālayitāntakaḥ | tasyaiva śivarūpadharasya śaivairārādhyatvam sa eva śivarūpeṇa śaivairārādhyate prabhuḥ || 33-15 || tasyaiva brahmarūpeṇa jagatsraṣṭṛtvam sa eva brahmarūpeṇa sṛjatyetaccarācaram | tasyaiva svāṃśarūpeṇa jagatpālakatvam sa eva pālayatyetad viṣṇurbhūtvā janārdanaḥ || 33-16 || tasyaiva rudrarūpeṇa saṃhartṛtvam p. 302) sa eva rudrarūpeṇa saṃharatyakhilaṃ jagat | tasyaiva buddharūpatvam buddhātmanā ca bauddhānāṃ sa eva jagati sthitaḥ || 33-17 || tasyaiva digambararūpatvam sa eva śāmbarāṇāṃ ca nirāvaraṇarūpadhṛt | tasyaiva jinarūpatvam sa eva cārvākamate jineśvaravapurdharaḥ || 33-18 || tasyaiva yajñapuruṣarūpatvam sa eva yājñikānāṃ ca yajñapūruṣasaṃjñakaḥ | mīmāṃsakaiḥ sa evāyamupāsyatvena codyate || 33-19 || kāpilamate tasyaiva puruṣarūpatvam kāpilaiḥ puruṣatvena sa evākhyāyate vibhuḥ | sarvasvarūpatvāt tasyaiva sarvaphalapradatvam upāsyatvena ye prāhuryaṃ yaṃ tattadvapurdharaḥ || 33-20 || teṣāṃ manīṣitaṃ sarvaṃ sa evāśu prayacchati | devādirūpadhāraṇādapi cakrarūpadhāraṇaṃ bhagavataḥ priyatamam p. 303) eteṣāmeva devānāṃ svatanūnāṃ janārdanaḥ || 33-21 || paraṃ prīṇāti bhagavāṃścakrarūpadharo hariḥ | tatra hetunirūpaṇam svasamāśritarakṣāyāṃ pareṣāṃ ca nibarhaṇe || 33-22 || idameva vapurdhatte sudarśanamayaṃ hariḥ | rahasyametat kathitaṃ bhakto'sīti tapodhana || 33-23 || tatretihāsodāharaṇam purāvṛttaṃ suramune śṛṇuṣva gadato mama | durdharṣo nāma rājarṣirdhārmiko dṛḍhavikramaḥ || 33-24 || pramagandasutaḥ śrīmānnaicāśākhapure vasan | dharmataḥ pālayāmāsa saptadvīpavatīṃ mahīm || 33-25 || vatsalā nāma tasyābhūnmahiṣī varavarṇinī | sā tasya janayāmāsa maṇiśekharamātmajam || 33-26 || so'pyavasthāmatikramya prathamāṃ maṇiśekharaḥ | ramaṇīyākṛtiḥ śūraḥ prāptavidyaḥ paraṃtapaḥ || 33-27 || saṃprāptayauvanaḥ śrīmān prācīṃ bhāryāmavindata | sarvalokādhipatyārhamenaṃ durdharṣaṇaḥ sutam || 33-28 || nidhāya rājye tatraiva jagāma tapase vanam | p. 304) piteva pālayāmāsa sa samudravatīṃ mahīm || 33-29 || prācyāṃ putraḥ samabhavaṃstasya sapta mahātmanaḥ | pālayatyavanīṃ tasmin nikhilāṃ maṇiśekhare || 33-30 || tasmin kāle samabhavat sarvaprāṇibhayaṃkaraḥ | vikaṭākṣa iti khyāto brahmadattavaro balī || 33-31 || mahāsureṇa tenaiva pīḍitā sakalā mahī | tatputraistasya pautraiśca prapautraiḥ pūritā mahī || 33-32 || te'surāḥ sarvabhūtāni pīḍayanti sma bhīṣaṇāḥ | vikaṭākṣasamājñaptā bhīmarūpāḥ sahasraśaḥ || 33-33 || kāṃścidvidrāvayanti sma kāṃścijjaghnustarasvinaḥ | dvijātīnāṃ muniśreṣṭha yajñavyāsedhamācaran || 33-34 || sarveṣāmeva varṇānāṃ tattadāśramavāsinām | abādhiṣata karmāṇi vihitāni yathātatham || 33-35 || pṛthivyāṃ yāni ratnāni dhanāni vipulāni ca | svasmai pradāpayāmāsa vikaṭākṣo mahāsuraḥ || 33-36 || tataḥ saṃpīḍitāḥ sarvāḥ prajāstena durātmanā | vyajijñapaṃstad vṛttāntaṃ maṇiśekharabhūbhuje || 33-37 || krodhena mahatāviṣṭo rājā rājīvalocanaḥ | p. 305) abhiyoddhuṃ manaścakre vikaṭākṣaṃ mahāsuram || 33-38 || samānīya tataḥ sarvān sainikān samanahyata | tasya saṃnāhamālokya mantriṇastasya saṃgatāḥ || 33-39 || idamūcuravadhyatvaṃ tasya senābhiyogataḥ | purā durātmāvṛṇuta tapaḥasṃtoṣitādvidheḥ || 33-40 || ye māmabhimukhāyātāḥ śatravastairavadhyatām | evamastviti tenokte vikaṭākṣo'tidarpitaḥ || 33-41 || tataḥ prabhṛtyajayyo'bhūcchatrubhiḥ saṃmukhāgataiḥ | tasmāt tvamapi saṃnāhamupasaṃhara taṃ prati || 33-42 || tataḥ sa śuśruvān vākyaṃ mantribhiḥ samudīritam | tataḥ saṃgrāmasaṃnāhād virarāma mahīpatiḥ || 33-43 || tataḥ kratuṃ samāhūya purodhasamanāgasam | mantrayāmāsa nṛpatistena mantravidā samam || 33-44 || vikaṭākṣasya vṛttāntaṃ sarvamākhyāya tattvataḥ | parairajayyatāṃ cāsya yuddhe saṃmukhavartibhiḥ || 33-45 || yenopāyena bhagavan jeṣyāmastaṃ durāsadam | brūhi taṃ sakalāḥ svasthā bhaveyurmāmikāḥ prajāḥ || 33-46 || evamuktastadā tena bhūbhujā sa purohitaḥ | cintayitvā cirāyaitaduvāca maṇiśekharam || 33-47 || p. 306) satyaṃ na śakyate jetuṃ yuddhe sa varadarpitaḥ | bhagavantamṛte viṣṇuṃ śaṅkhacakragadādharam || 33-48 || nīlajīmūtasaṃkāśaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam | aprameyaṃ jagannāthamāśritārtivināśanam || 33-49 || uttuṅgamaṅgalaguṇaṃ daityacakrapramardanam | nāstyupāyāntaraṃ loke tatsamaṃ jagatīpate || 33-50 || atastaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha sarvabhāvena bhūpate | cakrarūpadharaṃ devaṃ bhaktarakṣaṇadīkṣitam || 33-51 || tatprāptyupāyaṃ jānāti durvāsā munisattamaḥ | tatprāsādāt tamasuraṃ saṃhartuṃ sakalaṃ kṣamam || 33-52 || tamṛṣiṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ bhīṣaṇaṃ gaccha sāṃpratam | evameveti niścitya rājā paramadhārmikaḥ || 33-53 || nirjagāma purāt tasmāt sārdhaṃ tena purodhasā | himavacchikhare ramye tapasyantaṃ mahāmunim || 33-54 || vasānaṃ valkale śubhre śubhrayajñopavītinam | jaṭājinadharaṃ śāntaṃ jvalatpāvakasaṃnibham || 33-55 || taṃ tathāvasthitaṃ rājā jagāma sapurohitaḥ | sa munistau muniśreṣṭho dṛṣṭvā rājapurohitau || 33-56 || tau samabhyarcya vidhinā svāgataṃ vyājahāra ha | p. 307) imaṃ deśamanuprāptau kimarthaṃ vanagocaram || 33-57 || bhavantau lakṣaye sākṣād brahmakṣatre savigrahe | pramagandasutaṃ vīra jāne tvāṃ maṇiśekharam || 33-58 || saptadvīpavatī pṛthvī tava vaśyeti śuśrum | sarveṣvaṅgādidharmeṣu bhavataḥ kimanāmayam || 33-59 || prajāḥ pālayase sarvāḥ svadharmasthā mahīpate | kratuṃ purohitaṃ labdhvā bhavataḥ kiṃ na setsyati || 33-60 || anūcāno muniḥ śreyān sarveṣāṃ ca tapasvinām | śānto dāntaḥ śuciḥ śrīmān satyavādī dṛḍhavrataḥ || 33-61 || dharmajñaḥ sarvaśāstrajñaḥ sarvakarmasu kovidaḥ | karmaṭhaḥ śīlasaṃpanno yāyajūko nirāmayaḥ || 33-62 || kṛpānuraktaḥ sarveṣu samabuddhiḥ samādhimān | daiṣṭikaḥ paramodāro dhṛtimān rājasatkṛtaḥ || 33-63 || sarvairanumataḥ śaśvad bhaktimān puruṣottame | ṣaṇṇāṃ samayadharmāṇāmabhijño nayakovidaḥ || 33-64 || dayālurabhijātaśca sādhakaḥ sarvamantravit | anyaiśca sadguṇairyuktaḥ purohita iti smṛtaḥ || 33-65 || īdṛśo'yaṃ kratuḥ sākṣād bṛhaspatirivāparaḥ | anena sarvakāryāṇi kuruṣva maṇiśekhara || 33-66 || p. 308) tathāpi kaiścidaribhiḥ paribhūta ivāgataḥ | ākhyāhi sarvaṃ nṛpate kimāgamanakāraṇam || 33-67 || evamuktvā mahātejā virarāma tapodhanaḥ | atha kraturmuniśreṣṭhaḥ prāha durvāsasaṃ prati || 33-68 || rājakāryamaśeṣeṇa samāgamanakāraṇam | svarājyaṃ vikaṭākṣeṇa pīḍyamānaṃ durātmanā || 33-69 || balaṃ mahāsurasyāsya durjayatvamarātibhiḥ | prajāpatervaraprāptiṃ tatsaṃtativijṛmbhaṇam || 33-70 || evaṃ bahuvidhaṃ tasya ceṣṭitaṃ lokagarhitam | vyāhṛtya praṇipatyainamuvāca vinayānvitaḥ || 33-71 || brūhi tasya jayopāyaṃ tvāmayaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ | tvamāpadaḥ paritrāhi rājānaṃ dharmavatsalam || 33-72 || paritrātānyanenaiva bhuvanāni tapodhana | evamuktvā munivaraṃ praṇipatya puraḥ sthitau || 33-73 || kṛpayā parayā vīkṣya ṣaḍvarṇaṃ mantramuttamam | saudarśanaṃ tayoḥ prādāccaturvargaphalapradam || 33-74 || anena sādhayābhīṣṭametenaiva purodhasā | purodhā eva rājñāṃ hi dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthasādhakaḥ || 33-75 || viśeṣeṇāsya devasya pratiṣṭhārādhanādiṣu | p. 309) vaiguṇyamasya tat sarvamaparādhāt purodhasaḥ || 33-76 || tathā sādguṇyamasyaiva rājñaḥ kāryeṣu bhūpate | anyaiḥ paurodhasaiḥ kāryaṃ kāryametasya tacca vai || 33-77 || ityuktvā tau tadā prāha purāvṛttaṃ mahāmuniḥ | vārāhaṃ rūpamāsthāya bhagavān puruṣottamaḥ || 33-78 || ujjahāra bhuvaṃ kalpe vārāhe salilāt tataḥ | tadāha paramaprītā devaṃ devī vasuṃdharā || 33-79 || priyārthamanuraktānāṃ sadā bhūmaṇḍale tvayā | vartitavyaṃ jagannātha priyāṃ tanumupeyuṣā || 33-80 || evamuktastayā devyā tadā prabhṛti keśavaḥ | sālagrāmāhvaye puṇye nyavasanmaṇḍale bhuvaḥ || 33-81 || sudarśanavapuḥ śrīmān bhagavān bhaktavatsalaḥ | adyāpi deśamāhātmyād bhaktānāmanukampayā || 33-82 || bhuvaḥ prārthanayā tatra nityaṃ saṃnihito hariḥ | atra taptaṃ tapo yat tat sahasraguṇitaṃ bhavet || 33-83 || manuṣyāḥ paśavastatra krimayaśca patatriṇaḥ | ye mṛtāḥ śaṅkhacakrāṅkāste bhavanti na saṃśayaḥ || 33-84 || bhagavān puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ sudarśanavapurdharaḥ | saṃnidhatte sadā tatra sanmaṅgalaguṇārṇavaḥ || 33-85 || taddeśavāsino martyāḥ surāstiryañca eva ca | p. 310) taravaścācalāḥ sarve cakramudrāṅkitāstadā || 33-86 || sarasvatyāstaṭe puṇye sālagrāme janārdanam | cakrarūpaṃ samārādhya pūrvoktenaiva vartmanā || 33-87 || tatprasādāt sapatnāṃstvaṃ jahi duṣṭaviceṣṭitān | tato niṣkaṇṭakāṃ bhūmiṃ pālayaināṃ purā yathā || 33-88 || evamuktvā muniśreṣṭho rājānaṃ sapurohitam | upārarāma bhagavān durvāsā yamināṃ varaḥ || 33-89 || tataḥ praṇamya taṃ rājā purodhāścāpi jagmatuḥ | jaitraṃ vimānamāruhya naicāśākhapuraṃ prati || 33-90 || sālagrāmaṃ tato gatvā bhagavantaṃ janārdanam | saṃbhṛtya sarvasaṃbhārāṃścakrarūpaṃ jagatpatim || 33-91 || purodhasaiva nṛpatirarcayāmāsa mantrataḥ | arcanena japenaiva dhyānena ca mahīpatiḥ || 33-92 || toṣayāmāsa māsena bhaktyā paramayā harim | āvirbabhūva sa tadā cakrarūpī mahīpateḥ || 33-93 || gadāmusalaśaṅkhāridhanuḥpāśāṅkuśāmbujān | aṣṭābhirbāhubhirdivyairbibhrat piṅgalalocanaḥ || 33-94 || ūrdhvapiṅgalakeśāḍhyo raktavarṇo mahādyutiḥ | daṃṣṭrākarālavadanaḥ paṅkajāsanasaṃśritaḥ || 33-95 || p. 311) raktāmbaradharo dṛptaḥ sarvabhūṣaṇabhūṣitaḥ | divyamālādharoraskaḥ sasmitaṃ samudaikṣata || 33-96 || samudiyāya tato harivakṣasaḥ pratihatākhilalokavilocanam | valayitācirarocirivāmbarāt paramacakramathaindramatidyuti || 33-97 || prathamamekamatho daśa tacchataṃ daśaśatakramato niyutāyute | bhavadatho bahudhā sakalaṃ nabhaḥ kalitacakramabhūdatibhīṣaṇam || 33-98 || yugapad vikaṭākṣadānavaṃ vinihatyākhilabāndhavaiḥ saha | tadihāviṣayaṃ vyatiṣṭhata kṣaṇamāplutya yayau sudarśanaḥ || 33-99 || śaśāsa pṛthvīṃ sasamudrakānanāṃ jitākhiladvīpavatīṃ sapattanām | yathā śacīśastridivaṃ sadaivataṃ pavitrakīrtirmaṇiśekharastathā || 33-100 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ maṇiśekharopākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma trayastriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 33 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 2048 brahmāstrādimantrasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma catustriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi || brahmāstrādimantrasvarūpapraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan sarvadharmajña sarvalokanamaskṛta | uktaṃ cakrādviniṣkrāntamastrajātamiha prabho || 34-1 || teṣāṃ svarūpaṃ mantrāṇāṃ sarveṣāṃ vaktumarhasi | vinā tvāṃ na hi paśyāmi vettāraṃ kamapīśvara || 34-2 || taduttarakathanāya teṣāṃ guhyatamatvākhyānam ahirbudhnyaḥ - maharṣe yat tvayā pṛṣṭametad guhyatamaṃ param | sudurlabhamanākhyeyaṃ kasmaicit sarvasādhakam || 34-3 || tathāpi tava vakṣyāmi bhakto'sīti mahāmune | tvayāpyetanna dātavyaṃ surāsurasamarcitam || 34-4 || 1 - brahmāstram p. 313) phāntaṃ vahnisamāyuktaṃ vyoma hālāsamanvitam | meṣadvayaṃ dantayutaṃ hālāhalamataḥ param || 34-5 || ghanādyaṃ vāyupūrvaṃ ca dantayuktamathāntimam | sarasaṃ carkṣaparyāyaṃ bhāntaṃ bhṛgumataḥ param || 34-6 || ambaraṃ vāyusaṃyuktamarimardanamapyataḥ | pradīptamatha vaktavyaṃ paramaṃ ca padaṃ tataḥ || 34-7 || tatte pade prayoktavye gāyatryā madhyamaṃ tataḥ | padatrayaṃ prayoktavyametad brahmāstramīritam || 34-8 || 2 - daṇḍacakram jīvaḥ pañcamavargādiścaturthādyo'ntimānvitaḥ | bhṛguḥ sadīrgho daṇḍādyo meṣo yaṣṭyaparāhvayaḥ || 34-9 || ātmane ca padaṃ tatra cakrāyeti padaṃ tataḥ | varmānta eṣa mantrastu daṇḍacakramitīṣyate || 34-10 || 3 - kālacakram vāruṇaṃ māyayā yuktaṃ vāntaṃ vāruṇasaṃyutam | p. 314) yūpāntaṃ vahninā yuktaṃ mo'tha sāgnirathātriyuk || 34-11 || dhāntaṃ kālātmanetyetaccakrāyeti padaṃ tataḥ | phaḍanta eṣa mantrastu kālacakraḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 34-12 || 4 - dharmacakram mona yakrāca netmarmā tathā dha namayeti ca | nilakhītyapicākāro vyutkrameṇa pradṛśyate || 34-13 || dharmacakramimaṃ mantraṃ viduḥ pūrve maharṣayaḥ | 5 - viṣṇucakram tārapūrvaṃ ca hṛdayaṃ bhagādyantau vanādimaḥ || 34-14 || caṇḍīśayukta āṣāḍhastīvratejasa ityapi | paryāyaṃ lakṣasaṃkhyāyā āreti ca padaṃ tataḥ || 34-15 || paramatra prayoktavyaṃ bhindhīti ca padaṃ tataḥ | bhīṣayetyapi vaktavyaṃ viṣṇucakramidaṃ viduḥ || 34-16 || 6 - indracakram yaṣaśo kaṃ tathā nīvānadā vannapirūmahi | minnelajveti tāraṃ ca indracakramidaṃ smṛtam || 34-17 || 7 - vajrāstram tāraṃ caturmukhaḥ svaṅganāthavān dīrghasaṃyutaḥ | p. 315) pinākī dīrghasaṃyukto jalādyaṃ māyi somarāṭ || 34-18 || phalāntaṃ bhīṣaṇapadaṃ dambhole ityapi kramāt | varmāstrayuktaṃ vijñeyaṃ vajrāstramidamuttamam || 34-19 || 8 - triśūlam hṛtpūrvaṃ vahnimāyāyugāṣāḍho māyayā bakaḥ | vahnirbhṛguḥ sacaṇḍīśaḥ prayoktavyastataḥ param || 34-20 || atha śūlavarāyeti bhīmarūpapadaṃ tathā | dārayeti padaṃ tatra mārayeti padaṃ tataḥ || 34-21 || bhīṣayeti śiro'ntaṃ ca triśūlamidamīritam | 9 - brahmaśiro'stram krodhī daṇḍī ca caṇḍīśavīrāntaṃ vṛścikādimam || 34-22 || āṣāḍhayuk sacaṇḍīśo huṃ phaḍ brahmaśiraḥ smṛtam | 10 - aiṣīkāstram hāsvā pakṣi yavadrāvi nyaṃsairapa mareti ca || 34-23 || pakāraṃ vyutkrameṇedamaiṣīkaṃ paramaṃ smṛtam | 11 - modakī bhṛguḥ krodhī pinākī ca sānanto mitra ityapi || 34-24 || p. 316) saṃtāpanānte māyā syānmodakānte ca tāṃ nyaset | kavacāstrayuto mantro modakī syād gadāhvayā || 34-25 || 12 - śikharī lohitaśca bhujaṃgeśo bhṛgurbhautikasaṃyutaḥ | muṇḍaḥ savālī khaḍgīśo dīrghayuktaśca pāvakaḥ || 34-26 || umeśo māyayā yuktaḥ śikharīti padaṃ tataḥ | tato bhedini phaṭ caiva śikharī syād gadāhvayā || 34-27 || 13 - dharmapāśāstram vaprāntamādyaṃ caṇḍasya maṇḍape madhyamaṃ tataḥ | durvṛtteti padaṃ tatra gajaparyāyamapyuta || 34-28 || dvirāvṛttaṃ bandhayeti dharmapāśamidaṃ viduḥ | 14 - kālapāśāstram atrirmāyānvitaḥ śvetaḥ sasomeśo'tha pāvakaḥ || 34-29 || ṣaṣṭhasvarasamāyukto lohitaśca tataḥ kramāt | viṣṭambhayeti ca padaṃ dvirāvṛttamataḥ param || 34-30 || varmānta eṣa mantrastu kālapāśa itīritaḥ | 15 - varuṇapāśāstram tundileti padaṃ pūrvaṃ sarveti ca padaṃ tataḥ || 34-31 || p. 317) vāraṇeti tato ghorarūpeti ca padaṃ kramāt | varma phaṭ ceti mantro'yaṃ vāruṇaṃ pāśamuttamam || 34-32 || 16 - ādyo'śaniḥ lohitaścaiva vahniśca kūrmaḥ sāṣāḍhakaṃ viṣam | bhārabhūtiyutaḥ krodhī tataśca matipaścimaḥ || 34-33 || atha hastāparaṃ nāma śoṣayeti dviruccaret | aśanidvitayādādyamimaṃ mantraṃ vidurbudhāḥ || 34-34 || 17 - anyo'śaniḥ yaṣabhī ṇaradānomarapa ityaparo'śaniḥ | 18 - painākāstram amareśo'tha khānto'gnisaṃyukto daṇḍa ityapi || 34-35 || aṅkuśo bhindhi bhindhīti painākamamitadyuti | 19 - nārāyaṇāstram viṣṇurdaṇḍī punaścādyo bhujaṅgo dīrghasaṃyutaḥ || 34-36 || āṣāḍho māyayā yuktaḥ sudarśanaparāhvayaḥ | dāraṇeti padaṃ tatra viśvamūrte iti kramāt || 34-37 || varmāstre ca tathā jñeye nārāyaṇamidaṃ smṛtam | 20 - pāśupatāstram sapinākī bako bindurmahāmāyāsamanvitaḥ || 34-38 || p. 318) lohito'tha bakaścāyaṃ pañcamasvarasaṃyutaḥ | kavacāstre prayoktavye etat pāśupataṃ smṛtam || 34-39 || 21 - āgneyāstram tāraṃ tataśca hṛdayaṃ bahuvarṇāya cetyatha | vṛttapiṅgalaśabdaṃ ca locaneti tataḥ kramāt || 34-40 || viśvāmitrapadaṃ cāpi tathā praśamaneti ca | daheti śoṣayetyevaṃ prayuñjyād bhīṣayeti ca || 34-41 || etadāgneyamatyugraṃ surāsurasupūjitam | 22 - dayitāstram bakaśca sūkṣmaścaṇḍaśca bhujaṅgo dīrghadaṇḍavān || 34-42 || vyoma khaḍgīśasaṃyuktaṃ vālī prakṣepaṇeti ca | varmāntametaṃ mantraṃ tu dayitaṃ paricakṣate || 34-43 || 23 - vāyavyāstram vālinaṃ daṇḍasahitaṃ trirāvṛttaṃ vinirdiśet | yakṣarakṣaḥpade caiva piśācādīniti kramāt || 34-44 || amitrāṃśceti ca padaṃ brūyād dūramataḥ param | dvirāvṛttaṃ tataḥ kuryādutsārayapadaṃ kramāt || 34-45 || vāyavyametad vikhyātaṃ trailokye sarvavanditam | 24 - hayaśiro'stram vyoma daṇḍayutaṃ vyoma vālī śītādyamakṣaram || 34-46 || p. 319) śveto vahniyuto dīrgho bhujaṃgo dīrghasaṃyutaḥ | āṣāḍho'tha mahāmāyāsaṃyuto muṇḍamaṇḍitaḥ || 34-47 || kabalīkurviti brūyādayaṃ hayaśiromanuḥ | 25 - krauñcāstram napantāsarapetyeṣa phaḍantaḥ krauñca īritaḥ || 34-48 || 26 - prathamā śaktiḥ ṇiradāvirapa rtemūptadī vyutkramato manuḥ | varmānta eṣa śaktibhyāmādyaḥ sarvāribhīṣaṇaḥ || 34-49 || 27 - dvitīyā śaktiḥ nesetapro rṇikakuśaṃ rtemūjrava itīritaḥ | vyutkremeṇa humanto'yaṃ śaktibhyāmaparo manuḥ || 34-50 || 28 - kaṅkālāstram śivottamaḥ sabinduśca krodhī dīrghānvito'nalaḥ | bhānto dīrghasamāyukto vālī paḍiti cāntataḥ || 34-51 || kaṅkāla eṣa kathito mantraḥ sarvabhayaṃkaraḥ | 29 - musalāstram caṇḍādyantau kramānnyasya rūpādyantau tataḥ param || 34-52 || p. 320) āvartayad ghātayeti tadetanmusalaṃ smṛtam | 30 - kāpālāstram caṇḍo bhujaṅgaścātriśca bako vahnisamāyutaḥ || 34-53 || muṇḍo dvigaṇḍo māyī mā meṣadvayamataḥ param | khaḍgīśo bhautikayuto vahniścaṇḍīśasaṃyutaḥ || 34-54 || astrānta eṣa mantraḥ syāt kāpālamatibhīṣaṇam | 31 - kaṅkaṇī atriḥ sadīrgho vahniśca māyayā tu samanvitaḥ || 34-55 || āṣāḍho'nantasahito vahnirdīrghasamanvitaḥ | ādyaścaturthavargasya caṇḍīśena samanvitaḥ || 34-56 || damayeti dvirāvṛttyā manureṣa tu kaṅkaṇī | 32 - vaidyādharāstram hṛdayaṃ prathamaṃ nyasya bhageti ca padaṃ tataḥ || 34-57 || vatītyetadapi brūyānmahāmāye iti kramāt | kavacāstre prayoktavye etadvaidyādharaṃ param || 34-58 || 33 - asiraktāstram khaṇḍitādyariparyāyaṃ padaṃ śakte iti kramāt | varmāntamasiraktākhyamastrametadudāhṛtam || 34-59 || 34 - gāndharvāstram p. 321) krodhī pinākisaṃyukto daṇḍabhautikasaṃyutaḥ | mohayeti dvirabhyasya manurgāndharva iṣyate || 34-60 || 35 - prasthāpanāstram pañcāntakaḥ sadaṇḍaḥ syādatho gaṇapate api | loketyanantaraṃ brūyādamitrānityanantaram || 34-61 || prasthāpayetyathābhyasya prasthāpanamudāhṛtam | 36 - praśamanāstram lohitaḥ sānalo jīvo mahāmāyāsamanvitaḥ || 34-62 || atrirdviraṇḍaḥ pañcārirlānto māyī talādimaḥ | māyārūpiṇi cetyetat padamante prayojayet || 34-63 || etat praśamanaṃ nāma sarvaśatrunivāraṇam | 37 - sauryāstram tāraṃ tataśca hṛdayaṃ parāyeti padaṃ tataḥ || 34-64 || pareti padamuccārya tejaḥ padamanantaram | nibarhaṇāya cetyetat phaḍantaṃ sauryamucyate || 34-65 || 38 - darpaṇāstram atrirdaṇḍī ca khaḍgīśo māyayā ca samanvitaḥ | p. 322) atriḥ sadīrgho vahniśca māyī cāṣāḍhakaḥ smṛtaḥ || 34-66 || atrirlohitayuktaśca vahnirvarma ca phaṭ tataḥ | darpaṇāstramidaṃ proktaṃ sarvāribalamardanam || 34-67 || 39 - śoṣaṇāstram bako dantī ca śukrādyo māyāyuktastalādimaḥ | vairīti mānasetyetat prayojyaṃ varma cāntataḥ || 34-68 || etacchoṣaṇamityuktaṃ viśvārātikṣayaṃkaram | 40 - saṃtāpanāstram āṣāḍho dīrghasaṃyukto lohito māyayānvitaḥ || 34-69 || āṣāḍho lohito vahnirbhṛgurbhautikasaṃyutaḥ | muṇḍayuktaṃ savāli syād bhṛgurākāśa eva ca || 34-70 || sramūrte iti ca nyasya saṃtāpayapadaṃ tataḥ | āvartayedimaṃ mantraṃ saṃtāpanamudāhṛtam || 34-71 || 41 - vilāpanāstram bhṛgurbhautikasaṃyuktaḥ savahnirdaṇḍasaṃyutaḥ | mahākālaḥ sadīrghaḥ syād vālī dīrghānvitastataḥ || 34-72 || ātmane tu padaṃ paścāt phaḍantaḥ syādvilāpanam | 42 - madanāstram huṃ yemāhāmararvādu vyutkrāntaṃ madanaṃ smṛtam || 34-73 || 43 - kaṃdarpadayitāstram p. 323) calagaṇḍamatho vyoma sāmaradhīśvaraṃ tataḥ | mahākalaḥ sadantaḥ syād vyoma meṣastataḥ param || 34-74 || māyāvinniti ca brūyādastrāyeti padaṃ tataḥ | phaḍanta eṣa mantrastu kaṃdarpadayitaṃ smṛtam || 34-75 || 44 - paiśācāstram nihamorapa ityeṣa vyutkrāntaḥ saśiromanuḥ | paiśācamidamākhyātamakhilārivimardanam || 34-76 || 45 - tāmasāstram ajeśvaraṃ trirāvṛtaṃ sadaṇḍaṃ prathamaṃ paṭhet | timireti padaṃ brūyāddhastaparyāyameva ca || 34-77 || pratisainyaṃ padaṃ paścāt saṃvṛṇviti samabhyaset | etat tāmasamityuktamastraṃ sarvārimohanam || 34-78 || 46 - saumanāstram viṣṇurdantī mahākālaḥ śivottamamataḥ param | śakte iti padaṃ paścāt parastambhana ityataḥ || 34-79 || varmāstre ca tato brūyādetat saumanamucyate | 47 - saṃvartāstram bhujaṅgo daṇḍavān paścādripūniti padaṃ vadet || 34-80 || p. 224) kṣipeti dviḥ śiro'ntaṃ syāt saṃvartamidamuttamam | 48 - mausalāstram tigmeti vṛtte iti ca pade pūrvaṃ paṭhet kramāt || 34-81 || bhindhīti ca dvirabhyastaṃ śiro'ntaṃ mausalaṃ smṛtam | 49 - satyāstram tāraṃ praṇāmaparyāyaṃ paramārthāya ityatha || 34-82 || ripūniti padaṃ brūyājjahītyetad dvirabhyaset | satyamastramidaṃ proktaṃ sarvaśatrunibarhaṇam || 34-83 || 50 - māyādharāstram tāraṃ tataśca hṛdayaṃ devāyeti padaṃ vadet | māyātmane iti padaṃ paṭhitvā tadanantaram || 34-84 || phaḍanta eṣa mantrastu māyādharamudīritam | 51 - ghorāstram śivottamaḥ sadaṇḍaśca punaścāyaṃ sadantakaḥ || 34-85 || vahnistato bhujaṅgaḥ syadaṅghrīśena ca saṃyutaḥ | lohito dīrghayugvālī caṇḍāyeti padaṃ vadet || 34-86 || śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu ghoramastramudīritam | 52 - ratyastram bhṛguraudradvikaṃ rephaṃ dviḥ kṛtvā prādikān punaḥ || 34-87 || p. 325) śivottamaṃ sasatyaṃ ca bhujaṅgeśastataḥ param | āṣāḍho'marayuṅmeṣaṃ ratyastraṃ ca pavitrakam || 34-88 || 53 - aghorāstram caṭaṃ vīpsya punaḥ prādiṃ krodhīśaṃ vyoma cābhyaset | vāruṇaṃ ca tathā kālaṃ dvirvāmanasabindukam || 34-89 || mīnamāvṛtya meṣaṃ ca āṣāḍhaṃ lohitaṃ punaḥ | śaktyādhikamaghorāstraṃ varmāstrāntamudīritam || 34-90 || 54 - saumāstram bhṛguṃ sānugrahādhīśaṃ daṇḍinaṃ prathamaṃ paṭhet | dviṣantaṃ padamuccārya tata udvejayeti ca || 34-91 || antyaṃ dvirabhyasedetat saumāstramidamīritam | 55 - tvāṣṭrāstram praṇavaṃ hṛdayaṃ pūrvaṃ bhṛgustenaiva saṃyutaḥ || 34-92 || krodhī pinākī meṣaśca māyayā ca samanvitaḥ | mahākāladvayaṃ sāgnidīrghayuktaṃ tataḥ param || 34-93 || bhārabhūtiyugāṣāḍho mīno dīrghasamanvitaḥ | dhāmne iti padaṃ brūyāt parāyeti padaṃ tataḥ || 34-94 || etat tvāṣṭraṃ samākhyātaṃ sarvalokanamaskṛtam | 56 - dāruṇāstram viṣṇurdaṇḍī punaścādyo bhujaṃgo dīrghasaṃyutaḥ || 34-95 || p. 326) āṣāḍho māyayā yukto jvalano bindusaṃyutaḥ | caturmukhaśca krodhīśaḥ phaḍantaḥ syāttu dāruṇam || 34-96 || 57 - bhagāstram vipakṣādimamadhyāntān paṭhed vibhajaneti ca | pravṛttāyeti ca padaṃ bhageti tadanantaram || 34-97 || ātmane iti nirdiśya bhagāstraṃ tat phaḍantimam | 58 - śīteṣvastram bakastrimūrtisahita āṣāḍhaśca śikhī tataḥ || 34-98 || pinākī khaḍgiko māyī lohitaśca tathopari | saṃvartakaḥ sadaṇḍaśca kṣipeti dviḥ paṭhet tataḥ || 34-99 || śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu śīteṣurabhidhīyate | 59 - mānavāstram lohitaśca bhujaṃgaśca dīrgho vālyatha lohitaḥ || 34-100 || agnirbhāntaśca vālī ca savahnirdīrghasaṃyutaḥ | atrirdīrghasamāyukto bhedine iti ca kramāt | bhīmarūpāya cetyuktvā namo'ntaṃ mānavaṃ smṛtam || 34-101 || 60 - raudrāstram daheti dvirabhyasya pūrvaṃ pracaṇḍa - prayogaṃ vidhāyātha rūpeti paścāt | p. 327) tato rudradhāmne nyasya paścā - cchirovṛttametat paraṃ raudramāhuḥ || 34-102 || 61 - prasvāpanāstram atristrimūrtisahito'tha śivottamaśca sāgnirbhṛgustvamaranāyakasaprayuktaḥ | suptyantimaḥ karipadaṃ ca tataḥ prayojyaṃ māyātmike iti phaḍantamasau manuḥ syāt || 34-103 || prasvāpanaṃ tadidamāhuraśeṣavairi- senāsamastaparimohanakāri mukhyam | itthaṃ samastaparamāstrasamuddhṛtistu tattvānmayā viracitā parameṣṭhisūno || 34-104 || tāraṃ sadyojātamāṣāḍhamante khaḍgeśānaṃ bhautikenaiva yuktam | vahniṃ māyāsaṃvṛtaṃ tatra coktvā hṛtparyāyaṃ varma phaṭ cāntataḥ syāt || 34-105 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ brahmāstrādimantrasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma catustriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 34 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 2153 saṃhārāstrasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma pañcatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ skṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargodevasya dhīmahi || saṃhārāstrasvarūpapraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan pūrvamākhyātaṃ saṃhārāstrāṇyaśeṣataḥ | sudarśanasyāparāṅgānnirjagmuriti ceśvara || 35-1 || teṣāṃ svarūpavijñāne vartate me kutūhalam | vaktumarhasyaśeṣeṇa yadi sānugraho mayi || 35-2 || taduttarakathanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - tadetat paramaṃ guhyaṃ purā nārāyaṇeritam | bhakto'sīti tava snehād vakṣyāmi śṛṇu nārada || 35-3 || 1 - satyavadastram lohito'gnisamāyuktaḥ khaḍgīśo bhārabhūtimān | āṣāḍhayugmaṃ muṇḍaśca māyī syāt khaḍganāyakaḥ || 35-4 || p. 329) sāgnyāṣāḍhayugaṃ paścāt krodhīśaṃ nirdiśet tataḥ | parameṣṭhinniti brūyādatho ṛtamiti kramāt || 35-5 || pibeti saśiromantraḥ satyavāniti viśrutaḥ | 2 - satyakīrtyastram tāraṃ tataśca hṛdayaṃ satyadhāmna iti kramāt || 35-6 || śamayeti dvirāvṛttaṃ satyakīrtiriti smṛtam | 3 - dhṛṣṭāstram atriḥ sāmaranāthaśca sāgniḥ pañcāntakaḥ smṛtaḥ || 35-7 || mahākālaśca majjā ca sāgniścomāpatistathā | prasādayetyathābhyastaṃ dhṛṣṭamastramidaṃ viduḥ || 35-8 || 4 - rabhasāstram krodhī pinākī māyī syāt khaḍgī māyāsamanvitaḥ | atriḥ pinākī muṇḍaśca dīrghayukto rasastathā || 35-9 || agnirdviraṇḍaśca bhṛgurdīrgho vālī tataḥ param | namo'nta eṣa mantrastu rabhasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 35-10 || 5 - pratīhāratarāstram tāraṃ śiroyutaṃ mantraṃ pratīhārataraṃ viduḥ | 6 - parāṅmukhāstram p. 330) lohito vahnisaṃyuktaḥ stuteti ca padaṃ tataḥ || 35-11 || stobhātmane iti brūyāt parāṅmukha iti kramāt | āyeti ca hṛdantaṃ tu parāṅmukhamudāhṛtam || 35-12 || 7 - avāṅmukhāstram amareśastathātriśca savālyāṣāḍhanāyakaḥ | vidrāvaṇāyeti padamaveti tadanantaram || 35-13 || nateti ca prayoktavyaṃ phalāya tadanantaram | śiroyuktamimaṃ mantraṃ mantriṇo'vāṅmukhaṃ viduḥ || 35-14 || 8 - lakṣākṣāstram niyutāparaparyāyaṃ bhedine ityanantaram | nirāsaketi cāvṛttaṃ padamāyeti cetyatha || 35-15 || hṛdayāntamimaṃ mantraṃ lakṣākṣaṃ paricakṣate | 9 - viṣamāstram khaḍgīśo māyayā yuktaḥ kūrmo māyāsamanvitaḥ || 35-16 || āṣāḍho vahnisahito lohitaścāgnisaṃyutaḥ | bhṛguḥ sadīrgho vahniśca marṣayeti dvirabhyaset || 35-17 || etadviṣamamityuktamastraṃ paramadurjayam | 10 - dṛḍhanābhāstram śāntiṃ padaṃ nyaset pūrvaṃ kurvityetadataḥ param || 35-18 || nibiḍeti tato nyasya gātraśabdaṃ tataḥ param | viṣkambheti śiro'ntaṃ ca dṛḍhanābhamudāhṛtam || 35-19 || 11 - saṃhārakāstram hāsvā yakrācatasṛvi mona oṃ vyutkramo manuḥ | saṃhārakamidaṃ cāstraṃ viduḥ pūrve maharṣayaḥ || 35-20 || 12 - daśākṣāstram khaḍgīśo māyayā yuktastena yukto bakastathā | vānto dīrghasamāyukta āṣāḍho muṇḍa eva ca || 35-21 || dīrghī khḍgeśvaro vahnirumeśo dīrghasaṃyutaḥ | vālī hṛdanto mantro'yaṃ daśākṣaḥ paripaṭhyate || 35-22 || 13 - daśaśīrṣāstram tārapūrvaṃ ca hṛdayaṃ calagaṇḍaṃ tato nyaset | ambaraṃ sāmarādhīśaṃ vaktrāyeti padaṃ tataḥ || 35-23 || vajravāraṇaśabdau ca āyāntaṃ śatavaktrakam | śivottamaḥ sadantaḥ syādagnirdīrghasamanvitaḥ || 35-24 || bhṛgurāṣāḍhavān sāgniḥ kartanāyeti vinyaset | p. 332) daśeti ca padaṃ paścācchīrṣāyeti padaṃ tataḥ || 35-25 || śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu daśaśīrṣamudāhṛtam | 14 - śatodarāstram tāraṃ praṇāmaparyāyaṃ luptāstreti padaṃ tataḥ || 35-26 || jālāyeti prayoktavyaṃ bahūdarapadaṃ tataḥ | āyetyante prayoktavyaṃ śatodaramidaṃ viduḥ || 35-27 || 15 - padmanābhāstram lohitaḥ pāvakaścaiva nakulīśastataḥ param | āṣāḍho māyayā yuktaḥ pravṛtta iti ca kramāt || 35-28 || nāśanāyetyathābhyastaṃ svastyantaṃ padmanābhakam | 16 - mahānābhāstram mahākālo'mbaraṃ dīrghaṃ lohito dīrghasaṃyutaḥ || 35-29 || bakaḥ khaḍgīśvaro māyī nāśanāyeti ca nyaset | cakrātmana iti brūyāt svastyanto mantranāyakaḥ || 35-30 || mahānābhamidaṃ prājñā vadantyakhilasādhakam | 17 - dundunābhāstram bakaścaiva mahākālo māyī cāṣāḍhanāyakaḥ || 35-31 || śūlāyeti prayoktavyaṃ caṇḍanābhāya cetyataḥ | svasti caiva dvirabhyastaṃ dundunābhamidaṃ viduḥ || 35-32 || 18 - dhṛtimālyastram p. 333) meṣo māyī ca sāṅghrīśo bhṛguścaivātrireva ca | māyāyuktastathāṣāḍho dīrghadaṇḍasamanvitaḥ || 35-33 || krodhī ca sāmareśaḥ syād bako dīrghasamanvitaḥ | vālī dīrghasamāyukto nivāritapadaṃ tataḥ || 35-34 || tejase iti ca brūyāt svastyanto'yaṃ mahāmanuḥ | dhṛtimālīti vikhyātaḥ sarvalokeṣu pūjitaḥ || 35-35 || 19 - rucirāstram saṃvartakaḥ sāmareśo mīno bindusamanvitaḥ | māyī ca kṣāmayetyetadāvṛttaṃ vṛttimān manuḥ || 35-36 || dvirāvṛttaḥ praharaṇaṃ śaṃ tanotu padaṃ tataḥ | śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu ruciraḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 35-37 || 20 - pitṛsaumanasāstram lohito māyayā yukta āṣāḍho bhārabhūtimān | devasāretyataḥ pāṭhyaṃ sarvābhayapadaṃ tataḥ || 35-38 || pradetyetat prayoktavyaṃ sarvaśāntikarāya ca | śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu pitṛsaumanasaṃ smṛtam || 35-39 || 21 - vidhūtāstram p. 334) tāraṃ tathā ca hṛdayaṃ khaḍgīśo māyayā yutaḥ | mīnaścāṅghrīśasaṃyukta āṣāḍho dīrghasaṃyutaḥ || 35-40 || caṇḍo māyī pinākī cāpyāṣāḍho dīrghasaṃyutaḥ | lohitaśca karāyeti padaṃ tata udīrya ca || 35-41 || parametyatha dhāmne ca vidhūtamidamuttamam | 22 - makarāstram namastruṭitaśabdau ca paṭhitvā prathamaṃ tataḥ || 35-42 || śāstrāstraśabdau coccārya śaktaye ityanantaram | śaktiśālina ityuktvā makarāyeti ca kramāt || 35-43 || pravṛttāstrapade caiva mahārṇavapadaṃ tataḥ | vibhedina iti brūyādetanmakaramuttamam || 35-44 || 23 - karavīrasamāstram tārapūrvaṃ namaścoktvā tiraskṛtapadaṃ tataḥ | gadāśabdaṃ samuccārya vīryāyeti tataḥ paṭhet || 35-45 || śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu karavīrasamaṃ smṛtam | 24 - dhanāstram tāraṃ praṇāmaparyāyaṃ lohitaṃ vahnisaṃyutam || 35-46 || āṣāḍho'nantasaṃyukto lohito mīna eva ca | p. 335) muṇḍaḥ śivaṃ kurupadaṃ dvirāvṛttaṃ dhanaṃ smṛtam || 35- 47 || 25 - dhānyāstram vetavājīrtarāpeti vyutkrameṇa samīritam | śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu dhānyamityucyate budhaiḥ || 35-48 || 26 - jyautiṣāstram lohito vahnisaṃyuktaścaṇḍādyantau tataḥ kramāt | bako muṇḍaḥ samāyī syāt savahnirlohitastathā || 35-49 || bako viṣaṃ tato muṇḍo māyī prakaṭiteti ca | atha viśvaṃ padaṃ coktvā tataḥ praśamayeti ca || 35-50 || dvirabhyastamimaṃ mantraṃ jyautiṣaṃ paricakṣate | 27 - kṛśanāstram krodhī pinākī māyī syādāṣāḍhaṃ ca tataḥ param || 35-51 || krodhī cānantasahito bakayug dīrghamagnimat | muṇḍo vālī śiro'ntaśca kṛśanaṃ samudāhṛtam || 35-52 || 28 - nairāśyāstram māyī khaḍgī śikhī caiva mahāmāyī pinākavān | kṛtacakreti śabdau ca cakrāyeti ca nirdiśet || 35-53 || vaṣaḍantamimaṃ mantraṃ nairāśyaṃ paricakṣate | 29 - vimalāstram p. 336) khaḍgeśaḥ prathamaṃ māyī cāṣāḍho dīrghavahnimān || 35- 54 || bhṛguśca māyāsaṃyukta āṣāḍho dīrghasaṃyutaḥ | māyī caṇḍaḥ pinākī ca sānanto'taḥ paraṃ kramāt || 35-55 || bhṛguḥ sāṣāḍhadīrghāgnirvālī ca tadanantaram | vimalāyeti coccārya śiro'ntaṃ vimalaṃ smṛtam || 35-56 || 30 - yogaṃdharāstram bhṛgurlāntaḥ savahniśca māyāśabdaṃ paṭhet tataḥ | mayāstrāyeti ca padaṃ tamobarhaṇa ityapi || 35-57 || mūrtaye iti nirdiśya yogaṃ ceti tataḥ paṭhet | dharāyeti padaṃ cāpi mahate ityanantaram || 35-58 || bhīṣaṇāyeti ca brūyādabhyastaṃ hṛdayaṃ tataḥ | yogaṃdharamidaṃ proktamastraṃ nikhilavanditam || 35-59 || 31 - vinidrāstram muṇḍo māyī tathākāśa āṣāḍhaśca tataḥ param | meṣo māyāyuto'triśca sadīrghāgnistataḥ param || 35-60 || mudrāyeti śiro'nto'yaṃ vinidramabhidhīyate | 32 - naidrāstram viṣamagnyanilopetaṃ saṣaṣṭhasvarabindukam || 35-61 || p. 337) piṇḍametacchiro'ntaṃ ca naidramastravido viduḥ | 33 - pramathanāstram prathamaṃ tāramuccārya hṛdayaṃ ca tataḥ param || 35-62 || viṣaṃ tataśca daṇḍīśaṃ māyayā ca samanvitam | āṣāḍhaṃ ca bakaṃ caiva paṭhitvā tadanantaram || 35-63 || tataḥ krodhī ca sāṣāḍhaścaṇḍīśena samanvitaḥ | prasādayetyathāvṛttamastraṃ pramathanaṃ smṛtam || 35-64 || 34 - sārcirmālyastram varuṇena samāyukto dīrghayuktaścaturmukhaḥ | tataḥ pinākī sānanto lānto māyī tataḥ param || 35-65 || jvālānto māyayā yuktaḥ pinākī ca tataḥ param | ādyaṃ caturthavargasya mahāsīti paṭhet tataḥ || 35-66 || śakta ityapi vaktravyaṃ mahāmahasa ityapi | marṣayeti dvirabhyastaṃ sārcirmālirayaṃ manuḥ || 35-67 || 35 - kāmarūpāstram hāsvā nañjabharañcāsarapattavṛpra ityapi | rasvā iti vyutkrameṇa kāmarūpamidaṃ smṛtam || 35-68 || 36 - kāmarucyastram oṃ namo ityupakramya muṇḍo māyāsamanvitaḥ | p. 338) tṛtīyasvarasaṃyuktaścaṇḍo rāntastataḥ param || 35-69 || kabandheti padaṃ brūyāt saṃdhānāyeti cāntataḥ | śikhānto'yaṃ kāmarucirmantraḥ pūrvaiḥ samīritaḥ || 35-70 || 37 - mohanāstram bhautikaṃ daṇḍasaṃyuktamaṅkuśaṃ ca tato vadet | mohavāriṇiśabdaṃ ca śiro'ntaṃ moha ucyate || 35-71 || 38 - āvaraṇāstram khaḍgīśo dīrghasaṃyukto vahnirmāyāsamanvitaḥ | āṣāḍhaśca mahākālo vyoma dīrghānvitaṃ tataḥ || 35-72 || mahākālaśca sānanto vālī caṇḍīśasaṃyutaḥ | śiro'nto'yaṃ mahāmantraḥ proktamāvaraṇaṃ budhaiḥ || 35-73 || 39 - jṛmbhakāstram dviraṇḍau dvau kramānnyasya sadaṇḍau caturānanam | muṇḍamuccārya parataḥ svastīti padamuddharet || 35-74 || śiro'nto'yaṃ mahāmantro jṛmbhakaḥ parikīrtitaḥ | 40 - sarvanābhakāstram caṇḍo'nantasamāyukto māyī cāstristataḥ param || 35-75 || ādyaścaturthavargasya senāpadamanantaram | p. 339) jīvātava iti brūyācchiro'ntaṃ sarvanābhakam || 35-76 || 41 - bhṛśāśvatanayāstram vegādyantau kramāduktvā viśvādyaṃ ca tataḥ param | jitaśabdamathoccārya vainateyāya ityapi || 35-77 || śiro'nto'yaṃ manuḥ prokto bhṛśāśvatanayā iti | 42 - saṃdhānāstram bhṛguśca varuṇaḥ sāgnirmuṇḍo māyī tataḥ kramāt || 35-78 || khaḍgīśaḥ sāgnidīrghaśca lohito'tha umāpatiḥ | śaṃ kurvīti dvirabhyasto mantraḥ saṃdhānamucyate || 35-79 || 43 - vāruṇāstram bhṛgurlānto'gnisahito daṇḍena ca samanvitaḥ | bhṛgurvyomātha jīvaśca varuṇena samanvitaḥ || 35-80 || śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu vāruṇaṃ parikīrtitam | astrāṇāṃ mūrtatvāmūrtatvajijñāsayā nāradenāhirbudhnyastutiḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan devadeveśa sarvalokanamaskṛta || 35-81 || sarvādhyakṣāprameyātmannacintyajñānagocara | tvāmāśritya surāḥ sarve labhante kāṅkṣitaṃ phalam || 35-82 || p. 340) tvattaḥ sarvaṃ samudbhūtaṃ jagat sthāvarajaṅgamam | tvayaiva pālitaṃ sarvaṃ saṃhṛtaṃ ca maheśvara || 35-83 || tvamādiḥ sarvajagatāmanādistvaṃ jaganmaya | puruṣastvaṃ tvamavyakto vyaktastvaṃ viśvabhāvan || 35-84 || yajñastvamijyo yaṣṭā tvamagnayastvaṃ tvamāhutiḥ | vaṣaṭkārastvamoṃkāro vedavedyastathā bhavān || 35-85 || tvatta eva ca bhūtāni pravartante maheśvara | karaṇaṃ kāraṇaṃ kartā kāryaṃ karma phalaṃ vibho || 35-86 || tvameva bhūtaṃ bhavyaṃ ca bhavacca parameśvara | nirguṇastvaṃ jagatsṛṣṭau juṣamāṇo guṇānasi || 35-87 || aṇīyasāmaṇīyāṃstvaṃ mahāṃśca tvaṃ mahīyasām | anuraktastvayīśāna prayāti paramāṃ gatim || 35-88 || aparakto vrajatyeva nirayaṃ vikṛtirna te | kalākāṣṭhāmuhūrtādikālaśca tvaṃ kalātmakaḥ || 35-89 || sarvadā sarvabhūteṣu nivasannapi śaṃkara | na lipyase tadvikāraiḥ padmapatramivāmbhasā || 35-90 || karāmalakavat sarvaṃ sarvadā kalayasyataḥ | proktavānasi sarvāstrasvarūpaṃ pṛcchato mama || 35-91 || astrāṇāṃ mūrtatvāmūrtatvapraśnaḥ p. 341) kimeṣāṃ mūrtayaḥ santi kiṃ vāmūrtānyamūni vai | chettumarhasi deveśa tamimaṃ saṃśayaṃ vibho || 35-92 || teṣāṃ mūrtatvapratipādanam ahirbhudhnyaḥ - teṣāṃ bhavanti gātrāṇi bhīmarūpāṇi nārada | vakrabhīṣaṇadaṃṣṭrogramukhatrastajanāni vai || 35-93 || bhīṣitāghūrṇitāraktavṛttanetrayutāni vai | vidyutpuñjapratīkāśakeśabhīmāni nārada || 35-94 || kāniciddhūmravarṇāni bhāskarābhāni kānicit | kānicicchuklavarṇāni vahnikalpāni kānicit || 35-95 || mahāparighasaṃkāśabhīmarūpaiḥ karaiḥ paraiḥ | yathāsvaṃ dhṛtaśastrāṇi mahānti balavanti ca || 35-96 || vegavanti pramāthīni vairidarpadruhāṇi ca | upāsitāni satataṃ surāsuravarairapi || 35-97 || evaṃbhūtānyadhiṣṭhāya gātrāṇyastrāṇi nārada | vicaranti yathākāmamakutobhītimanti ca || 35-98 || p. 342) akalitamahimāni bhīṣaṇāni jvalitavapūṃṣi samudyatāyudhāni | avihatagamanāni cāstramukhyā - nyanavarataṃ bhuvaneṣu saṃcaranti || 35-99 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ saṃhārāstrasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma pañcatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 35 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 2252 rājñāṃ sudarśanayantrārādhanavidhānakeśavādiguṇa- pradhānabhāvavyavasthāpanaṃ nāma ṣaṭtriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dhyātaṃ skṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram | sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargodevasya dhīmahi || saudarśanayantrasya pūrvāparāṅgadhyānārcanaprakārapraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - bhagavan kathitāḥ sarve sarvāstrāṇāṃ mahaujasām | pravartakāstathā mantrāstathaiva ca nivartakāḥ || 36-1 || etacca kathitaṃ sarvaṃ sarvajñena tvayā purā | saudarśanaṃ mahāyantramarcanīyaṃ mahātmabhiḥ || 36-2 || uktenaiva prakāreṇa caturvargaphalārthibhiḥ | rājā cedarcayedetat saudarśanamukhaṃ param || 36-3 || ubhayaṃ cāsya yantrasya mukhamārādhayediti | kathamasyāparāṅgaṃ ca dhyāyet kuryācca vā katham || 36-4 || chettumarhasi saṃdehamimaṃ mama maheśvara | p. 344) taduttarakathanam ahirbudhnyaḥ - evaṃ dhyātvārcayedrājā yantrametanmahādyuti || 36-5 || tatra pūrvāṅge yantramadhye sudarśanadhyānam yantramadhye mahātmānaṃ puruṣaṃ bhīmalocanam | ūrdhvapiṅgalakeśāḍhyaṃ jvaladdaṃṣṭrojjvalānanam || 36-6 || tiṣṭhantamaṣṭabhiryuktaṃ bhujaiḥ paramaśobhanaiḥ | cakrābjamadhye tiṣṭhantamavaṣṭabhya mahaddhanuḥ || 36-7 || samabhaṅgamudārāṅgaṃ raktāmbaradharaṃ vibhum | śaṅkhacakrābjamusalapāśāṅkuśagādharam || 36-8 || sarvābharaṇasaṃyuktaṃ puṣpamālāvibhūṣitam | paritaḥ keśavādidvādaśamūrtidhyānam sudarśanamimaṃ dhyātvā paritaścintayet tataḥ || 36-9 || tiṣṭhato yadi vāsīnān keśavādīn savigrahān | uktenaiva prakāreṇa bhūṣaṇairāyudhairyutān || 36-10 || pradhānabhūtān paramān yathākāmaniveśitān | tato viṣṇvādiṣoḍaśamūrtidhyānam tataḥ ṣoḍaśabhirdevairviṣṇvādyairāyudhānvitaiḥ || 36-11 || mūrtimadbhiśca sodyogaiḥ sarvābharaṇasaṃyutaiḥ | p. 345) etaiḥ pañjaritaṃ dhyāyedyantrarājamanuttamam || 36-12 || parito mūrtimatsaṃhārāstradhyānam paritastānyapi dhyāyenmūrtimanti mahānti ca | saṃhārāstrāṇi sarvāṇi sāñjalīnyadbhutāni ca || 36-13 || akutobhayaśālīni śaktimanti samantataḥ | tato mūrtimatpravartakāstradhyānam tataḥ pravartakānyevaṃ dhyāyītāstrāṇi nārada || 36-14 || mūrtānyattumivāśeṣabhuvanānyujjvalāni ca | tato nārasiṃhadhyānam evaṃ cakrakrameṇaitadabhidhyāyopari smaret || 36-15 || dadhānaṃ nārasiṃhasya vapurnārāyaṇaṃ param | mūlakośaṃ paraṃ devamadhobhāge'tha cintayet || 36-16 || yantraṃ cakrākṛti śrīmad dīptanemisamanvitam | nemerasya caturdikṣu mahājvālāṃ vicintayet || 36-17 || cakrakaumodakīśārṅgakhaḍgahastān smaret kramāt | evamekamukhaṃ dhyāyedyantrasyāsya mahādyuteḥ || 36-18 || aparāṅgadhyānam aparāṅgaṃ mahāmantraiḥ sarvataḥ samalaṃkṛtam | p. 246) antastāraṃ samārabhya yadi vā viṣṇupañjaram || 36-19 || pūrvoktaṃ tadvinā mūrtestattanmantrasamuccayam | aparāṅge sarvāstrāṇāṃ mantramātradhyānam yathāsthānaṃ smaret tasya paryante cintayet tataḥ || 36-20 || sarvasaṃharaṇāstrāṇāṃ mantrāneva ca kevalam | tadanantaramanyeṣāmastrāṇāṃ ca pravartakam || 36-21 || mantrajālamabhidhyāya sunemi surapūjitam | mahāyantraṃ mahāśakti cakrarūpamanuttamam || 36-22 || uktairviśeṣaṇairjuṣṭaṃ sarvakāmaikasādhanam | asya cakrasya madhye yadvartate puruṣaḥ paraḥ || 36-23 || tasmānnigadyate loke cakravartīti sūribhiḥ | etadyantrābhyarcanādrājñāṃ cakravartitvalābhaḥ | tasmādabhyarcayedetadyo rājā bhaktisaṃyutaḥ || 36-24 || so'cireṇaiva kālena cakravartitvamāpnuyāt | anyairapi rājahitaiṣibhiretadarcanaṃ kāryam rājā vā rājabhṛtyā vā mantriṇo vāthavā pare || 36-25 || rājñāṃ hitaiṣiṇaḥ sarve pūjayeyuridaṃ param | anyeṣāmapi śrīkāmānāmetadabhyarcanam anye ca ye tu vipulāṃ śriyamicchanti mānavāḥ || 36-26 || p. 247) tairnityamarcanīyaṃ syādidaṃ sarvārthasādhakam | rājñāmeva viśeṣeṇa yadetat samudīritam || 36-27 || tadrājavyatirekeṇa ye nirdiṣṭāstu mānavāḥ | teṣāṃ vibhūtirmahatī rājñā saṃpatsyate dhruvam || 36-28 || lohairvā śilayā vāpi yo hi nirmāya pūjayet | vipulāṃ śriyamāpnoti dīrghamāyuśca vindati || 36-29 || ārogyaṃ cāśnute sarve tadvaṃśyā dīrghajīvinaḥ | dvimukhayantrārcane mantropadeṣṭurbrāhmaṇasyaivādhikāraḥ paraṃ mantropadeṣṭaiva brāhmaṇo dvimukhaṃ yajet || 36-30 || jñānena tapasā śaktyā soḍhuṃ tasyobhayātmanaḥ | sa eva śakruyāt tasya prabhāvaṃ paramaṃ mune || 36-31 || ādityamaṇḍalākṣyādisthānāṃ puruṣāṇāmabhinnatvam yo'sāvādityabimbasthaḥ puruṣo dṛśyate paraḥ | hiraṇmayo ya evāntarakṣiṇyapi ca dṛśyate || 36-32 || so'pyayaṃ nābhicakrasya madhye yo vartate pumān | tasyaiva kālacakrādipravartakatvam yo'yaṃ kālākhyacakrasya prerakaḥ puruṣo'vyayaḥ || 36-33 || p. 348) yugacakrasya netāramenameva vidurbudhāḥ | enaṃ maharṣayo'pyāhurjagaccakrapravartakam || 36-34 || vimāne saṃsthāpya tasyaiva samabhyarcanamaihikāmuṣmikaphalasādhakam sarvalokaikakartāraṃ sarvalokaikasākṣiṇam | enaṃ vimāne saṃsthāpya cakravartinamavyayam || 36-35 || yaḥ pūjayati tasyāyaṃ lokaścāmuṣmiko bhavet | vimānakaraṇārambhasyāpi mahāphalakatvam sudarśanavimānaṃ yaḥ prārabheta mahāmune || 36-36 || iha sarvānavāpyārthān viṣṇulokaṃ sa yāsyati | vimānakaraṇārthasya karṣaṇasyāpi sarvasaṃpatsādhanatvam sudarśanavimānasya karṣaṇaṃ yaḥ karoti vai || 36-37 || tasyāmitrā vinaśyanti santi sarvāśca saṃpadaḥ | ārabdhāparisamāptasyāpi vimānakaraṇasyāntato muktisādhanatā ārabhyāyatanaṃ madhye vicchittyā vighnito yadi || 36-38 || sa sārvabhaumaḥ sakalān bhuktvā bhogān mahītale | punaśca bhaktaścakrasya śeṣaṃ nirvartayiṣyati || 36-39 || ante vaikuṇṭhamāsādya viṣṇusāyujyamāpnuyāt | sāṅgapratiṣṭhādikartuḥ phalaparaṃparānirūpaṇam p. 349) vimānaṃ paramaṃ kṛtvā pratiṣṭhāpya sudarśanam || 36-40 || brāhmaṇān vedaviduṣo vaiṣṇavān dvādaśāvarān | taccheṣabhūtāṃstatraiva pratiṣṭhāpya ca śaktitaḥ || 36-41 || paryāptajīvanān kṛtvā dattvā bhūmimaṭhādikān | nityaṃ yo'bhyarcayatyenaṃ devaṃ bhūtisamanvitam || 36-42 || tasya pratidinaṃ bhūtiramaryādā vivardhate | nīrogatā dīrghamāyurlabhyate nātra saṃśayaḥ || 36-43 || janmāntare sārvabhaumo janitvā sakalāṃ bhuvam | bhuktvā kālena mahatā tadanantarajanmani || 36-44 || triviṣṭapapatirbhūtvā bhuṅkte caindrapadaṃ ciram | tataḥ krameṇa labdhvāyaṃ tattallokeśatāṃ gataḥ || 36-45 || tadante paramaṃ dhāma vaiṣṇavaṃ pratipadyate | sudarśanapuruṣamanārādhayato nṛpatvaṃ durlabham devamenamanārādhya na kaścijjāyate nṛpaḥ || 36-46 || etadārādhanatāratamyāt phalatāratamyam etadārādhanasyaiva tāratamyena nārada | bhogāyuṣostāratamyamaśnute nṛpatirdhruvam || 36-47 || tasmādrājñāmanyeṣāṃ caitadārādhanāvaśyakatā tasmāt sarvaprayatnena rājaivainaṃ samarcayet | p. 350) jātyāyurbhogakāmāśca ye cānye bhuvi mānavāḥ || 36-48 || te'pyetatpūjayā sarvaṃ kāṅkṣitaṃ prāpnuvanti ca | śeṣiṇaḥ keśavādeḥ śeṣabhūtaṃ sudarśanaṃ prati parivāratādikathaṃtāpraśnaḥ nāradaḥ - siddhaṃ sudarśanaṃ viṣṇoḥ śeṣamāyudhasaṃjñitam || 36-49 || kathamasya parīvārāḥ keśavādyāḥ samīritāḥ | viṣṇvādyā mūrtibhedāśca kathaṃ vā pañjarīkṛtāḥ || 36-50 || kathaṃ vā bhagavanmantrāḥ parivāratvamāgatāḥ | imaṃ ca saṃśayaṃ deva cchettumarhasi sāmpratam || 36-51 || taduttarakathanārambhaḥ ahirbudhnyaḥ - śṛṇu tāta mahāprājña rahasyamidamuttamam | tvadṛte śaknuyāt praṣṭumimamarthaṃ na kaścana || 36-52 || bhagavata iva tatsaṃkalparūpasya sudarśanasyāpyanāditvāparicchedyatve yathā nārāyaṇo devaḥ puruṣaḥ puṣkarekṣaṇaḥ | anādiraparicchedyastathāyamapi nārada || 36-53 || tadupapādanāya paramātmaśakterdvedhā vibhāgaḥ dve śaktī tasya vidyete viṣṇoḥ sarvārthasādhane | pradhānabhūte yābhyāṃ tu vahatyeṣa jagaddhuram || 36-54 || p. 351) ekā tvicchātmikā tasya tathānyā tu kriyātmikā | tatrecchārūpiṇyāḥ śakterlakṣmīrūpatvam prathamā paramā lakṣmīrjagattrātuḥ kuṭumbinī || 36-55 || kriyārūpāyāḥ śakteḥ sudarśanarūpatvam tattvavidbhiridaṃ proktaṃ dvitīyeha sudarśanam | tābhyāṃ śaktibhyāṃ vinā bhagavato'pyakiṃcitkaratvam tasmāllakṣmyā vinā devaḥ saṃkalpe na prabhurhariḥ || 36-56 || anenāpi vinā kartuṃ kiṃcinnārhati keśavaḥ | tasya śaktidvayasya sṛṣṭisthitisaṃhārādyupakaraṇatvam anena sarvaṃ sṛjati devo'nenaiva pāti ca || 36-57 || anena saṃhṛtiṃ devo viśvasyānte karoti ca | anena dānavān daityānnihanti madhusūdanaḥ || 36-58 || kriyate'nena tatkarma sarvaṃ sarvagatena vai | rakṣakaṃ paramātmānaṃ prati śaktidvayasyāpi rakṣyakoṭyantarbhāvaḥ tasmāt sarvātmanā cainaṃ svabuddhyā parirakṣati || 36-59 || viśiṣya lakṣmyā api rakṣyakoṭyantarbhāvapratipādanam yathā svaṃ svāminā rakṣyaṃ rakṣyate svayameva hi | evaṃ sarvasya jananīṃ lakṣmīṃ lakṣmīdharaḥ svayam || 36-60 || caturdhā vyūhya cātmānaṃ svabhūtāṃ parirakṣati | ataḥ keśavādīnāṃ parivāratvādikalpanāyā yuktatvam tat keśavādimūrtīnāṃ parivāratvakalpanā || 36-61 || viṣṇvādīnāṃ ca mūrtīnāṃ pañjaratvaṃ ca yujyate | sarveṣāmapi mantrāṇāṃ rakṣakatvaṃ ca sāṃpratam || 36-62 || prakārāntareṇāpi guṇapradhānabhāvopapādanam athavā bhagavāneva svayaṃ cakrasvarūpadhṛt | avasthita iti prājñaiḥ kathyate puruṣottamaḥ || 36-63 || pratitretāyugaṃ devaḥ sādhutrāṇakṛte hariḥ | rāmalakṣmaṇaśatrughnabharatādyātmanā svayam || 36-64 || caturdhāvasthitastadvaccakratmā harireva hi | guṇapradhānabhāvastu rāmāderiva yujyate || 36-65 || tadātmanaiva cātmānaṃ rakṣatyeva janārdanaḥ | svamūrtirakṣaṇe svena vinānyanna bhavedyataḥ || 36-66 || etadrahasyaśravaṇāderapi kramaśaḥ paramapuruṣārthasādhanatvam ya idaṃ śṛṇute paripṛcchati vā paṭhati smaratīha naraḥ satatam | vipulāmiha bhūtimavāpya parā- matha yāti padaṃ paramaṃ sa hareḥ || 36-67 || iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ rājñāṃ sudarśanayantrārādhanavidhānakeśavādiguṇapradhānabhāvavya- vasthāpanaṃ nāma ṣaṭtriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 36 || āditaḥ ślokāḥ 2319 ########### END OF FILE #######